deut._n 7.1_o verse_n 12._o now_o therefore_o take_v you_o twelve_o man_n out_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n out_o of_o every_o tribe_n a_o man_n here_o it_o be_v not_o express_v for_o what_o employment_n these_o twelve_o man_n be_v to_o be_v choose_v but_o chap._n 4.2_o we_o be_v tell_v for_o what_o service_n it_o be_v namely_o to_o take_v twelve_o stone_n out_o of_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o river_n and_o to_o set_v they_o up_o in_o gilgal_n as_o a_o memorial_n of_o this_o miraculous_a passage_n for_o that_o they_o be_v the_o same_o here_o speak_v of_o seem_v employ_v chap._n 4.4_o where_o it_o be_v say_v at_o the_o second_o repeat_v this_o charge_n that_o joshua_n call_v the_o twelve_o man_n who_o he_o have_v prepare_v to_o wit_n before_o they_o pass_v over_o jordan_n yet_o the_o give_v the_o charge_n here_o may_v also_o happy_o imply_v that_o the_o same_o twelve_o man_n be_v also_o to_o go_v along_o with_o the_o priest_n that_o they_o may_v be_v the_o more_o present_a eye-witness_n of_o this_o miraculous_a work_n of_o jordan_n divide_v verse_n 13._o assoon_o as_o the_o sole_n of_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o priest_n that_o bear_v the_o ark_n of_o the_o lord_n the_o lord_n of_o all_o the_o earth_n etc._n etc._n here_o joshua_n make_v know_v to_o the_o people_n the_o miracle_n that_o god_n intend_v to_o work_v to_o give_v they_o entrance_n into_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n namely_o that_o the_o lord_n will_v divide_v the_o water_n of_o jordan_n before_o they_o that_o so_o they_o may_v pass_v over_o on_o dry_a land_n and_o observable_a it_o be_v that_o in_o relate_v this_o to_o they_o first_o he_o particular_o inform_v they_o that_o this_o shall_v be_v do_v at_o the_o very_a first_o set_v of_o the_o priest_n foot_n that_o bear_v the_o ark_n in_o the_o water_n of_o jordan_n thereby_o to_o assure_v they_o both_o that_o it_o be_v the_o lord_n their_o god_n of_o who_o presence_n the_o ark_n be_v a_o sign_n by_o who_o almighty_a power_n the_o water_n shall_v be_v divide_v and_o likewise_o that_o the_o lord_n do_v this_o for_o they_o because_o of_o the_o covenant_n which_o he_o have_v make_v with_o they_o whence_o that_o be_v so_o often_o repeat_v vers_fw-la 11._o and_o again_o vers_n 14._o that_o it_o be_v the_o ark_n of_o the_o covenant_n that_o pass_v over_o before_o they_o and_o second_o that_o they_o may_v not_o question_v the_o lord_n do_v of_o this_o he_o put_v they_o in_o mind_n of_o the_o lord_n sovereign_a power_n in_o rule_v and_o govern_v the_o whole_a world_n under_o this_o title_n the_o lord_n of_o all_o the_o earth_n assoon_o say_v he_o as_o the_o sole_n of_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o priest_n that_o bear_v the_o ark_n of_o the_o lord_n the_o lord_n of_o all_o the_o earth_n shall_v rest_v in_o the_o water_n of_o jordan_n the_o water_n of_o jordan_n shall_v be_v cut_v off_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 15._o for_o jordan_n overflow_v all_o his_o bank_n at_o the_o time_n of_o harvest_n to_o wit_n of_o barly-harvest_n which_o be_v in_o that_o hot_a country_n in_o their_o first_o month_n call_v abib_fw-la or_o nisan_fw-la the_o month_n wherein_o the_o passeover_n be_v keep_v as_o be_v evident_a levit._n 23.10_o where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o at_o the_o feast_n they_o be_v to_o bring_v a_o sheaf_n of_o the_o first-fruit_n of_o their_o harvest_n unto_o the_o priest_n and_o therefore_o we_o find_v it_o elsewhere_o so_o express_v 1._o chron._n 12.15_o these_o be_v they_o that_o go_v over_o jordan_n in_o the_o first_o month_n when_o it_o have_v overflow_v all_o his_o bank_n and_o indeed_o observable_a it_o be_v that_o the_o lord_n bring_v his_o people_n into_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n in_o harvest_n time_n just_o when_o it_o be_v ready_o furnish_v with_o the_o fruit_n of_o the_o earth_n that_o be_v to_o be_v for_o their_o provision_n and_o store_n the_o follow_a year_n as_o for_o jordan_n overflow_a his_o bank_n at_o this_o time_n either_o it_o be_v the_o nature_n of_o this_o river_n so_o to_o do_v or_o else_o it_o be_v as_o some_o conceive_v because_o the_o sun_n grow_v hot_a at_o this_o time_n of_o the_o year_n great_a stream_n of_o water_n come_v run_v down_o from_o the_o mountain_n about_o jordan_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o melt_a of_o the_o snow_n that_o lie_v there_o and_o so_o cause_v the_o river_n to_o overflow_v his_o bank_n but_o however_o the_o reason_n why_o this_o clause_n be_v here_o insert_v we_o may_v conceive_v to_o be_v these_o first_o to_o show_v how_o god_n do_v herein_o try_v the_o faith_n of_o the_o israelite_n seem_v herein_o as_o it_o be_v to_o oppose_v their_o entrance_n into_o the_o land_n second_o to_o show_v the_o necessity_n of_o the_o miraculous_a divide_v of_o the_o water_n of_o jordan_n because_o by_o reason_n of_o this_o inundation_n of_o the_o water_n they_o can_v not_o pass_v over_o the_o ford_n as_o at_o other_o time_n three_o to_o show_v how_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o priest_n can_v touch_v the_o brim_n of_o the_o water_n as_o be_v say_v in_o the_o forego_n word_n before_o they_o come_v at_o the_o channel_n in_o a_o place_n convenient_a for_o they_o to_o stand_v on_o awhile_o it_o be_v because_o jordan_n at_o that_o time_n overflow_v his_o bank_n verse_n 16._o the_o water_n which_o come_v down_o from_o above_o stand_v and_o rise_v up_o upon_o a_o heap_n etc._n etc._n the_o meaning_n of_o the_o first_o clause_n of_o this_o verse_n concern_v the_o water_n above_o the_o place_n where_o jordan_n be_v divide_v be_v not_o much_o question_v by_o expositor_n all_o in_o a_o manner_n make_v this_o to_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o they_o that_o those_o upper_a water_n stand_v firm_a as_o a_o wall_n swell_v continual_o and_o rise_v up_o high_a and_o high_a even_o as_o far_o backward_o as_o from_o the_o city_n adam_n that_o be_v beside_o zaretan_n unto_o the_o place_n where_o the_o israelite_n pass_v over_o and_o that_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o successive_a come_n down_o of_o the_o water_n from_o above_o and_o their_o stay_n in_o that_o place_n where_o they_o be_v bound_v and_o bar_v up_o by_o the_o almighty_a power_n of_o god_n but_o now_o the_o second_o clause_n which_o speak_v of_o water_n beneath_o the_o place_n where_o the_o river_n be_v divide_v and_o those_o that_o come_v down_o towards_o the_o sea_n of_o the_o plain_a even_o the_o salt_n sea_n fail_v and_o be_v cut_v off_o be_v somewhat_o more_o questionable_a and_o that_o because_o some_o by_o the_o fail_n and_o cut_v off_o those_o low_a water_n understand_v only_o this_o that_o they_o roll_v a_o little_a way_n towards_o the_o salt_n sea_n till_o there_o be_v a_o space_n broad_a enough_o for_o the_o people_n to_o go_v over_o and_o then_o not_o be_v supply_v still_o as_o before_o by_o the_o water_n from_o above_o fail_v and_o be_v cut_v off_o from_o the_o upper_a water_n and_o there_o stand_v on_o a_o heap_n vers_fw-la 13._o and_o so_o the_o ground_n lie_v bare_a for_o the_o israelite_n to_o pass_v over_o but_o than_o other_o again_o by_o the_o fail_n and_o cut_v off_o those_o water_n understand_v that_o those_o low_a water_n after_o they_o be_v divide_v from_o those_o that_o be_v above_o pass_v away_o by_o degree_n towards_o the_o dead_a sea_n they_o fail_v and_o be_v cut_v off_o for_o want_n of_o a_o supply_n from_o above_o and_o so_o the_o whole_a channel_n down_o towards_o the_o sea_n be_v leave_v quite_o without_o water_n and_o this_o i_o conceive_v be_v most_o agreeable_a to_o the_o word_n of_o the_o text._n verse_n 17._o and_o all_o the_o israelite_n pass_v over_o on_o dry_a ground_n until_o all_o the_o people_n be_v pass_v clean_o over_o jordan_n that_o be_v the_o water_n of_o jordan_n be_v thus_o divide_v the_o whole_a people_n of_o israel_n go_v quiet_o over_o there_o be_v no_o body_n on_o the_o other_o side_n to_o withstand_v they_o which_o be_v indeed_o very_o observable_a it_o have_v always_o be_v the_o constant_a policy_n of_o all_o nation_n to_o guard_v the_o river_n through_o which_o the_o enemy_n must_v pass_v into_o their_o country_n because_o there_o they_o have_v a_o great_a advantage_n over_o they_o to_o hinder_v their_o entrance_n into_o their_o land_n and_o how_o be_v it_o then_o that_o the_o canaanite_n have_v not_o then_o set_v a_o guard_n upon_o these_o ford_n of_o jordan_n i_o answer_v sure_a because_o they_o be_v confident_o persuade_v that_o the_o israelite_n can_v not_o have_v pass_v over_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o overflow_a of_o jordan_n at_o that_o time_n or_o else_o because_o god_n have_v strike_v they_o with_o such_o a_o fear_n and_o tremble_a of_o heart_n that_o they_o dare_v not_o stir_v out_o of_o their_o wall_a city_n or_o else_o because_o he_o have_v infatuate_v they_o and_o deprive_v they_o of_o that_o wisdom_n
be_v i_o tell_v he_o true_o what_o i_o think_v of_o the_o land_n and_o of_o our_o go_v to_o possess_v it_o nor_o do_v either_o for_o fear_n or_o favour_n of_o any_o man_n speak_v one_o word_n otherwise_o then_o as_o in_o my_o conscience_n i_o think_v i_o do_v not_o say_v as_o the_o other_o spy_v say_v to_o please_v they_o nor_o do_v i_o on_o the_o other_o side_n encourage_v the_o people_n to_o enter_v upon_o the_o land_n thereby_o to_o curry_v favour_n either_o with_o moses_n or_o the_o people_n but_o i_o do_v it_o sincere_o because_o i_o do_v indeed_o very_o believe_v that_o god_n will_v certain_o deliver_v it_o into_o our_o hand_n nor_o can_v this_o be_v count_v any_o blemish_n to_o caleb_n that_o he_o thus_o speak_v in_o his_o own_o commendation_n that_o his_o brethren_n may_v not_o tax_v he_o either_o of_o injustice_n or_o ambition_n for_o that_o which_o he_o be_v now_o about_o to_o require_v of_o joshua_n it_o be_v fit_a he_o shall_v show_v upon_o what_o just_a ground_n it_o be_v at_o first_o promise_v he_o verse_n 8._o my_o brethren_n that_o go_v up_o with_o i_o make_v the_o heart_n of_o the_o people_n melt_v but_o i_o whole_o follow_v the_o lord_n my_o god_n to_o wit_n by_o persuade_v the_o people_n to_o enter_v the_o land_n which_o the_o lord_n have_v bring_v they_o to_o even_o when_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o spy_n do_v so_o exceed_o discourage_v they_o which_o be_v a_o singular_a proof_n of_o the_o uprightness_n of_o calebs_n heart_n towards_o god_n verse_n 9_o and_o moses_n swear_v on_o that_o day_n say_v sure_o the_o land_n whereon_o thy_o foot_n have_v tread_v shall_v be_v thy_o inheritance_n etc._n etc._n hereby_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o there_o be_v a_o particular_a promise_n make_v unto_o caleb_n at_o kadesh-barnea_a that_o hebron_n and_o the_o land_n adjoin_v shall_v be_v he_o when_o the_o israelite_n come_v to_o possess_v canaan_n and_o that_o this_o place_n in_o the_o land_n be_v give_v he_o rather_o than_o any_o other_o because_o when_o the_o spy_n have_v see_v those_o giant_n the_o anakim_v and_o be_v strike_v with_o fear_n when_o they_o see_v they_o there_o numb_a 13.22_o and_o they_o ascend_v by_o the_o south_n and_o come_v unto_o hebron_n where_o ahiman_n sheshai_n and_o talmai_n the_o child_n of_o anak_n be_v and_o yet_o caleb_n afterward_o oppose_v these_o his_o fainthearted_a brethren_n and_o when_o they_o object_v the_o invincible_a strength_n of_o the_o place_n and_o people_n he_o encourage_v his_o people_n and_o assure_v they_o that_o they_o shall_v easy_o vanquish_v they_o either_o therefore_o those_o place_n in_o moses_n his_o story_n concern_v caleb_n must_v be_v understand_v of_o this_o particular_a gift_n though_o at_o first_o read_v they_o will_v not_o seem_v to_o import_v so_o much_o numb_a 14.24_o but_o my_o servant_n caleb_n because_o he_o have_v another_o spirit_n with_o he_o and_o have_v follow_v i_o full_o he_o will_v i_o bring_v into_o the_o land_n whereinto_o he_o go_v and_o his_o seed_n shall_v possess_v it_o and_o again_o deut._n 1.36_o save_v caleb_n the_o son_n of_o jephunneh_n he_o shall_v see_v it_o and_o to_o he_o will_v i_o give_v the_o land_n that_o he_o have_v tread_v upon_o and_o to_o his_o child_n because_o he_o have_v whole_o follow_v the_o lord_n or_o else_o there_o be_v some_o particular_a promise_n make_v to_o he_o concern_v this_o inheritance_n together_o with_o that_o mention_v in_o those_o place_n forenamed_a though_o it_o be_v not_o express_v and_o that_o confirm_v with_o a_o oath_n pronounce_v by_o moses_n in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n for_o so_o we_o read_v it_o num._n 14.21_o 23_o 24._o but_o as_o true_o as_o i_o live_v all_o the_o earth_n shall_v be_v fill_v with_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n sure_o they_o shall_v not_o see_v the_o land_n which_o i_o swear_v unto_o their_o father_n neither_o shall_v any_o of_o they_o that_o provoke_v i_o see_v it_o but_o my_o servant_n caleb_n because_o he_o have_v another_o spirit_n with_o he_o and_o have_v follow_v i_o full_o he_o will_v i_o bring_v into_o the_o land_n whereinto_o he_o go_v and_o his_o seed_n shall_v possess_v it_o verse_n 10._o and_o now_o behold_v the_o lord_n have_v keep_v i_o alive_a as_o he_o say_v these_o forty_o and_o five_o year_n etc._n etc._n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v god_n have_v you_o see_v even_o miraculous_o preserve_v my_o life_n and_o strength_n and_o so_o reserve_v i_o as_o it_o be_v to_o enjoy_v this_o portion_n of_o land_n which_o be_v then_o promise_v i_o verse_n 11._o as_o my_o strength_n be_v then_o even_o so_o be_v my_o strength_n now_o for_o war_n both_o to_o go_v out_o and_o come_v in_o see_v the_o note_n upon_o numb_a 27.17_o verse_n 12._o now_o therefore_o give_v i_o this_o mountain_n whereof_o the_o lord_n speak_v in_o that_o day_n that_o be_v the_o mountainous_a country_n promise_v he_o by_o moses_n wherein_o hebron_n debir_n and_o some_o other_o town_n stand_v see_v chap._n 11.21_o for_o thou_o hear_v in_o that_o day_n that_o the_o anakim_v be_v there_o and_o that_o the_o city_n be_v great_a and_o fence_v this_o he_o may_v speak_v as_o intimate_v that_o see_v he_o himself_o will_v undertake_v the_o expelling_a of_o the_o giant_n that_o dwell_v there_o though_o the_o most_o formidable_a in_o all_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n his_o desire_n be_v the_o more_o reasonable_a because_o he_o be_v to_o get_v with_o so_o much_o danger_n and_o difficulty_n the_o place_n that_o he_o desire_v of_o they_o but_o i_o rather_o conceive_v that_o this_o be_v add_v to_o clear_v it_o that_o this_o be_v the_o place_n promise_v he_o to_o wit_n because_o it_o be_v the_o place_n where_o the_o anakim_v dwell_v who_o huge_a body_n and_o great_a fence_a city_n be_v former_o so_o dreadful_a to_o the_o other_o spy_n that_o go_v with_o he_o if_o so_o be_v the_o lord_n will_v be_v with_o i_o than_o i_o shall_v be_v able_a to_o drive_v they_o out_o as_o the_o lord_n say_v this_o he_o say_v not_o as_o doubt_v god_n faithfulness_n and_o assistance_n but_o as_o thereby_o imply_v the_o difficulty_n of_o the_o work_n but_o that_o he_o repose_v himself_o on_o the_o help_n and_o assistance_n of_o god_n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 11.24_o verse_n 13._o and_o joshua_n bless_v he_o and_o give_v unto_o caleb_n the_o son_n of_o jephunneh_n hebron_n for_o a_o inheritance_n that_o be_v he_o commend_v he_o approve_v his_o motion_n grant_v his_o request_n and_o desire_v god_n to_o bless_v it_o both_o to_o he_o and_o he_o how_o this_o be_v say_v to_o be_v calebs_n inheritance_n that_o be_v afterward_o give_v to_o the_o levite_n see_v chap._n 21.11_o verse_n 15._o and_o the_o land_n have_v rest_n from_o war_n we_o have_v this_o clause_n before_o chap._n 11.23_o here_o it_o be_v repeat_v again_o 1._o to_o intimate_a that_o though_o the_o forego_n passage_n concern_v calebs_n desire_v hebron_n be_v here_o insert_v yet_o it_o be_v do_v before_o joshua_n have_v end_v his_o war_n and_o that_o however_o all_o the_o victory_n of_o joshua_n be_v record_v in_o the_o ten_o and_o eleven_o chapter_n because_o he_o will_v join_v they_o altogether_o yet_o many_o of_o these_o thing_n hereafter_o express_v be_v do_v before_o the_o war_n be_v end_v and_o second_o to_o make_v way_n hereby_o to_o the_o relation_n of_o that_o which_o be_v further_o do_v concern_v the_o division_n of_o the_o land_n which_o be_v not_o till_o the_o land_n have_v rest_n chap._n xv._o verse_n 1._o this_o than_o be_v the_o lot_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n by_o their_o family_n even_o to_o the_o border_n of_o edom_n etc._n etc._n in_o this_o chapter_n the_o narration_n of_o the_o divide_v the_o land_n within_o jordan_n by_o lot_n be_v continue_v which_o be_v break_v off_o in_o the_o forego_n chapter_n to_o show_v how_o caleb_n demand_v that_o hebron_n and_o the_o adjacent_a mountain_n may_v be_v reserve_v to_o he_o as_o his_o by_o a_o extraordinary_a promise_n which_o god_n have_v long_o since_o make_v to_o he_o that_o the_o lot_n be_v only_o to_o decide_v in_o what_o part_n of_o the_o country_n each_o tribe_n shall_v be_v plant_v and_o that_o afterward_o the_o quantity_n of_o the_o land_n which_o each_o tribe_n shall_v have_v be_v set_v out_o by_o joshua_n eleazar_n and_o the_o head_n of_o the_o tribe_n choose_v to_o be_v the_o man_n that_o shall_v divide_v the_o land_n be_v note_v before_o upon_o the_o second_o verse_n of_o the_o forego_n chapter_n as_o likewise_o num._n 26.55_o what_o manner_n of_o lottery_n they_o use_v in_o this_o business_n be_v not_o where_o express_v the_o common_a opinion_n of_o the_o hebrew_n writer_n be_v that_o there_o be_v two_o pot_n or_o other_o vessel_n set_v before_o the_o tabernacle_n the_o
few_o than_o when_o they_o be_v number_v the_o first_o time_n at_o their_o first_o come_v out_o of_o egypt_n but_o for_o this_o we_o must_v know_v that_o though_o the_o tribe_n of_o ephraim_n be_v so_o much_o decrease_v at_o that_o last_o number_n of_o the_o people_n yet_o since_o that_o time_n under_o the_o government_n of_o joshua_n they_o may_v be_v great_o increase_v again_o but_o however_o though_o at_o that_o time_n the_o son_n of_o ephraim_n be_v eight_o thousand_o few_o than_o when_o they_o come_v out_o of_o egypt_n yet_o even_o at_o that_o time_n on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o manasseh_n there_o be_v twenty_o thousand_o and_o five_o hundred_o more_o than_o at_o the_o first_o number_n num._n 26.34_o and_o therefore_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n speak_v here_o of_o themselves_o joint_o together_o both_o ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n they_o may_v well_o say_v they_o be_v a_o great_a people_n and_o that_o god_n have_v great_o bless_v they_o in_o regard_n of_o their_o number_n verse_n 15._o and_o joshua_n answer_v they_o if_o thou_o be_v a_o great_a people_n then_o get_v thou_o up_o to_o the_o wood_n country_n etc._n etc._n thus_o he_o covert_o retort_v their_o plea_n upon_o they_o as_o make_v more_o for_o he_o then_o for_o they_o for_o say_v he_o be_v a_o great_a people_n the_o more_o able_a art_n thou_o to_o drive_v the_o canaanite_n out_o of_o those_o part_n allot_v you_o for_o your_o proportion_n and_o the_o more_o shame_n be_v it_o that_o you_o shall_v let_v they_o alone_o and_o yet_o complain_v of_o the_o narrowness_n of_o your_o lot_n get_v thou_o up_o say_v joshua_n to_o the_o wood_n country_n and_o cut_v down_o for_o thyself_o there_o in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o perizzites_n and_o the_o giant_n that_o be_v cut_v down_o the_o wood_n and_o drive_v out_o and_o destroy_v the_o inhabitant_n that_o lurk_v there_o in_o their_o fastness_n and_o strong_a hold_n and_o then_o if_o mount_n ephraim_n be_v to_o narrow_a for_o thou_o that_o be_v the_o mountain_n out_o of_o which_o the_o canaanite_n be_v already_o expel_v whereof_o you_o have_v the_o possession_n at_o present_a you_o may_v by_o this_o mean_n have_v land_n enough_o to_o dwell_v in_o and_o need_v not_o complain_v that_o your_o portion_n be_v too_o straight_o for_o you_o it_o be_v likely_a that_o when_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n come_v to_o make_v their_o complaint_n to_o joshua_n they_o assure_v themselves_o that_o they_o shall_v find_v the_o more_o favour_n because_o he_o be_v of_o the_o tribe_n of_o ephraim_n but_o in_o a_o point_n of_o justice_n we_o see_v they_o find_v joshua_n far_o from_o yield_v to_o they_o in_o the_o least_o degree_n upon_o that_o ground_n verse_n 16._o and_o the_o child_n of_o joseph_n say_v the_o hill_n be_v not_o enough_o for_o we_o etc._n etc._n these_o first_o word_n seem_v to_o have_v be_v speak_v with_o some_o kind_n of_o anger_n and_o discontent_n joshua_n have_v tell_v they_o what_o they_o shall_v do_v if_o mount_n ephraim_n be_v too_o narrow_a for_o they_o now_o as_o man_n discontent_v be_v wont_a to_o do_v they_o snap_v at_o those_o last_o word_n of_o joshua_n yes_o say_v they_o the_o hill_n be_v not_o enough_o for_o we_o mean_v that_o mount_n ephraim_n whereof_o joshua_n have_v speak_v and_o then_o they_o add_v and_o all_o the_o canaanite_n that_o dwell_v in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o valley_n have_v chariot_n of_o iron_n as_o if_o they_o shall_v have_v say_v whereas_o you_o call_v upon_o we_o to_o enlarge_v our_o dwelling_n in_o the_o wood_n country_n by_o cut_v down_o the_o wood_n by_o expel_v and_o destroy_v the_o perizzites_n and_o the_o giant_n that_o dwell_v there_o you_o may_v know_v that_o this_o we_o can_v do_v and_o that_o because_o the_o valley_n we_o must_v pass_v through_o ere_o we_o can_v come_v to_o that_o mountainous_a wood_n country_n which_o you_o refer_v we_o to_o be_v inhabit_v by_o the_o canaanite_n that_o have_v chariot_n of_o iron_n so_o that_o there_o be_v no_o hope_n for_o we_o to_o prevail_v over_o they_o this_o i_o conceive_v to_o be_v the_o best_a exposition_n of_o this_o place_n yet_o some_o understand_v those_o first_o word_n the_o hill_n be_v not_o enough_o for_o we_o of_o that_o mountainous_a wood_n country_n to_o which_o joshua_n have_v refer_v they_o for_o the_o enlarge_n of_o their_o dwelling_n and_o so_o conceive_v the_o scope_n of_o this_o reply_n of_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n to_o be_v that_o even_o that_o mountainous_a country_n if_o they_o have_v it_o in_o their_o possession_n will_v not_o be_v enough_o for_o they_o and_o for_o the_o valley_n there_o be_v no_o hope_n to_o subdue_v they_o because_o the_o canaanite_n that_o dwell_v there_o have_v chariot_n of_o iron_n that_o be_v as_o all_o expositor_n agree_v chariot_n who_o wheel_n be_v arm_v with_o scythe_n as_o i_o may_v say_v or_o hook_n of_o iron_n wherewith_o when_o they_o break_v in_o among_o their_o enemy_n they_o must_v needs_o mighty_o tear_v cut_v and_o mow_v down_o those_o that_o stand_v in_o their_o way_n and_o indeed_o these_o chariot_n can_v only_o be_v useful_a in_o the_o valley_n and_o plain_n in_o the_o mountain_n and_o wood_n country_n they_o can_v not_o be_v use_v verse_n 17._o and_o joshua_n speak_v unto_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n even_o to_o ephraim_n and_o to_o manasseh_n say_v thou_o be_v a_o great_a people_n etc._n etc._n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v what_o i_o answer_v before_o i_o must_v answer_v again_o thou_o be_v a_o great_a people_n by_o thy_o own_o confession_n and_o have_v great_a power_n and_o therefore_o beside_o god_n promise_n you_o have_v otherwise_o no_o cause_n of_o distrust_n thou_o shall_v not_o have_v one_o lot_n only_o that_o be_v thou_o shall_v if_o thou_o will_v not_o be_v fail_v to_o thyself_o prevail_v over_o those_o place_n and_o then_o thou_o shall_v find_v the_o portion_n allot_v thou_o be_v more_o than_o one_o lot_n full_o enough_o for_o two_o such_o numerous_a tribe_n verse_n 18._o but_o the_o mountain_n shall_v be_v thou_o for_o it_o be_v a_o wood_n and_o thou_o shall_v cut_v it_o down_o and_o the_o outgoing_n of_o it_o shall_v be_v thou_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v not_o only_o the_o mountain_n shall_v be_v thou_o which_o when_o thou_o have_v cut_v down_o the_o wood_n will_v be_v find_v good_a ground_n but_o also_o the_o outgoing_n of_o it_o that_o be_v the_o valley_n round_o about_o the_o mountain_n shall_v be_v thou_o too_o chap._n xviii_o verse_n 1._o and_o the_o whole_a congregation_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n assemble_v themselves_o together_o at_o shiloh_n and_o set_v up_o the_o tabernacle_n etc._n etc._n no_o doubt_n god_n appoint_v they_o to_o remove_v the_o tabernacle_n to_o shiloh_n so_o much_o may_v be_v gather_v from_o that_o which_o be_v say_v deut._n 12.5_o but_o unto_o the_o place_n which_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n shall_v choose_v out_o of_o all_o your_o tribe_n to_o put_v his_o name_n there_o even_o unto_o his_o habitation_n shall_v you_o seek_v and_o thither_o thou_o shall_v come_v as_o also_o jer._n 7.12_o where_o it_o be_v plain_o call_v the_o place_n where_o god_n set_v his_o name_n at_o the_o first_o hitherto_o both_o camp_n and_o tabernacle_n have_v be_v in_o gilgal_n a_o place_n in_o the_o very_a first_o entrance_n into_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n now_o they_o remove_v further_o into_o the_o land_n both_o the_o camp_n vers_fw-la 9_o and_o the_o man_n go_v and_o pass_v through_o the_o land_n and_o describe_v it_o by_o city_n into_o seven_o part_n in_o a_o book_n and_o come_v again_o to_o joshua_n to_o the_o host_n at_o shiloh_n and_o the_o tabernacle_n as_o be_v here_o express_v both_o as_o a_o manifest_a sign_n of_o their_o take_a possession_n of_o the_o land_n they_o have_v conquer_v and_o for_o the_o more_o convenient_a come_n of_o the_o people_n to_o the_o tabernacle_n to_o worship_n and_o shiloh_n god_n appoint_v to_o be_v the_o place_n a_o city_n in_o ephraim_n therein_o god_n honour_v joshua_n the_o ruler_n of_o the_o people_n who_o be_v of_o this_o tribe_n and_o withal_o it_o be_v bring_v near_o to_o the_o place_n which_o god_n have_v decree_v to_o be_v the_o settle_a place_n of_o his_o worship_n to_o wit_n jerusalem_n from_o this_o time_n therefore_o the_o people_n be_v bind_v to_o the_o strict_a observation_n of_o the_o ceremonial_a law_n deut._n 12.8_o 9_o 10_o 11._o you_o shall_v not_o do_v after_o all_o the_o thing_n that_o we_o do_v here_o this_o day_n every_o man_n what_o be_v right_a in_o his_o own_o eye_n for_o you_o be_v not_o as_o yet_o come_v to_o the_o rest_n and_o to_o the_o inheritance_n which_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n give_v you_o but_o when_o you_o come_v over_o jordan_n and_o dwell_v in_o the_o land_n which_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n give_v
you_o to_o inherit_v and_o when_o he_o give_v you_o rest_n from_o all_o your_o enemy_n round_o about_o so_o that_o you_o dwell_v in_o safety_n then_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o place_n which_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n shall_v choose_v to_o cause_v his_o name_n to_o dwell_v there_o thither_o shall_v you_o bring_v all_o that_o i_o command_v you_o your_o burn_a offering_n and_o your_o sacrifice_n your_o tithe_n and_o the_o heave_v offer_v of_o your_o hand_n and_o all_o your_o choice_a vow_n which_o you_o vow_v unto_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n and_o here_o the_o tabernacle_n continue_v unto_o the_o day_n of_o samuel_n to_o wit_n above_o three_o hundred_o year_n and_o the_o land_n be_v subdue_v before_o they_o that_o be_v the_o land_n about_o shiloh_n be_v subdue_v and_o the_o inhabitant_n drive_v out_o of_o it_o and_o those_o that_o dwell_v further_o off_o be_v so_o strike_v with_o the_o terror_n of_o god_n that_o they_o dare_v not_o stir_v to_o molest_v the_o israelite_n verse_n 2._o and_o there_o remain_v among_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n seven_o tribe_n which_o have_v not_o yet_o receive_v their_o inheritance_n it_o may_v seem_v strange_a that_o the_o israelite_n have_v begin_v in_o gilgal_n to_o divide_v the_o land_n by_o lot_n go_v not_o on_o in_o that_o work_n but_o have_v draw_v three_o lot_n which_o fall_v to_o judah_n ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n give_v over_o and_o intermit_v this_o work_n and_o that_o as_o it_o seem_v a_o long_a time_n for_o so_o much_o be_v evident_a by_o joshua_n his_o expostulation_n with_o they_o vers_n 3_o though_o it_o be_v not_o express_o say_v how_o long_o it_o be_v how_o long_o say_v he_o be_v you_o slack_a to_o go_v to_o possess_v the_o land_n etc._n etc._n why_o they_o do_v this_o no_o reason_n be_v give_v in_o the_o text_n but_o this_o by_o expositor_n be_v think_v the_o most_o probable_a reason_n to_o wit_n that_o the_o other_o tribe_n perceive_v what_o a_o large_a circuit_n of_o land_n be_v give_v to_o judah_n out_o of_o which_o indeed_o more_o than_o the_o portion_n of_o one_o tribe_n be_v afterward_o take_v see_v chap._n 19.9_o they_o begin_v to_o murmur_v as_o suppose_v that_o there_o will_v not_o be_v leave_v a_o equal_a share_n for_o they_o and_o the_o rather_o because_o they_o hear_v the_o son_n of_o joseph_n already_o complain_v and_o therefore_o pretend_v that_o there_o can_v not_o be_v any_o equal_a division_n make_v when_o the_o remote_a part_n be_v no_o better_o know_v to_o they_o as_o be_v yet_o in_o the_o enemy_n possession_n they_o desire_v some_o stay_n of_o the_o work_n till_o they_o have_v further_o prevail_v and_o may_v know_v the_o land_n they_o be_v to_o divide_v better_a than_o yet_o they_o can_v do_v and_o thus_o the_o work_n be_v put_v off_o for_o a_o time_n by_o degree_n they_o begin_v to_o mind_v it_o no_o more_o till_o joshua_n find_v they_o shameful_o remiss_a urge_v they_o to_o set_v upon_o it_o again_o and_o for_o their_o better_a satisfaction_n to_o send_v forth_o man_n to_o search_v the_o land_n verse_n 4._o give_v out_o from_o among_o you_o three_o man_n of_o each_o tribe_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n not_o only_o of_o the_o seven_o tribe_n mention_v vers_fw-la 2._o but_o also_o of_o judah_n ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n lest_o if_o these_o searcher_n shall_v conceive_v that_o it_o be_v fit_a somewhat_o shall_v be_v take_v from_o those_o that_o have_v their_o lot_n already_o they_o may_v otherwise_o complain_v of_o partiality_n in_o those_o that_o be_v send_v to_o search_v the_o land_n as_o for_o the_o work_n that_o these_o man_n be_v to_o do_v namely_o to_o describe_v the_o land_n according_a to_o the_o inheritance_n of_o they_o it_o be_v mean_v doubtless_o of_o some_o catalogue_n they_o be_v to_o bring_v of_o the_o several_a country_n and_o part_n of_o the_o land_n that_o be_v not_o yet_o divide_v with_o the_o several_a city_n and_o town_n and_o village_n that_o be_v in_o each_o of_o they_o that_o so_o according_o they_o may_v the_o better_o divide_v it_o into_o so_o many_o part_n verse_n 5._o judah_n shall_v abide_v on_o their_o coast_n on_o the_o south_n etc._n etc._n the_o meaning_n of_o this_o be_v only_a that_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n and_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n shall_v continue_v seat_v the_o one_o on_o the_o south_n the_o other_o on_o the_o north_n in_o that_o part_n of_o the_o land_n wherein_o the_o lot_n that_o be_v draw_v for_o they_o in_o gilgal_n fall_v and_o not_o that_o they_o shall_v have_v still_o the_o same_o quantity_n of_o land_n that_o be_v at_o first_o assign_v they_o for_o we_o see_v afterward_o that_o the_o tribe_n of_o simeon_n have_v their_o portion_n assign_v they_o out_o of_o that_o which_o be_v at_o first_o in_o the_o lot_n of_o judah_n chap._n 19.9_o verse_n 6._o you_o shall_v therefore_o describe_v the_o land_n into_o seven_o part_n and_o bring_v the_o descrition_n hither_o to_o i_o that_o i_o may_v cast_v lot_n here_o for_o you_o before_o the_o lord_n our_o god_n this_o some_o say_n be_v speak_v to_o the_o man_n that_o be_v choose_v to_o describe_v the_o land_n but_o i_o conceive_v it_o may_v as_o well_o be_v speak_v to_o the_o whole_a assembly_n to_o who_o hitherto_o joshua_n have_v direct_v his_o speech_n you_o shall_v therefore_o describe_v the_o land_n into_o seven_o part_n and_o bring_v the_o description_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v you_o shall_v take_v order_n that_o by_o the_o man_n you_o send_v out_o the_o land_n be_v describe_v into_o seven_o part_n and_o then_o that_o the_o description_n thereof_o be_v bring_v to_o i_o however_o the_o mention_n he_o make_v in_o the_o last_o word_n of_o the_o account_n they_o be_v to_o give_v of_o what_o they_o have_v do_v before_o the_o lord_n in_o the_o tabernacle_n be_v doubtless_o to_o intimate_v how_o careful_a the_o man_n that_o be_v send_v have_v need_n to_o be_v diligent_o and_o careful_o to_o carry_v themselves_o in_o this_o great_a charge_n that_o be_v impose_v upon_o they_o verse_n 9_o and_o the_o man_n go_v and_o pass_v through_o the_o land_n and_o describe_v it_o by_o city_n into_o seven_o part_n etc._n etc._n they_o may_v use_v some_o likely_a mean_n to_o prevent_v danger_n when_o they_o search_v the_o country_n of_o their_o enrage_a enemy_n perhaps_o they_o divide_v themselves_o and_o go_v not_o all_o together_o they_o may_v also_o go_v under_o pretence_n of_o negotiation_n and_o it_o may_v be_v disguise_v that_o they_o may_v not_o seem_v isralite_n but_o doubtless_o the_o astonishment_n and_o fear_n wherewith_o god_n have_v strike_v the_o inhabitant_n upon_o the_o israelite_n late_a victory_n be_v the_o best_a mean_n of_o their_o safety_n and_o by_o their_o preservation_n in_o this_o dangerous_a service_n we_o may_v well_o think_v their_o brethren_n be_v much_o encourage_v to_o set_v upon_o the_o get_n of_o the_o remainder_n of_o the_o land_n into_o their_o possession_n verse_n 11._o and_o the_o lot_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o the_o child_n of_o benjamin_n come_v up_o etc._n etc._n thus_o have_v benjamin_n the_o honour_n of_o have_v the_o first_o lot_n among_o the_o seven_o tribe_n and_o be_v by_o god_n providence_n seat_v the_o very_a next_o to_o his_o brethren_n ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n who_o likewise_o be_v of_o rachel_n and_o have_v also_o the_o royal_a city_n of_o jerusalem_n within_o his_o border_n where_o god_n dwell_v in_o his_o holy_a temple_n wherein_o that_o be_v accomplish_v which_o moses_n prophesy_v of_o this_o tribe_n deut._n 33.12_o and_o of_o benjamin_n he_o say_v the_o belove_a of_o the_o lord_n shall_v dwell_v in_o safety_n by_o he_o and_o the_o lord_n shall_v cover_v he_o all_o the_o day_n long_o and_o he_o shall_v dwell_v between_o his_o shoulder_n verse_n 12._o and_o their_o border_n on_o the_o north_n be_v from_o jordan_n etc._n etc._n this_o north_n border_n of_o benjamin_n be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o south_n border_n of_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n describe_v before_o chap._n 16.1_o concern_v which_o therefore_o see_v the_o note_n there_o verse_n 14._o and_o the_o border_n be_v draw_v thence_o and_o compass_v the_o corner_n of_o the_o sea_n southward_a etc._n etc._n here_o begin_v the_o western_a border_n of_o benjamins_n portion_n for_o here_o the_o line_n turn_v from_o north_n to_o south_n and_o fetch_v a_o compass_n about_o a_o inlet_n or_o creek_n of_o the_o sea_n go_v on_o southward_a till_o it_o come_v to_o kirjath-baal_a in_o judahs_n portion_n call_v by_o the_o israelite_n to_o suppress_v the_o name_n of_o their_o idol-god_n kirjath-jearim_a verse_n 15._o and_o the_o south_n quarter_n be_v from_o the_o end_n of_o kirjath-jearim_a etc._n etc._n see_v chap._n 15.5_o 6._o where_o you_o shall_v find_v the_o same_o to_o be_v make_v the_o north_n border_n of_o judah_n only_o that_o line_n be_v draw_v
jordan_n be_v the_o utmost_a bound_n of_o the_o land_n of_o promise_n and_o that_o therefore_o those_o without_o jordan_n be_v no_o true_a israelite_n nor_o have_v any_o thing_n to_o do_v with_o the_o worship_n of_o god_n in_o his_o tabernacle_n verse_n 31._o this_o day_n we_o perceive_v that_o the_o lord_n be_v among_o we_o because_o you_o have_v not_o commit_v this_o trespass_n against_o the_o lord_n this_o be_v the_o great_a and_o sure_a sign_n of_o god_n gracious_a presence_n among_o a_o people_n when_o he_o preserve_v they_o from_o fall_v into_o scandalous_a sin_n now_o you_o have_v deliver_v the_o child_n of_o israel_n out_o of_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o lord_n not_o by_o divert_v any_o punishment_n which_o the_o lord_n be_v ready_a to_o inflict_v but_o by_o avoid_v that_o sin_n which_o may_v have_v draw_v some_o heavy_a judgement_n not_o only_o upon_o themselves_o but_o upon_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o people_n if_o they_o have_v fall_v into_o it_o verse_n 34._o for_o it_o shall_v be_v a_o witness_n between_o we_o that_o the_o lord_n be_v god_n this_o be_v the_o reason_n which_o the_o tribe_n without_o jordan_n give_v why_o they_o call_v the_o altar_n they_o have_v set_v up_o ed_n which_o signify_v a_o witness_n to_o wit_n because_o stand_v in_o the_o midst_n betwixt_o they_o within_o jordan_n and_o they_o without_o it_o shall_v be_v a_o witness_n that_o they_o without_o jordan_n mean_v to_o acknowledge_v and_o worship_v no_o other_o god_n than_o he_o who_o their_o brethren_n worship_v even_o the_o lord_n jehovah_n only_o chap._n xxiii_o verse_n 2._o and_o joshua_n call_v for_o all_o israel_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o representative_a body_n of_o all_o israel_n to_o wit_n as_o it_o be_v explain_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n the_o elder_n of_o each_o tribe_n together_o with_o their_o magistrate_n and_o judge_n and_o officer_n verse_n 5._o and_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n he_o shall_v expel_v they_o from_o before_o you_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v though_o i_o die_v and_o leave_v the_o work_n which_o be_v begin_v unfinished_a yet_o assure_v yourselves_o if_o you_o continue_v steadfast_a to_o the_o lord_n he_o who_o indeed_o have_v do_v what_o have_v be_v do_v will_v perfect_v the_o work_n begin_v and_o perform_v all_o that_o he_o have_v promise_v he_o shall_v expel_v the_o rest_n of_o the_o nation_n that_o be_v not_o yet_o expel_v before_o you_o verse_n 7._o that_o you_o come_v not_o among_o these_o nation_n these_o that_o remain_v among_o you_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v that_o you_o no_o way_n familiar_o converse_v with_o they_o and_o this_o be_v mention_v in_o the_o first_o place_n because_o they_o that_o yield_v familiar_o to_o converse_v with_o idolatour_n will_v by_o degree_n be_v also_o draw_v to_o the_o evil_n mention_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n even_o to_o make_v marriage_n with_o they_o to_o swear_v by_o their_o god_n and_o at_o last_o to_o bow_v down_o to_o they_o and_o worship_v they_o as_o for_o make_v mention_n of_o the_o name_n of_o their_o god_n the_o next_o particular_a here_o forbid_v see_v the_o note_n exod._n 23.13_o verse_n 8._o but_o cleave_v unto_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n as_o you_o have_v do_v unto_o this_o day_n by_o cleave_v to_o the_o lord_n be_v mean_v that_o they_o shall_v continue_v constant_a in_o yield_a obedience_n to_o god_n and_o in_o rest_v and_o rely_v upon_o he_o yea_o upon_o he_o alone_o as_o their_o god_n alsufficient_a nor_o need_v it_o seem_v strange_a unto_o we_o that_o he_o shall_v say_v of_o a_o people_n that_o have_v be_v so_o prone_a to_o rebel_v against_o god_n cleave_v unto_o the_o lord_n as_o you_o have_v do_v unto_o this_o day_n for_o first_o the_o israelite_n though_o they_o be_v ever_o and_o anon_o murmur_v against_o god_n and_o turn_v aside_o from_o the_o way_n of_o his_o commandment_n yet_o they_o have_v never_o for_o the_o generality_n cast_v off_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o true_a god_n to_o go_v after_o the_o god_n of_o the_o heathen_a and_o second_o this_o joshua_n may_v speak_v with_o reference_n to_o the_o time_n of_o his_o government_n as_o you_o have_v do_v to_o this_o day_n that_o be_v since_o the_o time_n you_o enter_v the_o land_n of_o canaan_n or_o since_o the_o time_n you_o come_v to_o be_v under_o my_o government_n for_o indeed_o since_o that_o time_n we_o read_v not_o of_o any_o notable_a rebellion_n of_o this_o people_n against_o god_n it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o people_n serve_v the_o lord_n all_o the_o day_n of_o joshua_n judg._n 2.7_o verse_n 12._o else_o if_o you_o do_v in_o any_o wise_a go_v back_o and_o cleave_v unto_o the_o remnant_n of_o these_o nation_n etc._n etc._n here_o joshua_n begin_v to_o tell_v they_o how_o severe_o god_n will_v punish_v they_o in_o case_n they_o do_v go_v back_o that_o be_v revolt_v from_o that_o good_a way_n of_o their_o obedience_n to_o god_n wherein_o they_o have_v hitherto_o go_v and_o cleave_v unto_o the_o remnant_n of_o those_o nation_n that_o be_v marry_v they_o and_o lie_v with_o they_o for_o so_o this_o phrase_n of_o cleave_v to_o those_o nation_n be_v explain_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n and_o shall_v make_v marriage_n with_o they_o and_o go_v in_o unto_o they_o and_o they_o to_o you_o yet_o i_o know_v that_o this_o word_n cleave_v may_v be_v mean_v general_o of_o any_o join_v themselves_o to_o those_o nation_n either_o in_o league_n or_o otherwise_o verse_n 13._o but_o they_o shall_v be_v snare_n and_o trap_n unto_o you_o and_o scourge_n in_o your_o side_n and_o thorn_n in_o your_o eye_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n because_o they_o will_v be_v continual_o by_o their_o allurement_n draw_v you_o to_o idolatry_n and_o other_o sin_n and_o by_o their_o injury_n vex_v and_o disquiet_v you_o yet_o some_o hold_n that_o by_o be_v thorn_n in_o their_o eye_n be_v mean_v that_o they_o shall_v by_o degree_n so_o far_o blind_v they_o that_o they_o shall_v not_o be_v able_a to_o discern_v the_o clear_a light_n of_o the_o truth_n see_v numb_a 33.55_o verse_n 14._o and_o behold_v this_o day_n i_o be_o go_v the_o way_n of_o all_o the_o earth_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v i_o see_v my_o death_n approach_v now_o because_o i_o can_v hope_v long_o to_o continue_v among_o you_o to_o keep_v you_o constant_a in_o your_o covenant_n with_o god_n therefore_o i_o think_v good_a to_o give_v you_o warning_n that_o after_o my_o departure_n you_o depart_v not_o from_o the_o lord_n and_o to_o tell_v you_o beforehand_o what_o will_v become_v of_o you_o if_o you_o transgress_v the_o covenant_n of_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n verse_n 15._o so_o shall_v the_o lord_n bring_v upon_o you_o all_o evil_a thing_n until_o he_o have_v destroy_v you_o from_o off_o this_o good_a land_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v as_o the_o lord_n have_v hitherto_o make_v good_a all_o that_o he_o have_v promise_v you_o so_o if_o you_o transgress_v his_o covenant_n he_o will_v bring_v upon_o you_o all_o the_o evil_n threaten_v even_o at_o last_o the_o cause_v of_o you_o to_o be_v carry_v captive_a out_o of_o this_o good_a land_n and_o this_o last_o judgement_n of_o destroy_v they_o out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n he_o particular_o insist_o upon_o because_o it_o must_v needs_o affect_v they_o to_o hear_v of_o lose_v so_o goodly_a a_o land_n when_o after_o so_o many_o year_n travel_n and_o difficulty_n they_o be_v now_o new_o enter_v into_o it_o chap._n xxiiii_o verse_n 1._o and_o joshua_n gather_v all_o the_o tribe_n to_o shechem_n etc._n etc._n the_o assembly_n mention_v in_o the_o forego_n chapter_n vers_fw-la 2._o concern_v which_o see_v the_o note_n there_o and_o the_o exhortation_n which_o joshua_n use_v then_o to_o the_o people_n be_v when_o joshua_n apprehend_v he_o have_v not_o long_o to_o live_v chap._n 23.14_o and_o behold_v this_o day_n i_o be_o go_v the_o way_n of_o all_o the_o earth_n yet_o it_o seem_v that_o after_o that_o fear_v much_o what_o the_o people_n world_n do_v after_o his_o death_n he_o resolve_v again_o to_o call_v another_o assembly_n of_o the_o representative_a body_n of_o the_o kingdom_n that_o he_o may_v there_o again_o press_v they_o to_o continue_v constant_a in_o their_o obedience_n to_o god_n after_o his_o death_n and_o to_o that_o purpose_n may_v cause_v they_o to_o renew_v their_o covenant_n with_o god_n which_o according_o he_o do_v at_o shechem_n as_o it_o be_v here_o say_v many_o expositor_n understand_v this_o of_o shiloh_n where_o indeed_o the_o tabernacle_n be_v seat_v chap._n 18.1_o which_o they_o say_v be_v here_o call_v shechem_n because_o it_o stand_v in_o the_o field_n of_o shechem_n and_o that_o because_o it_o be_v say_v in_o this_o verse_n that_o the_o assembly_n present_v themselves_o before_o god_n and_o because_o vers_fw-la 26._o there_o be_v mention_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n
a_o place_n not_o far_o off_o from_o they_o and_o there_o be_v gather_v vain_a man_n to_o jephthah_n and_o go_v out_o with_o he_o that_o be_v they_o go_v with_o he_o out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o gilead_n to_o wit_n to_o serve_v under_o he_o in_o other_o country_n where_o he_o shall_v be_v employ_v verse_n 5._o the_o elder_n of_o gilead_n go_v to_o fetch_v jephthah_n out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o tob._n after_o that_o consultation_n in_o the_o assembly_n at_o mizpeh_n whereof_o chap._n 10._o vers_fw-la 18._o when_o and_o where_o the_o government_n be_v proffer_v to_o any_o man_n that_o will_v begin_v the_o fight_n against_o the_o ammonite_n none_o be_v find_v either_o so_o fit_a or_o willing_a to_o undergo_v the_o charge_n at_o last_o it_o seem_v the_o whole_a assembly_n move_v with_o the_o great_a renown_n that_o jephthah_n have_v get_v with_o his_o valour_n in_o the_o land_n of_o tob_z resolve_v to_o send_v for_o he_o and_o to_o make_v he_o their_o captain_n and_o head_n and_o so_o he_o become_v the_o next_o judge_n in_o israel_n at_o first_o it_o seem_v he_o be_v only_o choose_v to_o be_v the_o head_n of_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o gilead_n but_o afterward_o it_o be_v evident_a he_o be_v judge_n of_o all_o israel_n chap._n 12.7_o and_o jephthah_n judge_v israel_n six_o year_n the_o law_n indeed_o say_v that_o no_o bastard_n shall_v be_v admit_v to_o any_o place_n of_o magistracy_n among_o the_o israelite_n as_o you_o may_v see_v in_o the_o note_n upon_o deut._n 23.2_o a_o bastard_n shall_v not_o enter_v into_o the_o congregation_n of_o the_o lord_n but_o necessity_n now_o force_v they_o to_o do_v what_o they_o do_v and_o that_o not_o without_o the_o special_a providence_n of_o god_n who_o may_v dispense_v with_o his_o own_o law_n verse_n 8._o and_o the_o elder_n of_o gilead_n say_v unto_o jephthah_n therefore_o we_o turn_v again_o to_o thou_o now_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v we_o acknowledge_v this_o thou_o say_v to_o be_v true_a but_o therefore_o now_o we_o come_v to_o seek_v thy_o favour_n and_o to_o make_v amends_o for_o the_o unkindness_n than_o proffer_v thou_o we_o desire_v thy_o aid_n upon_o no_o other_o condition_n but_o that_o thou_o shall_v be_v head_n over_o all_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o gilead_n verse_n 9_o if_o you_o bring_v i_o home_o again_o to_o fight_v against_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n and_o the_o lord_n deliver_v they_o before_o i_o shall_v i_o be_v your_o head_n that_o be_v will_v you_o be_v as_o good_a as_o your_o word_n to_o make_v i_o governor_n of_o the_o land_n of_o gilead_n because_o they_o have_v former_o deal_v injurious_o with_o he_o he_o be_v the_o more_o careful_a now_o to_o look_v to_o the_o agreement_n he_o make_v with_o they_o nor_o be_v jephthah_n to_o be_v blame_v for_o a_o ambitious_a and_o greedy_a desire_n to_o rule_v over_o they_o in_o that_o he_o labour_v thus_o to_o make_v sure_a that_o he_o may_v be_v their_o head_n as_o will_v be_v evident_a if_o we_o consider_v first_o that_o he_o may_v the_o rather_o desire_v this_o lest_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v live_v afterward_o among_o they_o in_o a_o private_a condition_n his_o brethren_n not_o yet_o forget_v the_o old_a quarrel_n that_o have_v be_v between_o they_o may_v offer_v he_o some_o injury_n and_o second_o that_o he_o may_v be_v careful_a to_o secure_v the_o government_n which_o they_o tender_v he_o out_o of_o a_o desire_n to_o do_v good_a to_o the_o people_n and_o doubtless_o as_o he_o may_v lawful_o embrace_v it_o when_o it_o be_v proffer_v he_o as_o believe_v that_o he_o be_v call_v thereby_o of_o god_n to_o it_o so_o he_o may_v also_o as_o lawful_o provide_v that_o when_o he_o have_v hazard_v his_o life_n for_o they_o they_o shall_v also_o make_v good_a their_o promise_n to_o he_o and_o the_o public_a good_a may_v be_v his_o chief_a aim_n in_o all_o this_o he_o do_v verse_n 11._o and_o jephthah_n utter_v all_o his_o word_n before_o the_o lord_n in_o mizpeh_n that_o be_v jephthah_n come_v to_o the_o assembly_n of_o the_o people_n and_o prince_n at_o mizpeh_n there_o as_o in_o god_n presence_n he_o repeat_v all_o that_o he_o have_v before_o speak_v unto_o the_o messenger_n that_o be_v send_v unto_o he_o both_o he_o and_o they_o solemn_o bind_v themselves_o to_o perform_v that_o which_o they_o then_o agree_v upon_o and_o that_o happy_o by_o oath_n mutual_o take_v as_o in_o the_o presence_n of_o god_n verse_n 13._o because_o israel_n take_v away_o my_o land_n when_o they_o come_v out_o of_o egypt_n etc._n etc._n a_o great_a part_n of_o that_o land_n which_o the_o israelite_n take_v from_o sihon_n king_n of_o the_o amorites_n yea_o and_o from_o og_n king_n of_o bashan_n have_v be_v before_o by_o those_o king_n take_v from_o the_o ammonite_n especial_o from_o the_o moabite_n as_o we_o may_v see_v in_o the_o note_n upon_o num._n 21.26_o for_o heshbon_n be_v the_o city_n of_o sihon_n king_n of_o the_o ammorites_n who_o have_v fight_v against_o the_o former_a king_n of_o moab_n and_o take_v all_o his_o land_n out_o of_o his_o hand_n even_o to_o arnon_n josh_n 13.25_o and_o their_o coast_n be_v jazer_n and_o all_o the_o city_n of_o gilead_n and_o half_a the_o land_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n deut._n 3.11_o for_o only_a og_n king_n of_o bashan_n remain_v of_o the_o remnant_n of_o giant_n behold_v his_o bedstead_n be_v a_o bedstead_n of_o iron_n be_v it_o not_o in_o rabbath_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n all_o which_o the_o king_n of_o the_o ammonite_n claim_v now_o as_o belong_v to_o he_o be_v also_o it_o seem_v king_n of_o the_o moabite_n whence_o chemosh_fw-mi the_o idol_n of_o moab_n be_v call_v his_o god_n verse_n 15._o israel_n take_v not_o away_o the_o land_n of_o moab_n nor_o the_o land_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n hereby_o also_o it_o seem_v probable_a that_o the_o king_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n do_v at_o this_o time_n also_o command_v over_o moab_n in_o chief_a and_o thereupon_o challenge_v all_o that_o land_n which_o sihon_n have_v first_o take_v from_o the_o moabite_n and_o then_o the_o israelite_n from_o he_o for_o why_o be_v it_o else_o that_o jephthah_n here_o answer_v that_o the_o israelite_n meddle_v not_o either_o with_o the_o land_n of_o moab_n or_o with_o the_o land_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n verse_n 16._o but_o when_o the_o israelite_n come_v up_o from_o egypt_n and_o walk_v through_o the_o wilderness_n unto_o the_o red_a sea_n and_o come_v to_o kadesh_n not_o kadesh-barnea_a but_o that_o kadesh_n border_v upon_o the_o land_n of_o edom_n whence_o they_o send_v messenger_n to_o the_o king_n of_o edom_n to_o desire_v a_o passage_n through_o his_o land_n num._n 20.14_o and_o moses_n send_v messenger_n from_o kadesh_n unto_o the_o king_n of_o edom._n verse_n 17_o and_o israel_n abode_n in_o kadesh_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v there_o they_o stay_v till_o they_o send_v messenger_n to_o the_o king_n of_o edom_n and_o receive_v a_o answer_n back_o from_o he_o resolve_v not_o to_o enter_v his_o land_n yea_o and_o when_o he_o deny_v they_o a_o passage_n they_o put_v themselves_o to_o the_o trouble_n of_o fetch_v a_o great_a compass_n about_o his_o land_n rather_o than_o they_o will_v be_v any_o way_n injurious_a to_o he_o as_o be_v express_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n vers_fw-la 18._o then_o go_v they_o along_o through_o the_o wilderness_n and_o compass_v the_o land_n of_o edom_n and_o the_o land_n of_o moab_n and_o come_v by_o the_o east_n side_n of_o the_o land_n of_o moab_n and_o pitch_v in_o the_o north_n side_n of_o arnon_n but_o come_v not_o within_o the_o border_n of_o moab_n all_o which_o jephthah_n now_o relate_v to_o let_v they_o see_v how_o fair_o the_o israelites_n deal_v with_o all_o the_o nation_n they_o pass_v by_o and_o how_o far_o they_o be_v from_o offer_v violence_n to_o any_o of_o the_o nation_n that_o border_v upon_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n verse_n 18._o and_o pitch_v on_o the_o north_n side_n of_o arnon_n but_o come_v not_o within_o the_o border_n of_o moab_n etc._n etc._n hereby_o they_o prove_v that_o the_o israelite_n be_v so_o far_o from_o take_v any_o of_o the_o land_n of_o the_o moabite_n from_o they_o they_o that_o come_v not_o within_o their_o border_n verse_n 20._o but_o sihon_n gather_v all_o his_o people_n together_o and_o pitch_a in_o jahaz_n and_o fight_v against_o israel_n this_o discover_v the_o just_a cause_n they_o have_v to_o fight_v against_o the_o amorites_n and_o the_o justness_n of_o their_o cause_n herein_o tend_v strong_o to_o justify_v their_o interest_n in_o that_o land_n which_o through_o god_n assistance_n in_o this_o war_n they_o recover_v from_o they_o verse_n 24._o will_v not_o thou_o possess_v that_o which_o chemosh_fw-mi thy_o god_n give_v thou_o to_o
their_o superstition_n become_v a_o mean_n to_o perpetuate_v the_o memory_n of_o this_o wonderful_a work_n of_o god_n in_o the_o confusion_n of_o their_o idol_n which_o otherwise_o within_o some_o short_a time_n may_v have_v be_v forget_v verse_n 6._o but_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v heavy_a upon_o they_o of_o ashdod_n and_o he_o destroy_v they_o and_o smite_v they_o with_o emerod_v because_o that_o the_o lord_n have_v so_o clear_o discover_v to_o the_o man_n of_o ashdod_n that_o their_o dagon_n be_v a_o vain_a idol_n and_o that_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n who_o ark_n they_o have_v bold_o surprise_v be_v the_o only_a true_a almighty_a god_n to_o wit_n by_o cast_v down_o their_o idol_n before_o the_o ark_n and_o at_o last_o break_v it_o in_o piece_n and_o yet_o notwithstanding_o they_o continue_v still_o as_o superstitious_o devote_v to_o their_o idol_n as_o they_o be_v before_o and_o be_v not_o afraid_a still_o to_o detain_v the_o ark_n of_o god_n in_o captivity_n as_o at_o the_o first_o therefore_o now_o the_o lord_n begin_v to_o take_v vengeance_n on_o the_o man_n of_o ashdod_n the_o hand_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v heavy_a upon_o the_o man_n of_o ashdod_n etc._n etc._n many_o expositor_n understand_v the_o next_o word_n and_o he_o destroy_v they_o of_o the_o plague_n of_o mouse_n wherewith_o also_o that_o this_o time_n he_o destroy_v and_o waste_v their_o land_n chap._n 6.5_o and_o other_o of_o some_o other_o mortal_a disease_n which_o god_n send_v among_o they_o beside_o the_o emerod_v but_o i_o rather_o conceive_v that_o all_o the_o follow_a word_n be_v mean_v of_o the_o plague_n of_o the_o emerod_v wherewith_o god_n smite_v they_o and_o he_o destroy_v they_o and_o smite_v they_o with_o emerod_v only_o these_o word_n and_o he_o destroy_v they_o be_v prefix_v to_o make_v know_v that_o this_o disease_n of_o the_o emerod_v be_v among_o they_o not_o only_o painful_a and_o disgraceful_a psal_n 78.66_o and_o he_o smite_v his_o enemy_n in_o the_o hinder_a part_n he_o put_v they_o to_o a_o perpetual_a shame_n but_o mortal_a also_o so_o that_o many_o die_v of_o they_o and_o therefore_o the_o ekronites_n cry_v out_o vers_n 10._o they_o have_v bring_v about_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n to_o we_o to_o slay_v we_o and_o our_o people_n verse_n 8._o and_o they_o answer_v let_v the_o ark_n of_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n be_v carry_v about_o unto_o gath._n this_o the_o lord_n of_o the_o philistine_n resolve_v upon_o to_o try_v hereby_o whether_o it_o be_v the_o presence_n of_o the_o ark_n that_o have_v cause_v those_o plague_n or_o whether_o they_o come_v by_o chance_n with_o which_o conceit_n as_o yet_o they_o chucker_v themselves_o else_o the_o prince_n of_o gath_n who_o be_v in_o this_o counsel_n among_o the_o other_o lord_n of_o the_o philistine_n will_v never_o have_v consent_v to_o the_o remove_n of_o the_o ark_n to_o their_o city_n verse_n 11._o send_v away_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n the_o man_n of_o ekron_n be_v full_o now_o convince_v that_o it_o be_v because_o of_o the_o ark_n that_o so_o much_o misery_n be_v fall_v on_o they_o desire_v plain_o that_o it_o may_v be_v send_v back_o to_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n but_o it_o seem_v their_o prince_n loath_a yet_o to_o part_v with_o such_o a_o glorious_a trophy_n of_o their_o victory_n desire_v to_o try_v yet_o a_o little_a further_o for_o that_o after_o this_o it_o be_v send_v both_o to_o gaza_n and_o ashkelon_n be_v evident_a chap._n 6._o vers_fw-la 4._o then_o say_v they_o what_o shall_v be_v the_o trespasse-offering_a which_o we_o shall_v return_v to_o he_o they_o answer_v five_o golden_a emerod_v and_o five_o golden_a mouse_n according_a to_o the_o number_n of_o the_o lord_n of_o the_o philistine_n for_o one_o plague_n be_v on_o you_o all_o and_o on_o your_o lord_n and_o again_o vers_fw-la 17._o and_o these_o be_v the_o golden_a emerod_v which_o the_o philistine_n return_v for_o a_o trespasse-offering_a unto_o the_o lord_n for_o ashdod_n one_o for_o gaza_n one_o for_o ashkelon_n one_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 12._o and_o the_o man_n that_o die_v not_o be_v smite_v with_o the_o emerod_v the_o meaning_n of_o this_o may_v be_v that_o there_o be_v many_o smite_v with_o the_o emerod_v beside_o those_o that_o die_v of_o they_o or_o else_o we_o must_v hold_v that_o there_o be_v some_o other_o deadly_a disease_n which_o god_n send_v among_o they_o beside_o the_o emerod_v which_o be_v call_v in_o the_o forego_n verse_n a_o deadly_a destruction_n chap._n vi_o verse_n 2._o and_o the_o philistine_n call_v for_o the_o priest_n and_o the_o diviner_n say_v what_o shall_v we_o do_v to_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n thus_o be_v god_n the_o more_o glorify_v when_o their_o very_a priest_n the_o most_o zealous_a maintainer_n of_o their_o idol-god_n be_v bring_v to_o give_v this_o follow_a advice_n which_o tend_v so_o much_o to_o the_o honour_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o the_o shame_n of_o their_o idol_n the_o question_n they_o propound_v to_o their_o priest_n be_v not_o what_o shall_v we_o do_v with_o the_o ark_n but_o what_o shall_v we_o do_v to_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o lord_n tell_v we_o wherewith_o we_o shall_v send_v it_o to_o his_o place_n that_o be_v in_o what_o manner_n and_o with_o what_o gift_n shall_v we_o send_v back_o the_o ark_n be_v convince_v by_o the_o heavy_a hand_n of_o god_n that_o lie_v upon_o they_o that_o they_o have_v trespass_v some_o way_n against_o the_o ark_n it_o seem_v their_o reason_n lead_v they_o to_o think_v that_o some_o satisfaction_n or_o other_o be_v to_o be_v make_v and_o thereupon_o be_v resolve_v to_o send_v it_o away_o they_o consult_v wherewith_o they_o shall_v send_v back_o the_o ark_n verse_n 3._o then_o you_o shall_v be_v heal_v and_o it_o shall_v be_v know_v to_o you_o why_o his_o hand_n be_v not_o remove_v from_o you_o that_o be_v if_o they_o be_v heal_v as_o they_o confident_o assure_v themselves_o it_o will_v prove_v than_o hereby_o they_o shall_v know_v why_o hitherto_o his_o hand_n have_v not_o be_v remove_v from_o they_o verse_n 4._o they_o answer_v five_o golden_a emerod_v and_o five_o golden_a mouse_n according_a to_o the_o number_n of_o the_o lord_n of_o the_o philistine_n these_o be_v the_o trespass-offering_n which_o their_o priest_n and_o diviner_n advise_v they_o to_o send_v back_o with_o the_o ark_n to_o wit_n as_o by_o way_n of_o acknowledgement_n that_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n have_v bring_v upon_o they_o those_o plague_n of_o the_o emerod_v and_o mouse_n for_o their_o hold_v of_o the_o ark_n of_o god_n captive_a among_o they_o and_o therefore_o the_o reason_n give_v in_o the_o follow_a verse_n why_o they_o will_v have_v these_o present_v send_v back_o with_o the_o ark_n be_v that_o they_o may_v hereby_o give_v glory_n to_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n namely_o by_o a_o acknowledgement_n and_o confession_n of_o their_o sin_n and_o the_o just_a hand_n of_o god_n that_o have_v be_v upon_o they_o for_o their_o sin_n vers_fw-la 5._o you_o shall_v make_v image_n of_o your_o emerod_v and_o image_n of_o your_o mouse_n that_o mar_v the_o land_n and_o you_o shall_v give_v glory_n unto_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n the_o very_a same_o expression_n which_o joshua_n use_v when_o he_o advise_v achan_n to_o confess_v his_o fault_n josh_n 7.19_o my_o son_n say_v he_o give_v i_o pray_v thou_o glory_n to_o the_o lord_n god_n of_o israel_n it_o may_v well_o be_v indeed_o which_o some_o conceive_v that_o the_o send_n of_o such_o absurd_a and_o ridiculous_a gift_n with_o the_o ark_n as_o emerod_v and_o mouse_n be_v suggest_v by_o satan_n to_o their_o diviner_n in_o contempt_n of_o god_n but_o if_o it_o be_v so_o whilst_o satan_n intend_v hereby_o to_o dishonour_n god_n the_o lord_n by_o his_o alrul_a providence_n intend_v hereby_o to_o cast_v the_o shame_n upon_o they_o and_o to_o bring_v great_a glory_n to_o his_o own_o name_n whilst_o the_o philistine_n themselves_z be_v make_v to_o send_v into_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n such_o thing_n as_o may_v there_o remain_v perpetual_a monument_n and_o memorial_n of_o those_o shameful_a punishment_n wherewith_o god_n have_v humble_v they_o it_o can_v well_o be_v conceive_v how_o they_o can_v make_v image_n of_o their_o emerod_v without_o make_v image_n of_o their_o secret_a part_n where_o they_o be_v smite_v with_o those_o ulcer_n which_o we_o call_v pile_n or_o emerod_v now_o what_o a_o shame_n must_v it_o need_v be_v to_o the_o philistine_n to_o send_v to_o the_o israelite_n the_o image_n of_o their_o secret_a part_n thus_o torture_v with_o a_o ignominious_a disease_n doubtless_o they_o must_v needs_o judge_v it_o a_o great_a reproach_n to_o their_o nation_n but_o when_o man_n be_v under_o the_o wrath_n of_o the_o
almighty_a what_o will_v they_o not_o do_v to_o be_v rid_v of_o the_o judgement_n that_o lie_v upon_o they_o verse_n 5._o peradventure_o he_o will_v lighten_v his_o hand_n from_o off_o you_o and_o from_o off_o your_o god_n from_o this_o passage_n some_o expositor_n gather_v that_o not_o dagon_n only_o but_o many_o other_o of_o their_o idol-god_n be_v throw_v down_o and_o break_v to_o piece_n by_o a_o secret_a hand_n of_o god_n in_o all_o the_o city_n whither_o the_o ark_n be_v bring_v as_o indeed_o it_o be_v probable_a the_o like_a be_v do_v in_o egypt_n when_o the_o lord_n punish_v pharaoh_n and_o his_o people_n because_o they_o will_v not_o let_v the_o israelite_n go_v against_o all_o the_o god_n of_o egypt_n i_o will_v execute_v judgement_n say_v the_o lord_n exod._n 12.12_o and_o num._n 33.4_o it_o be_v say_v the_o egyptian_n bury_v all_o their_o first-born_a upon_o their_o god_n also_o the_o lord_n execute_v judgement_n but_o yet_o because_o this_o be_v not_o express_v in_o the_o story_n other_o understand_v this_o which_o be_v say_v here_o of_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o lord_n which_o be_v upon_o their_o god_n only_o of_o the_o reproach_n and_o dishonour_n that_o be_v bring_v upon_o their_o idol_n partly_o by_o the_o lord_n cast_v down_o dagon_n and_o partly_o by_o the_o heavy_a judgement_n he_o have_v infflict_v upon_o the_o people_n that_o serve_v they_o and_o that_o this_o hand_n of_o god_n it_o be_v which_o the_o philistine-priest_n hope_v will_v be_v lighten_v from_o off_o their_o god_n if_o the_o ark_n be_v send_v back_o with_o those_o trespass-offering_n they_o have_v now_o prescribe_v verse_n 6._o wherefore_o then_o do_v you_o harden_v your_o heart_n as_o the_o egyptian_n and_o pharaoh_n harden_v their_o heart_n etc._n etc._n by_o this_o it_o may_v seem_v that_o though_o the_o great_a number_n incline_v to_o the_o send_n of_o the_o ark_n back_o vers_n 2._o what_o shall_v we_o do_v say_v they_o to_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o lord_n tell_v we_o wherewith_o we_o shall_v send_v it_o to_o his_o place_n yet_o some_o be_v of_o a_o contrary_a judgement_n and_o oppose_v it_o and_o therefore_o be_v here_o blame_v for_o harden_v their_o heart_n against_o the_o mean_n which_o god_n have_v use_v to_o convince_v they_o of_o their_o sin_n verse_n 7._o now_o therefore_o make_v a_o new_a cart_n and_o take_v two_o milk-cow_n on_o which_o then_o have_v come_v no_o yoke_n etc._n etc._n it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o these_o idolatrous_a priest_n and_o diviner_n of_o the_o philistine_n do_v not_o mere_o of_o their_o own_o invention_n prescribe_v this_o strange_a way_n of_o send_v home_o the_o ark_n to_o make_v trial_n whether_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n will_v by_o a_o supernatural_a power_n cause_v these_o milk-cow_n to_o go_v the_o right_a way_n with_o it_o but_o be_v herein_o direct_v to_o do_v what_o they_o do_v by_o their_o practice_n of_o sorcery_n and_o divination_n but_o if_o it_o be_v so_o even_o herein_o too_o there_o be_v a_o overrule_a hand_n of_o providence_n that_o dispose_v of_o all_o as_o may_v be_v most_o for_o god_n glory_n a_o new_a cart_n be_v doubtless_o appoint_v as_o a_o sign_n of_o their_o reverence_v the_o ark_n their_o choose_v young_a heifer_n that_o have_v never_o be_v employ_v in_o any_o profane_a service_n may_v also_o be_v do_v for_o the_o same_o cause_n out_o of_o reverence_n to_o the_o ark_n but_o the_o main_a end_n be_v to_o make_v the_o hand_n of_o god_n the_o more_o manifest_a if_o they_o shall_v go_v along_o the_o right_a way_n to_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n custom_n may_v make_v cattle_n use_v to_o the_o yoke_n to_o go_v on_o right_a forward_a when_o they_o be_v once_o enter_v into_o a_o beat_a way_n but_o young_a thing_n not_o use_v to_o the_o yoke_n especial_o when_o their_o calf_n be_v shut_v up_o from_o they_o be_v not_o like_a to_o do_v so_o it_o be_v a_o wonder_n that_o they_o shall_v endure_v the_o yoke_n at_o all_o verse_n 8._o and_o put_v the_o jewel_n of_o gold_n which_o you_o return_v he_o for_o a_o trespasse-offering_a in_o a_o coffer_n etc._n etc._n these_o jewel_n of_o gold_n be_v the_o golden_a image_n of_o the_o emerod_v and_o mouse_n which_o they_o put_v in_o a_o coffer_n as_o not_o dare_v to_o venture_v it_o seem_v to_o put_v they_o into_o the_o ark._n verse_n 9_o and_o see_v if_o it_o go_v up_o by_o the_o way_n of_o his_o own_o coast_n to_o bethshemesh_n a_o city_n of_o judah_n josh_n 15.10_o close_o by_o the_o confine_n of_o judea_n and_o philistea_n and_o in_o the_o way_n to_o shiloh_n and_o therefore_o propound_v here_o by_o the_o philistine_n priest_n as_o the_o city_n whither_o the_o kine_n will_v go_v if_o god_n hand_n be_v in_o the_o business_n verse_n 12._o and_o the_o kine_n take_v the_o straight_a way_n to_o the_o way_n of_o bethshemesh_n etc._n etc._n and_o thus_o do_v the_o lord_n by_o his_o all-ruling_a power_n and_o providence_n prosper_v the_o device_n which_o they_o have_v contrive_v to_o discover_v whether_o it_o be_v by_o he_o and_o for_o their_o detain_v the_o ark_n that_o they_o have_v be_v of_o late_a so_o severe_o punish_v that_o he_o may_v confound_v they_o by_o their_o own_o invention_n bethshemesh_n be_v one_o of_o the_o priest_n city_n josh_n 21.16_o so_o that_o the_o kine_n carry_v the_o ark_n thither_o be_v as_o if_o they_o have_v intend_v to_o deliver_v it_o up_o into_o their_o hand_n to_o who_o the_o custody_n of_o it_o do_v of_o right_o appertain_v and_o the_o lord_n of_o the_o philistine_n go_v after_o they_o unto_o the_o border_n of_o bethshemesh_n thus_o by_o the_o providence_n of_o god_n it_o be_v bring_v about_o that_o they_o who_o erewhile_o as_o victor_n do_v carry_v away_o the_o ark_n as_o their_o captive_n do_v now_o as_o servant_n and_o page_n attend_v upon_o it_o when_o it_o return_v home_o into_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n verse_n 13._o and_o they_o of_o bethshemesh_n be_v reap_v their_o wheat-harvest_n wheat-harvest_n in_o that_o country_n use_v to_o be_v in_o our_o may_n at_o the_o feast_n of_o pentecost_n leu._n 23.16_o whence_o we_o may_v gather_v that_o the_o ark_n be_v take_v about_o november_n since_o it_o be_v vers_fw-la 1._o seven_o month_n in_o the_o country_n of_o the_o philistine_n verse_n 14._o and_o they_o cleave_v the_o wood_n of_o the_o cart_n and_o offer_v the_o kine_n a_o burnt-offering_a unto_o the_o lord_n that_o this_o be_v speak_v of_o the_o man_n of_o bethshemesh_n and_o not_o as_o some_o will_v have_v it_o of_o the_o lord_n of_o the_o philistine_n that_o come_v after_o the_o ark_n to_o see_v what_o will_v become_v of_o it_o be_v evident_a by_o the_o very_a connexion_n of_o the_o word_n in_o the_o forego_n verse_n it_o be_v say_v that_o they_o of_o bethshemesh_n be_v reap_v etc._n etc._n and_o they_o lift_v up_o their_o eye_n and_o see_v the_o ark_n and_o rejoice_v to_o see_v it_o and_o in_o this_o verse_n now_o it_o follow_v and_o they_o cleave_v the_o wood_n of_o the_o cart_n and_o offer_v the_o kine_n a_o burnt-offering_a to_o the_o lord_n beside_o when_o the_o man_n of_o bethshemesh_n come_v flock_v about_o the_o ark_n and_o the_o levite_n have_v take_v down_o the_o ark_n out_o of_o the_o cart_n as_o it_o follow_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n be_v there_o any_o likelihood_n that_o they_o will_v suffer_v the_o uncircumcised_a philistine_n to_o come_v among_o they_o to_o offer_v up_o a_o sacrifice_n to_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n they_o stand_v by_o and_o as_o it_o be_v communicate_v with_o they_o in_o their_o sacrifice_n sure_o no_o rather_o we_o may_v well_o think_v that_o the_o lord_n of_o the_o philistine_n follow_v the_o ark_n aloof_o off_o only_o desire_v to_o see_v what_o will_v become_v of_o it_o and_o come_v not_o near_o the_o israelite_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v vers_fw-la 16._o that_o when_o the_o five_o lord_n of_o the_o philistine_n have_v see_v it_o that_o be_v when_o they_o have_v see_v what_o be_v do_v they_o return_v to_o ekron_n the_o same_o day_n the_o great_a difficulty_n be_v concern_v the_o offering_n up_o of_o kine_n which_o we_o know_v be_v not_o according_a to_o god_n law_n and_o therefore_o like_a to_o be_v the_o act_n of_o the_o philistine_n then_o of_o the_o priest_n of_o israel_n for_o the_o law_n do_v express_o command_v that_o none_o but_o male_n shall_v be_v offer_v in_o burnt-offering_n levit._fw-la 1.3_o if_o his_o offering_n be_v a_o burn_a sacrifice_n of_o the_o herd_n let_v he_o offer_v a_o male_a without_o blemish_n but_o to_o this_o it_o may_v be_v answer_v that_o either_o the_o man_n of_o bethshemesh_n do_v sin_n herein_o be_v transport_v by_o the_o excess_n of_o their_o joy_n and_o that_o this_o may_v be_v one_o thing_n wherewith_o they_o displease_v god_n and_o provoke_v he_o to_o
the_o mean_a time_n by_o conceal_v whereof_o they_o both_o provide_v for_o their_o own_o safety_n that_o nothing_o may_v be_v present_o attempt_v against_o they_o and_o make_v their_o enemy_n the_o more_o secure_a that_o saul_n may_v come_v upon_o they_o unaware_o verse_n 11._o saul_n put_v the_o people_n in_o three_o company_n and_o they_o come_v into_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o host_n in_o the_o morning_n watch_n etc._n etc._n it_o seem_v saul_n march_v all_o night_n that_o by_o the_o morning_n watch_v he_o may_v come_v upon_o they_o and_o surprise_v they_o unaware_o and_o thus_o he_o raise_v the_o siege_n of_o jabesh-gilead_a and_o free_v they_o from_o that_o horrid_a cruelty_n which_o the_o enemy_n intend_v against_o they_o and_o how_o thankful_a the_o inhabitant_n of_o this_o city_n be_v to_o saul_n for_o this_o great_a benefit_n they_o enjoy_v by_o his_o mean_n we_o may_v see_v chap._n 31.11_o 12_o 13._o and_o when_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o jabesh-gilead_a hear_v of_o that_o which_o the_o philistine_n have_v do_v to_o saul_n all_o the_o valiant_a man_n arise_v and_o go_v all_o night_n and_o take_v the_o body_n of_o saul_n and_o the_o body_n of_o his_o son_n from_o the_o wall_n of_o bethshan_a and_o come_v to_o jabesh_n and_o burn_v they_o there_o and_o they_o take_v their_o bone_n and_o bury_v they_o under_o a_o tree_n and_o fast_v seven_o day_n verse_n 13._o and_o saul_n say_v there_o shall_v not_o a_o man_n be_v put_v to_o death_n this_o day_n for_o to_o day_n the_o lord_n have_v wrought_v salvation_n for_o israel_n in_o this_o reason_n that_o saul_n give_v why_o he_o will_v not_o suffer_v any_o man_n to_o be_v put_v to_o death_n that_o day_n for_o to_o day_n the_o lord_n have_v wrought_v salvation_n in_o israel_n two_o thing_n may_v be_v employ_v first_o that_o he_o will_v not_o have_v a_o day_n of_o so_o much_o joy_n and_o triumph_n stain_v with_o the_o least_o sorrow_n and_o mourning_n among_o any_o of_o the_o people_n and_o second_o that_o when_o god_n have_v show_v himself_o so_o good_a and_o gracious_a to_o his_o people_n he_o can_v not_o think_v it_o fit_a to_o be_v so_o rigid_a &_o severe_a against_o those_o that_o have_v at_o first_o slight_v he_o in_o his_o sovereignty_n however_o here_o again_o we_o see_v what_o a_o difference_n there_o be_v betwixt_o that_o which_o saul_n be_v in_o his_o first_o government_n and_o that_o he_o be_v afterward_o when_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v depart_v from_o he_o now_o none_o more_o humble_a and_o gentle_a then_o he_o not_o a_o man_n shall_v be_v put_v to_o death_n for_o he_o but_o afterward_o in_o his_o deal_n with_o david_n and_o the_o priest_n of_o the_o lord_n he_o be_v another_o man_n even_o bloodthirsty_a cruel_a and_o implacable_a beyond_o measure_n verse_n 14._o then_o say_v samuel_n to_o the_o people_n come_v and_o let_v we_o go_v to_o gilgal_n and_o renew_v the_o kingdom_n there_o a_o city_n this_o be_v near_o hand_n adjoin_v upon_o jordan_n there_o joshua_n renew_v the_o covenant_n betwixt_o the_o lord_n and_o his_o people_n josh_n 5.9_o and_o there_o samuel_n now_o renew_v the_o covenant_n concern_v the_o kingdom_n betwixt_o saul_n and_o the_o people_n before_o he_o be_v choose_v but_o this_o be_v as_o it_o be_v the_o solemnity_n of_o his_o inauguration_n and_o coronation_n and_o now_o it_o seem_v he_o be_v anoint_v in_o public_a as_o before_o in_o private_a and_o therefore_o in_o the_o next_o chapter_n samuel_n speak_v to_o the_o people_n call_v saul_n several_a time_n the_o lord_n anoint_v verse_n 15._o and_o there_o they_o make_v saul_n king_n before_o the_o lord_n in_o gilgal_n and_o there_o they_o sacrifice_v etc._n etc._n it_o be_v evident_a therefore_o that_o here_o now_o saul_n and_o samuel_n sacrifice_v together_o in_o gilgal_n whence_o we_o may_v certain_o conclude_v that_o the_o charge_n which_o samuel_n give_v to_o saul_n chap._n 10.8_o that_o he_o shall_v stay_v for_o samuel_n at_o gilgal_n seven_o day_n till_o he_o come_v to_o offer_v sacrifice_n for_o he_o be_v not_o mean_v of_o saul_n immediate_a go_v to_o gilgal_n but_o of_o his_o go_v thither_o when_o he_o shall_v be_v in_o a_o strait_a and_o have_v not_o samuel_n with_o he_o as_o be_v before_o note_v in_o the_o exposition_n of_o that_o place_n chap._n xii_o verse_n 1._o and_o samuel_n say_v unto_o all_o israel_n behold_v i_o have_v hearken_v unto_o your_o voice_n in_o all_o that_o you_o say_v unto_o i_o etc._n etc._n samuel_n press_v they_o now_o more_o close_o and_o sharp_o then_o ever_o with_o their_o sin_n in_o reject_v the_o government_n which_o god_n have_v establish_v among_o they_o first_o because_o in_o this_o their_o jollity_n for_o that_o glorious_a victory_n which_o their_o new_a king_n have_v obtain_v against_o the_o ammonite_n they_o be_v in_o danger_n to_o be_v puff_v up_o with_o a_o opinion_n that_o god_n approve_v that_o which_o they_o have_v do_v and_o that_o they_o have_v not_o sin_v in_o desire_v a_o king_n second_o because_o have_v establish_v saul_n in_o the_o throne_n &_o actual_o resign_v the_o government_n into_o his_o hand_n he_o may_v now_o speak_v the_o more_o free_o without_o give_v the_o least_o ground_n of_o suspicion_n that_o he_o be_v loath_a to_o give_v over_o the_o government_n and_o therefore_o condemn_v they_o for_o choose_v a_o king_n verse_n 2._o and_o now_o behold_v the_o king_n walk_v before_o you_o this_o be_v mean_v of_o saul_n be_v now_o settle_v in_o the_o supreme_a magistracy_n as_o a_o shepherd_n or_o captain_n to_o lead_v and_o govern_v the_o people_n and_o to_o be_v as_o a_o shield_n unto_o they_o to_o stand_v betwixt_o they_o and_o harm_n way_n the_o like_a phrase_n there_o be_v numb_a 27.17_o concern_v which_o see_v the_o note_n there_o and_o i_o be_o old_a and_o gray-headed_a and_o behold_v my_o son_n be_v with_o you_o to_o imply_v how_o good_a cause_n he_o have_v to_o be_v very_o well_o content_a in_o regard_n of_o himself_o that_o the_o burden_n of_o the_o government_n shall_v be_v take_v from_o his_o shoulder_n he_o wish_v they_o to_o remember_v that_o he_o be_v now_o grow_v age_v i_o be_o say_v he_o old_a and_o gray-headed_a and_o then_o he_o add_v and_o behold_v my_o son_n be_v with_o you_o that_o be_v they_o be_v among_o you_o as_o one_o of_o you_o they_o shall_v lay_v no_o claim_n to_o the_o government_n no_o more_o than_o i_o do_v so_o that_o this_o he_o say_v either_o first_o the_o more_o to_o clear_v his_o integrity_n who_o be_v willing_a his_o son_n shall_v lay_v down_o the_o power_n of_o government_n as_o well_o as_o himself_o or_o second_o to_o intimate_v that_o if_o they_o can_v charge_v he_o for_o any_o wrong_n do_v his_o son_n shall_v make_v satisfaction_n or_o else_o to_o imply_v that_o of_o they_o they_o may_v be_v satisfy_v concern_v his_o course_n of_o life_n and_o particular_o whether_o he_o do_v any_o way_n encourage_v they_o in_o those_o wicked_a course_n they_o run_v into_o chap._n 8.3_o verse_n 3._o behold_v here_o i_o be_o witness_v against_o i_o before_o the_o lord_n and_o before_o his_o anointed_n etc._n etc._n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v be_v now_o the_o power_n of_o government_n be_v transfer_v to_o another_o you_o need_v not_o fear_v to_o speak_v your_o mind_n of_o i_o and_o therefore_o if_o you_o can_v accuse_v i_o of_o any_o evil_n speak_v it_o free_o and_o this_o protestation_n of_o his_o innocency_n he_o make_v first_o that_o he_o may_v the_o more_o free_o reprove_v they_o second_o to_o manifest_v the_o greivousnesse_n of_o their_o sin_n who_o have_v without_o any_o just_a cause_n reject_v the_o government_n which_o god_n have_v erect_v among_o they_o and_o three_o to_o propound_v this_o covert_o as_o a_o pattern_n for_o their_o new_a choose_a king_n to_o follow_v before_o who_o all_o this_o be_v speak_v witness_n against_o i_o before_o the_o lord_n and_o before_o his_o anoint_v verse_n 7._o now_o therefore_o stand_v still_o that_o i_o may_v reason_v with_o you_o before_o the_o lord_n of_o all_o the_o righteous_a act_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v both_o mercy_n and_o punishment_n but_o chief_o i_o conceive_v this_o be_v mean_v of_o his_o mercy_n wherein_o the_o lord_n approve_v his_o faithfulness_n in_o perform_v the_o covenant_n which_o he_o have_v make_v with_o they_o for_o these_o he_o press_v upon_o they_o to_o discover_v the_o heinousness_n of_o their_o sin_n in_o reject_v his_o government_n who_o have_v so_o careful_o protect_v they_o against_o all_o their_o enemy_n and_o so_o abundant_o bless_v they_o in_o every_o regard_n verse_n 8._o the_o lord_n send_v moses_n and_o aaron_n which_o bring_v forth_o your_o father_n out_o of_o egypt_n and_o make_v they_o dwell_v in_o this_o place_n this_o make_v they_o to_o dwell_v in_o the_o land_n
39_o and_o zadok_v the_o priest_n take_v a_o horn_n of_o oil_n out_o of_o the_o tabernacle_n and_o anoint_a solomon_n concern_v this_o ceremony_n of_o anoint_v king_n see_v the_o note_n 1._o sam._n 10.1_o and_o 16.13_o doubtless_o the_o tabernacle_n here_o speak_v of_o from_o whence_o zadok_n take_v a_o horn_n of_o oil_n for_o the_o anoint_v of_o solomon_n be_v not_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o moses_n which_o be_v yet_o in_o gibeon_n 1._o chron._n 16.39_o but_o that_o which_o david_n have_v set_v up_o for_o the_o ark_n 2._o sam._n 6.17_o and_o much_o less_o can_v we_o say_v that_o it_o be_v of_o that_o holy_a oil_n which_o be_v at_o first_o provide_v for_o the_o anoint_v of_o the_o priest_n for_o it_o be_v express_o say_v that_o no_o other_o use_n be_v to_o be_v make_v of_o that_o oil_n exod._n 30.32_o upon_o man_n flesh_n shall_v it_o not_o be_v pour_v or_o that_o the_o horn_n of_o oil_n wherewith_o david_n be_v at_o first_o anoint_v be_v for_o ever_o after_o keep_v in_o the_o tabernacle_n that_o so_o the_o succeed_a king_n may_v be_v anoint_v therewith_o as_o some_o conceive_v for_o there_o be_v no_o just_a ground_n for_o this_o conjecture_n all_o that_o can_v be_v say_v be_v this_o that_o there_o be_v oil_n keep_v in_o the_o tabernacle_n for_o several_a holy_a use_n zadok_v the_o priest_n take_v a_o horn_n of_o this_o oil_n to_o anoint_v the_o king_n the_o rather_o happy_o because_o the_o office_n of_o the_o magistrate_n be_v indeed_o holy_a and_o according_o we_o see_v the_o seat_n of_o justice_n be_v call_v the_o holy_a place_n eccles_n 8.10_o verse_n 40._o and_o the_o people_n pipe_v with_o pipe_n and_o rejoice_v with_o great_a joy_n etc._n etc._n this_o exceed_a great_a joy_n of_o the_o people_n at_o the_o inauguration_n of_o solomon_n be_v first_o because_o the_o people_n hope_v that_o by_o settle_v he_o in_o the_o throne_n to_o who_o by_o god_n own_o appointment_n it_o do_v belong_v and_o that_o whilst_o david_n be_v yet_o live_v to_o maintain_v what_o be_v do_v those_o civil_a war_n will_v be_v prevent_v which_o by_o the_o faction_n that_o adonijah_n have_v make_v among_o the_o great_a one_o be_v like_a to_o have_v be_v kindle_v in_o the_o land_n second_o to_o testify_v their_o willing_a and_o cheerful_a submission_n to_o his_o government_n but_o than_o three_o it_o be_v sure_o intend_v by_o the_o providence_n of_o god_n to_o shadow_n forth_o the_o great_a joy_n that_o shall_v accrue_v to_o god_n people_n by_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n of_o who_o solomon_n be_v a_o notable_a type_n when_o man_n shall_v come_v in_o willing_o and_o submit_v to_o his_o government_n whence_o be_v that_o of_o the_o prophet_n zach._n 9.9_o rejoice_v great_o o_o daughter_n of_o zion_n shout_n o_o daughter_n of_o jerusalem_n behold_v thy_o king_n come_v unto_o thou_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 42._o and_o while_o he_o yet_o speak_v behold_v jonathan_n the_o son_n of_o abiathar_n the_o priest_n come_v etc._n etc._n this_o jonathan_n be_v one_o of_o those_o that_o lurk_v nigh_o to_o jerusalem_n as_o spy_n when_o absalon_n rebel_v against_o his_o father_n that_o they_o may_v bring_v david_n word_n upon_o every_o occasion_n of_o what_o be_v useful_a for_o he_o to_o know_v 2._o sam._n 16.36_o but_o now_o it_o seem_v his_o father_n side_v with_o adonijah_n he_o also_o take_v part_n with_o he_o and_o so_o perhaps_o lay_v now_o as_o a_o spy_n at_o jerusalem_n to_o bring_v adonijah_n word_n of_o david_n proceed_n as_o for_o those_o word_n of_o adonijah_n to_o he_o thou_o be_v a_o valiant_a man_n and_o bring_v good_a tiding_n see_v 2._o sam._n 18.27_o verse_n 43._o and_o jonathan_n answer_v and_o say_v to_o adonijah_n very_o our_o lord_n king_n david_n have_v make_v solomon_n king_n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v the_o tiding_n i_o bring_v be_v far_o from_o good_a tiding_n for_o sure_o david_n have_v make_v solomon_n king_n whether_o these_o be_v good_a tiding_n or_o no_o judge_v you_o verse_n 47._o the_o king_n servant_n come_v to_o bless_v our_o lord_n king_n david_n &c_n &c_n that_o be_v to_o congratulate_v with_o he_o the_o happy_a accomplishment_n of_o that_o which_o god_n have_v appoint_v and_o david_n great_o desire_v to_o wit_n the_o settle_n of_o solomon_n in_o the_o throne_n with_o the_o general_a approbation_n and_o applause_n of_o the_o people_n and_o by_o way_n of_o thankfulness_n for_o the_o care_n he_o have_v take_v hereby_o to_o settle_v the_o peace_n of_o the_o land_n to_o desire_v the_o lord_n to_o give_v he_o much_o comfort_n and_o the_o land_n much_o benefit_n by_o this_o son_n of_o he_o who_o god_n have_v appoint_v to_o succeed_v he_o in_o the_o throne_n and_o the_o king_n bow_v himself_o upon_o the_o bed_n by_o way_n of_o adoration_n and_o worship_v of_o god_n see_v the_o like_a gen._n 47.31_o verse_n 50._o and_o catch_v hold_v on_o the_o horn_n of_o the_o altar_n either_o that_o which_o david_n have_v build_v or_o that_o in_o gibeon_n where_o the_o tabernacle_n now_o be_v 1._o chron._n 21.29_o and_o this_o he_o do_v to_o secure_v himself_o from_o be_v put_v to_o death_n for_o though_o we_o read_v of_o no_o express_a law_n that_o god_n ever_o give_v to_o his_o people_n that_o those_o that_o flee_v to_o his_o altar_n shall_v thereby_o be_v secure_v yet_o that_o it_o be_v of_o old_a a_o custom_n for_o malefactor_n to_o fly_v to_o the_o altar_n for_o shelter_n be_v evident_a exod._n 21.14_o but_o if_o a_o man_n come_v presumptuous_o upon_o his_o neighbour_n to_o slay_v he_o with_o guile_n thou_o shall_v take_v he_o from_o my_o altar_n that_o he_o may_v die_v to_o wit_n either_o because_o it_o be_v hold_v a_o kind_n of_o impiety_n to_o shed_v the_o blood_n of_o a_o man_n in_o that_o holy_a place_n whither_o none_o may_v enter_v that_o have_v touch_v any_o dead_a thing_n or_o to_o draw_v they_o by_o violence_n as_o it_o be_v from_o god_n that_o be_v flee_v to_o he_o for_o succour_n or_o else_o because_o the_o altar_n be_v the_o place_n where_o god_n do_v show_v forth_o the_o riches_n of_o his_o grace_n in_o accept_v a_o atonement_n for_o sin_n this_o hang_n upon_o the_o altar_n be_v a_o kind_n of_o plead_v that_o mercy_n shall_v be_v show_v to_o they_o even_o for_o god_n sake_n who_o have_v show_v such_o mercy_n to_o man_n in_o the_o pardon_n of_o his_o sin_n and_o hence_o it_o be_v that_o adonijah_n catch_v hold_v now_o on_o the_o horn_n of_o the_o altar_n he_o that_o perhaps_o despise_a god_n altar_n former_o be_v glad_a now_o to_o fly_v thither_o to_o save_v his_o life_n verse_n 52._o and_o solomon_n say_v if_o he_o will_v show_v himself_o a_o worthy_a man_n there_o shall_v not_o a_o hair_n of_o he_o fall_v to_o the_o earth_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v if_o for_o the_o time_n to_o come_v he_o will_v carry_v himself_o faithful_o and_o fair_o as_o a_o subject_n ought_v to_o do_v not_o the_o least_o hurt_n shall_v be_v do_v he_o but_o if_o wickedness_n shall_v be_v find_v in_o he_o that_o be_v if_o he_o be_v find_v any_o way_n false_a and_o treacherous_a for_o the_o time_n to_o come_v than_o he_o shall_v certain_o without_o any_o mercy_n be_v put_v to_o death_n verse_n 53._o and_o solomon_n say_v unto_o he_o go_v to_o thy_o house_n that_o be_v withdraw_v thyself_o to_o thy_o house_n and_o live_v there_o a_o private_a life_n only_o take_v care_n of_o thy_o own_o domestic_a business_n and_o affair_n and_o take_v heed_n that_o you_o meddle_v no_o more_o with_o the_o matter_n of_o the_o kingdom_n chap._n ii_o verse_n 2._o be_v thou_o strong_a therefore_o and_o show_v thyself_o asleep_o man_n that_o be_v though_o thou_o be_v young_a and_o of_o tender_a year_n at_o least_o in_o respect_n of_o so_o great_a a_o charge_n as_o thou_o be_v now_o to_o take_v upon_o thou_o yet_o let_v thy_o carriage_n be_v manlike_o and_o such_o as_o may_v manifest_v a_o princelike_a spirit_n and_o this_o he_o speak_v of_o spiritual_a fortitude_n and_o magnanimity_n for_o indeed_o nothing_o more_o argue_v a_o true_o valiant_a and_o courageous_a spirit_n then_o when_o a_o man_n a_o prince_n especial_o can_v constant_o proceed_v in_o the_o way_n of_o holiness_n and_o righteousness_n and_o not_o be_v draw_v aside_o either_o by_o flattery_n or_o fear_n as_o for_o solomon_n age_n when_o he_o be_v anoint_v king_n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 3.7_o verse_n 5._o thou_o know_v also_o what_o joab_n the_o son_n of_o zeruiah_n do_v to_o i_o and_o what_o he_o do_v to_o the_o two_o captain_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v hard_o to_o say_v what_o this_o be_v which_o david_n here_o intend_v that_o joab_n do_v he_o some_o think_v it_o be_v mean_v of_o his_o kill_a absalon_n when_o he_o have_v give_v a_o charge_n to_o the_o contrary_a other_o understand_v it_o of_o
or_o else_o they_o be_v not_o see_v without_o that_o be_v the_o staff_n be_v draw_v out_o so_o little_a that_o in_o the_o most_o holy_a place_n they_o may_v be_v discern_v or_o happy_o at_o the_o very_a door_n where_o they_o go_v out_o of_o the_o most_o holy_a place_n into_o the_o temple_n but_o further_a out_o in_o the_o temple_n they_o can_v not_o be_v discern_v verse_n 9_o there_o be_v nothing_o in_o the_o ark_n save_o the_o two_o table_n of_o stone_n for_o though_o the_o pot_n of_o manna_n exod._n 16.34_o and_o aaron_n rod_n numb_a 17.10_o and_o the_o book_n of_o the_o law_n deut._n 31.26_o be_v lay_v up_o before_o the_o ark_n yet_o they_o be_v not_o put_v into_o the_o ark_n as_o be_v the_o two_o table_n of_o stone_n and_z according_o we_o must_v understand_v that_o place_n heb._n 9.3_o 4._o and_o after_o the_o second_o vail_n the_o tabernacle_n which_o be_v call_v the_o holy_a of_o all_o which_o have_v the_o golden_a censer_n and_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o covenant_n overlay_v round_o about_o with_o gold_n wherein_o be_v the_o golden_a pot_n that_o have_v manna_n and_o aaron_n rod_n that_o bud_v and_o the_o table_n of_o the_o covenant_n verse_n 10._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o the_o priest_n be_v come_v out_o of_o the_o holy_a place_n that_o the_o cloud_n fill_v the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n when_o the_o priest_n have_v set_v the_o ark_n in_o his_o place_n and_o be_v come_v out_o immediate_o there_o be_v a_o hundred_o and_o twenty_o priest_n with_o trumpet_n and_o the_o levite-singer_n stand_v at_o the_o east_n end_n of_o the_o altar_n with_o their_o cymbal_n psaltery_n and_o harp_n appoint_v to_o sound_v forth_o the_o praise_n of_o god_n and_o while_o they_o be_v thus_o employ_v sudden_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v fill_v with_o a_o cloud_n so_o that_o the_o priest_n be_v not_o able_a to_o minister_v no_o not_o in_o the_o court_n where_o the_o brazen_a altar_n stand_v for_o thus_o it_o be_v express_v 2._o chron._n 5.11_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 12._o then_o speak_v solomon_n the_o lord_n say_v that_o he_o will_v dwell_v in_o the_o thick_a darkness_n solomon_n stand_v where_o he_o see_v how_o on_o a_o sudden_a the_o house_n be_v fill_v with_o a_o cloud_n to_o wit_n upon_o the_o brazen_a scaffold_n that_o be_v build_v for_o he_o in_o the_o outward_a court_n which_o be_v therefore_o it_o seem_v right_a before_o the_o door_n of_o the_o priest_n court_n through_o which_o he_o may_v look_v 2_o chron._n 6.13_o for_o solomon_n have_v make_v a_o brazen_a scaffold_n of_o five_o cubit_n long_o and_o five_o cubit_n broad_a and_o three_o cubit_n high_a and_o have_v set_v it_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o court_n and_o upon_o it_o he_o stand_v etc._n etc._n apprehend_v right_o that_o it_o be_v send_v of_o god_n as_o a_o sign_n of_o his_o presence_n in_o that_o rapture_n of_o his_o joy_n he_o break_v forth_o into_o these_o follow_a word_n the_o lord_n say_v that_o he_o will_v dwell_v in_o the_o thick_a darkness_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o lord_n have_v say_v he_o will_v appear_v in_o a_o cloud_n levit._fw-la 16.2_o i_o will_v appear_v in_o the_o cloud_n upon_o the_o mercy_n seat_n and_o by_o a_o cloud_n he_o have_v usual_o testify_v his_o presence_n among_o his_o people_n as_o in_o the_o lead_n of_o the_o israelite_n by_o a_o cloud_n exod_a 13.21_o in_o the_o thick_a cloud_n that_o be_v upon_o mount_n sinai_n at_o the_o give_v of_o the_o law_n exod._n 19_o 16._o in_o the_o cloud_n that_o cover_v and_o fill_v the_o tabernacle_n so_o soon_o as_o it_o be_v rear_v up_o by_o moses_n exod._n 40.34_o and_o therefore_o say_v solomon_n doubtless_o by_o this_o cloud_n the_o lord_n do_v show_v we_o that_o he_o have_v favourable_o accept_v our_o service_n in_o build_v this_o house_n and_o that_o he_o have_v take_v it_o to_o be_v the_o settle_a place_n wherein_o he_o will_v abide_v for_o ever_o verse_n 14._o and_o the_o king_n turn_v his_o face_n about_o and_o bless_v all_o the_o congregation_n of_o israel_n for_o hitherto_o he_o have_v stand_v with_o his_o face_n towards_o the_o altar_n observing_z what_o be_v do_v at_o the_o carry_v in_o of_o the_o ark_n verse_n 16._o since_o the_o day_n that_o i_o bring_v forth_o my_o people_n israel_n out_o of_o egypt_n i_o choose_v no_o city_n out_o of_o all_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n to_o build_v a_o house_n etc._n etc._n see_v this_o more_o full_o express_v 2._o chron._n 6.5_o 6._o verse_n 18._o thou_o do_v well_o that_o it_o be_v in_o thy_o heart_n see_v the_o note_n 2_o sam._n 7.5_o 6._o verse_n 22._o and_o solomon_n stand_v before_o the_o altar_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v have_v turn_v himself_o from_o the_o people_n he_o stand_v upon_o the_o brazen_a scaffold_n with_o his_o face_n towards_o the_o altar_n and_o then_o kneel_v down_o upon_o his_o knee_n as_o be_v express_v vers_fw-la 54._o and_o 2._o chron._n 6.13_o he_o lift_v up_o his_o hand_n towards_o heaven_n and_o so_o pray_v unto_o the_o lord_n verse_n 25._o therefore_o now_o lord_n god_n of_o israel_n keep_v with_o thy_o servant_n david_n my_o father_n that_o thou_o promise_v he_o that_o be_v see_v thou_o have_v keep_v with_o thy_o servant_n david_n my_o father_n that_o thou_o promise_v he_o in_o raise_v i_o his_o son_n up_o to_o build_v a_o temple_n for_o thou_o therefore_o now_o also_o keep_v with_o thy_o servant_n david_n my_o father_n that_o thou_o promise_v he_o say_v there_o shall_v not_o fail_v thou_o a_o man_n in_o my_o sight_n to_o sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 27._o behold_v the_o heaven_n and_o heaven_n of_o heaven_n can_v contain_v thou_o see_v the_o note_n deut._n 10.14_o verse_n 30._o and_o harken_v thou_o to_o the_o supplication_n of_o thy_o servant_n and_o of_o thy_o people_n israel_n when_o they_o shall_v pray_v towards_o this_o place_n or_o in_o this_o place_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o margin_n even_o herein_o as_o in_o other_o thing_n be_v this_o temple_n a_o type_n of_o christ_n as_o the_o prayer_n of_o god_n people_n be_v the_o more_o accept_v of_o god_n when_o they_o pray_v in_o the_o temple_n or_o but_o with_o their_o face_n towards_o the_o temple_n so_o be_v now_o the_o prayer_n of_o god_n righteous_a servant_n accept_v of_o god_n because_o they_o be_v put_v up_o in_o christ_n name_n with_o a_o eye_n of_o faith_n fix_v upon_o he_o as_o their_o mediator_n joh._n 14.13_o 14._o whatsoever_o you_o ask_v in_o my_o name_n that_o i_o will_v do_v etc._n etc._n and_o when_o thou_o hear_v forgive_v this_o clause_n be_v add_v first_o because_o pardon_v of_o sin_n be_v the_o chief_a thing_n to_o be_v beg_v of_o god_n in_o all_o our_o prayer_n for_o hereby_o a_o way_n be_v make_v for_o the_o obtain_n of_o other_o blessing_n and_o beside_o there_o be_v no_o true_a comfort_n in_o obtain_v any_o blessing_n if_o our_o sin_n shall_v still_o remain_v unforgve_v and_o second_o because_o the_o best_a be_v subject_n to_o so_o many_o fail_n in_o prayer_n that_o shall_v not_o the_o lord_n pardon_v the_o sin_n of_o their_o prayer_n there_o will_v be_v no_o hope_n that_o any_o prayer_n of_o they_o shall_v do_v they_o good_a verse_n 31._o if_o any_o man_n trespass_n against_o his_o neighbour_n and_o a_o oath_n be_v lay_v upon_o he_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v if_o a_o man_n be_v charge_v that_o he_o have_v trespass_v against_o his_o neighbour_n and_o be_v bring_v before_o the_o altar_n to_o clear_v himself_o by_o oath_n as_o in_o case_n where_o sufficient_a proof_n and_o witness_n be_v want_v they_o use_v to_o do_v exod._n 22.8.11_o numb_a 5.12.19_o do_v thou_o according_o deal_v with_o the_o man_n that_o take_v the_o oath_n punish_v he_o if_o he_o be_v faulty_a and_o acquit_v he_o if_o he_o be_v innocent_a verse_n 33._o when_o thy_o people_n israel_n be_v smite_v and_o shall_v turn_v again_o to_o thou_o and_o confess_v thy_o name_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n thy_o justice_n by_o lay_v all_o the_o blame_n upon_o themselves_o acknowledge_v that_o they_o have_v deserve_o suffer_v and_o thy_o mercy_n and_o power_n by_o seek_v to_o thou_o for_o pardon_n and_o succour_v verse_n 34._o and_o bring_v they_o again_o unto_o the_o land_n which_o thou_o give_v unto_o their_o father_n this_o may_v be_v mean_v either_o of_o those_o that_o be_v take_v prisoner_n in_o battle_n to_o wit_n that_o upon_o the_o prayer_n of_o their_o brethren_n in_o the_o temple_n or_o their_o own_o prayer_n towards_o the_o temple_n the_o lord_n will_v be_v please_v to_o bring_v they_o again_o into_o the_o land_n or_o else_o of_o those_o that_o by_o the_o enemy_n shall_v be_v drive_v out_o of_o their_o dwell_a place_n yet_o not_o out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n to_o
way_n of_o compare_v of_o jehoshaphat_n to_o ahab_n we_o may_v see_v by_o that_o which_o follow_v vers_fw-la 4._o but_o seek_v to_o the_o lord_n god_n of_o his_o father_n and_o walk_v in_o his_o commandment_n and_o not_o after_o the_o do_n of_o israel_n verse_n 6._o and_o his_o heart_n be_v lift_v up_o in_o the_o way_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v he_o become_v zealous_a and_o very_o courageous_a in_o god_n cause_n and_o go_v forward_o with_o a_o high_a and_o magnanimous_a spirit_n without_o any_o baseness_n fear_n or_o carnal_a respect_n moreover_o he_o take_v away_o the_o high_a place_n and_o grove_n out_o of_o judah_n the_o high_a place_n whereon_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n be_v worship_v though_o contrary_a to_o his_o law_n be_v not_o by_o jehoshaphat_n take_v away_o chap._n 20.33_o and_o therefore_o this_o must_v be_v mean_v of_o such_o high_a place_n and_o grove_n wherein_o they_o worship_v idol-god_n these_o indeed_o asa_n his_o father_n have_v take_v away_o chap._n 14.3_o but_o it_o seem_v in_o the_o latter_a and_o decline_a day_n of_o asa_n when_o he_o lay_v sick_a some_o of_o the_o people_n that_o linger_v still_o after_o their_o former_a idolatry_n make_v use_v of_o the_o advantage_n of_o these_o time_n and_o do_v secret_o set_v up_o their_o high_a place_n and_o grove_n again_o and_o these_o they_o be_v that_o jehoshaphat_n after_o search_v make_v do_v now_o take_v away_o verse_n 7._o and_o in_o the_o three_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n he_o send_v to_o his_o prince_n etc._n etc._n to_o teach_v in_o the_o city_n of_o judah_n to_o see_v that_o they_o be_v teach_v we_o may_v not_o think_v that_o at_o other_o time_n the_o people_n of_o god_n do_v now_o live_v in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n without_o any_o ordinary_a teach_n but_o because_o he_o find_v that_o the_o people_n be_v in_o many_o place_n so_o incline_v to_o idolatry_n as_o have_v set_v up_o their_o high_a place_n which_o his_o father_n asa_n have_v pull_v down_o these_o choice_a priest_n and_o levite_n mention_v vers_fw-la 8._o be_v send_v as_o visitour_n into_o the_o several_a part_n of_o his_o kingdom_n to_o see_v whether_o they_o be_v true_o teach_v and_o by_o their_o own_o personal_a teach_n both_o to_o confirm_v those_o that_o be_v right_o instruct_v and_o to_o convince_v those_o that_o be_v corrupt_a and_o to_o show_v they_o how_o express_o the_o law_n do_v forbid_v and_o threaten_v all_o idolatry_n whatsoever_o and_o with_o they_o these_o prince_n be_v send_v to_o countenance_n and_o encourage_v they_o and_o happy_o to_o punish_v those_o that_o shall_v oppose_v they_o or_o that_o shall_v be_v find_v obstinate_a in_o their_o error_n verse_n 13._o and_o the_o man_n of_o war_n mighty_a man_n of_o valour_n be_v in_o jerusalem_n that_o be_v his_o general_n and_o captain_n and_o some_o company_n of_o their_o soldier_n still_o attend_v with_o they_o verse_n 14._o adnah_n the_o chief_a and_o with_o he_o mighty_a man_n of_o valour_n three_o hundred_o thousand_o that_o be_v under_o his_o command_n verse_n 16._o amasiah_n the_o son_n of_o zichri_fw-la who_o willing_o offer_v himself_o unto_o the_o lord_n to_o wit_n to_o fight_v his_o battle_n some_o say_v as_o a_o nazarite_n verse_n 19_o these_o wait_v on_o the_o king_n beside_o those_o who_o the_o king_n put_v in_o the_o fence_a city_n throughout_o all_o judah_n that_o be_v these_o captain_n before_o mention_v and_o some_o of_o their_o band_n by_o course_n for_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a that_o so_o many_o hundred_o thousand_o do_v at_o one_o time_n attend_v on_o the_o king_n person_n at_o jerusalem_n yea_o because_o the_o total_a number_n of_o the_o soldier_n here_o mention_v amount_v to_o eleven_o hundred_o and_o threescore_o thousand_o and_o it_o seem_v not_o probable_a that_o jehoshaphat_n will_v have_v be_v so_o affright_v with_o the_o multitude_n of_o the_o moabite_n and_o ammonite_n that_o come_v against_o he_o chap._n 20.12_o if_o he_o have_v have_v eleven_o hundred_o and_o threescore_o thousand_o train_v man_n in_o his_o kingdom_n beside_o those_o wherewith_o his_o strong_a city_n be_v man_v therefore_o some_o conceive_v it_o more_o likely_a that_o he_o have_v not_o all_o these_o at_o one_o time_n but_o successive_o the_o train_a band_n of_o judah_n be_v first_o under_o the_o command_n of_o adnah_n and_o then_o adnah_n be_v dead_a under_o the_o command_n of_o jehohanan_n and_o so_o likewise_o the_o train_a band_n of_o benjamin_n under_o the_o command_n of_o amasiah_n first_o than_o eliada_n and_o then_o jehozabad_n and_o be_v in_o the_o several_a time_n of_o these_o general_n sometime_o more_o and_o sometime_o less_o chap._n xviii_o verse_n 1._o now_o jehoshaphat_n have_v riches_n and_o honour_n in_o abundance_n and_o join_v affinity_n with_o ahab_n to_o wit_n by_o marry_v his_o elder_a son_n joram_n to_o athaliah_n ahab'_v daughter_n chap._n 21.6_o and_o 2._o king_n 8.18_o verse_n 2._o and_o after_o certain_a year_n he_o go_v down_o to_o ahab_n to_o samaria_n to_o wit_n about_o the_o seventeen_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n see_v the_o note_n for_o this_o chapter_n 1._o king_n 22.1_o etc._n etc._n chap._n xix_o verse_n 2._o and_o jehu_n the_o son_n of_o hanani_n the_o seer_n go_v out_o to_o meet_v he_o who_o reprove_v asa_n jehoshaphats_n father_n see_v chap._n 16.7_o and_o say_v to_o king_n jehoshaphat_n shall_v thou_o help_v the_o ungodly_a and_o love_v they_o that_o hate_v the_o lord_n that_o be_v ought_v thou_o thus_o to_o join_v thyself_o in_o such_o strict_a way_n of_o love_n and_o friendship_n with_o such_o a_o wicked_a idolatrous_a wretch_n such_o a_o enemy_n to_o god_n and_o all_o goodness_n as_o ahab_n be_v in_o some_o case_n to_o join_v in_o league_n with_o infidel_n and_o idolater_n be_v not_o unlawful_a gen._n 14.13_o when_o it_o be_v do_v only_o to_o uphold_v peace_n to_o maintain_v mutual_a traffic_n or_o for_o the_o common_a defence_n of_o their_o country_n but_o otherwise_o unnecessary_o as_o out_o of_o love_n and_o friendship_n to_o join_v with_o they_o and_o help_v they_o be_v doubtless_o unlawful_a and_o so_o it_o have_v be_v now_o with_o jehoshaphat_n therefore_o be_v wrath_n upon_o thou_o from_o before_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v god_n be_v high_o displease_v with_o thou_o and_o have_v determine_v to_o pour_v forth_o his_o displeasure_n upon_o thou_o and_o this_o may_v have_v respect_n to_o that_o invasion_n of_o the_o moabite_n and_o ammonite_n which_o follow_v not_o long_o after_o chap._n 20.1_o or_o happy_o to_o some_o dissension_n that_o begin_v at_o present_a betwixt_o his_o son_n the_o seed_n of_o that_o horrid_a slaughter_n which_o his_o elder_a son_n do_v afterward_o make_v among_o they_o chap._n 21.4_o verse_n 3._o nevertheless_o there_o be_v good_a thing_n find_v in_o thou_o etc._n etc._n this_o be_v add_v to_o intimate_v that_o because_o of_o this_o the_o lord_n will_v deal_v gentle_o with_o he_o and_o even_o in_o judgement_n remember_v mercy_n verse_n 4._o and_o he_o go_v out_o again_o etc._n etc._n and_o bring_v they_o back_o unto_o the_o lord_n god_n of_o their_o father_n that_o be_v where_o he_o find_v any_o idolatry_n or_o any_o corruption_n among_o the_o people_n he_o reduce_v they_o to_o the_o true_a worship_n of_o god_n and_o reform_v what_o be_v out_o of_o order_n among_o they_o verse_n 5._o and_o he_o set_v judge_n in_o the_o land_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n where_o he_o find_v any_o want_v verse_n 6._o you_o judge_v not_o for_o man_n but_o for_o the_o lord_n who_o be_v with_o you_o in_o the_o judgement_n that_o be_v who_o person_n you_o represent_v and_o who_o be_v present_a see_v all_o you_o do_v and_z according_o ready_a to_o stand_v by_o you_o and_o defend_v you_o if_o you_o judge_v aright_o and_o to_o punish_v you_o if_o you_o deal_v unjust_o verse_n 8._o in_o jerusalem_n do_v jehoshaphat_n set_v of_o the_o levite_n and_o of_o the_o priest_n and_o of_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o father_n of_o jerusalem_n etc._n etc._n see_v above_o vers_fw-la 5._o this_o be_v mean_v of_o the_o high_a senate_n or_o council_n of_o the_o sanhedrim_n in_o jerusalem_n to_o which_o all_o appeal_n be_v make_v from_o inferior_a court_n and_o to_o which_o all_o cause_n of_o difficulty_n be_v refer_v both_o for_o ecclesiastical_a and_o civil_a affair_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v here_o that_o they_o be_v for_o the_o judgement_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v for_o ecclesiastical_a cause_n concern_v which_o god_n have_v determine_v in_o his_o law_n what_o shall_v be_v do_v and_o for_o controversy_n to_o wit_n in_o cause_n mere_o civil_a see_v deut._n 17.8_o 9_o 10._o verse_n 10._o and_o what_o cause_n soever_o shall_v come_v to_o you_o of_o your_o brethren_n that_o dwell_v in_o their_o city_n between_o blood_n and_o blood_n between_o law_n and_o commandment_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v where_o each_o party_n
persia_n above_o twenty_o year_n he_o give_v the_o jew_n liberty_n to_o return_v again_o into_o their_o own_o country_n we_o must_v know_v that_o nabuchadnezzar_n after_o the_o take_n of_o jerusalem_n have_v subdue_v all_o the_o nation_n round_o about_o as_o be_v prophesy_v of_o he_o yea_o even_a egypt_n among_o the_o rest_n the_o great_a and_o strong_a of_o all_o those_o border_a nation_n jer._n 25.9_o 10_o 11._o behold_v i_o will_v send_v and_o take_v all_o the_o family_n of_o the_o north_n say_v the_o lord_n and_o nebuchadrezzar_n the_o king_n of_o babylon_n my_o servant_n and_o will_v bring_v they_o against_o this_o land_n and_o against_o the_o inhabitant_n thereof_o and_o against_o all_o these_o nation_n round_o about_o etc._n etc._n and_o this_o whole_a land_n shall_v be_v a_o desolation_n and_o a_o astonishment_n and_o these_o nation_n shall_v serve_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n seventy_o year_n isa_n 20.4_o so_o shall_v the_o king_n of_o assyria_n lead_v away_o the_o egyptian_n prisoner_n and_o the_o ethiopian_n captives_z young_a and_o old_a naked_a and_o barefoot_a see_v also_o jer._n 43.10_o 11._o and_o 44.30_o and_o thus_o be_v the_o babylonian_a empire_n raise_v by_o nabuchadnezzar_n which_o he_o leave_v to_o evilmerodach_n his_o son_n and_o he_o to_o belshazzar_n his_o son_n according_a to_o that_o jer._n 27.7_o all_o nation_n shall_v serve_v he_o and_o his_o son_n and_o his_o son_n son_n but_o then_o in_o belshazzar_n time_n this_o great_a empire_n be_v ruin_v by_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n who_o besiege_v babylon_n take_v it_o and_o destroy_v it_o utter_o and_o slay_v belshazzar_n and_o so_o fulfil_v what_o be_v prophesy_v isa_n 47.1_o come_v down_o and_o sit_v in_o the_o dust_n o_o virgin_n daughter_n of_o babylon_n sit_v on_o the_o ground_n there_o be_v no_o throne_n o_o daughter_n of_o the_o chaldean_n etc._n etc._n and_o so_o jer._n 50.1_o 2_o 3._o and_o thus_o the_o empire_n be_v translate_v from_o the_o babylonian_n to_o the_o persian_n indeed_o in_o this_o war_n against_o babylon_n the_o mede_n have_v the_o chief_a stroke_n for_o darius_n medus_n or_o cyaxares_n do_v command_v in_o chief_a in_o this_o war_n and_o the_o army_n consist_v most_o of_o his_o people_n isa_n 13.17_o behold_v i_o will_v stir_v up_o the_o mede_n against_o they_o which_o shall_v not_o regard_v silver_n etc._n etc._n and_o jer._n 51.11_o the_o lord_n have_v raise_v up_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o mede_n for_o his_o device_n be_v against_o babylon_n etc._n etc._n and_o therefore_o when_o balthasar_n or_o belshazzar_n be_v slay_v he_o be_v make_v king_n dan._n 5.30_o 31._o in_o that_o night_n be_v belshazzar_n the_o king_n of_o the_o chaldean_n slay_v and_o darius_n the_o median_a take_v the_o kingdom_n be_v about_o threescore_o and_o two_o year_n old_a but_o yet_o withal_o first_o because_o cyrus_n who_o be_v then_o absolute_a king_n of_o persia_n or_o viceroy_n thereof_o under_o darius_n the_o mede_n do_v join_v with_o darius_n in_o this_o expedition_n against_o babylon_n and_o by_o his_o valour_n and_o policy_n chief_o the_o city_n be_v take_v as_o be_v the_o man_n preordain_v and_o forename_a by_o god_n himself_o for_o this_o great_a action_n second_o because_o darius_n it_o seem_v stay_v not_o in_o babylon_n but_o return_v into_o media_n and_o leave_v cyrus_n as_o his_o viceroy_n in_o his_o room_n and_o three_o because_o darius_n who_o be_v cyrus_n his_o great_a uncle_n and_o as_o some_o think_v his_o father_n in_o law_n also_o live_v not_o full_a two_o year_n after_o but_o leave_v all_o to_o cyrus_n his_o heir_n therefore_o even_o from_o the_o first_o cyrus_n be_v esteem_v the_o monarch_n of_o those_o part_n and_o however_o in_o truth_n till_o the_o death_n of_o his_o uncle_n darius_n the_o mede_n he_o be_v absolute_a monarch_n but_o hold_v also_o under_o he_o as_o his_o viceroy_n as_o be_v evident_a dan._n 6.28_o this_o daniel_n prosper_v in_o the_o reign_n of_o darius_n and_o in_o the_o reign_n of_o cyrus_n the_o persian_a yet_o the_o very_a first_o year_n after_o the_o conquest_n of_o babylon_n be_v reckon_v as_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n reign_n as_o we_o see_v here_o where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n king_n of_o persia_n god_n stir_v up_o his_o spirit_n to_o let_v the_o jew_n go_v home_o to_o their_o own_o country_n etc._n etc._n that_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n by_o the_o mouth_n of_o jeremiah_n may_v be_v fulfil_v to_o wit_n the_o promise_n concern_v the_o deliverance_n of_o the_o jew_n out_o of_o their_o captivity_n at_o the_o end_n of_o seventy_o year_n through_o the_o favour_n of_o cyrus_n jer._n 29.10_o after_o seventy_o year_n be_v accomplish_v at_o babylon_n i_o will_v visit_v you_o and_o perform_v my_o good_a word_n towards_o you_o in_o cause_v you_o to_o return_v this_o place_n verse_n 2._o thus_o say_v cyrus_n king_n of_o persia_n the_o lord_n god_n of_o heaven_n have_v give_v i_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n etc._n etc._n it_o seem_v that_o by_o daniel_n or_o some_o other_o of_o the_o jew_n that_o it_o be_v discover_v to_o cyrus_n that_o many_o year_n before_o the_o lord_n have_v tell_v they_o by_o his_o prophet_n that_o one_o cyrus_n shall_v vanquish_v babylon_n with_o other_o nation_n and_o then_o shall_v free_o deliver_v the_o jew_n out_o of_o their_o captivity_n and_o cause_v their_o city_n and_o temple_n to_o be_v again_o build_v all_o which_o for_o his_o better_a satisfaction_n they_o may_v show_v he_o in_o the_o writing_n of_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n isa_n 44.1_o 13._o and_o hence_o it_o be_v that_o he_o acknowledge_v that_o god_n have_v charge_v he_o to_o build_v the_o temple_n and_o confess_v that_o those_o kingdom_n which_o he_o have_v subdue_v be_v give_v he_o of_o god_n use_v these_o high_a term_n the_o lord_n god_n have_v give_v i_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n either_o out_o of_o a_o affectation_n of_o the_o universal_a monarchy_n of_o the_o whole_a world_n or_o out_o of_o a_o hyperbolical_a ostentation_n of_o the_o largeness_n of_o his_o empire_n to_o which_o all_o the_o kingdom_n in_o those_o part_n of_o the_o world_n be_v subdue_v according_a to_o those_o expression_n we_o meet_v with_o elsewhere_o luke_n 2.1_o there_o go_v out_o a_o decree_n from_o cesar_n augustus_n that_o all_o the_o world_n shall_v be_v tax_v and_o act_n 2.5_o and_o there_o be_v dwell_v at_o jerusalem_n jew_n devout_a man_n out_o of_o every_o nation_n verse_n 4._o and_o whosoever_o remain_v in_o any_o place_n where_o he_o sojourn_v let_v the_o man_n of_o his_o place_n help_v he_o with_o silver_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v whosoever_o abide_v as_o a_o stranger_n or_o sojourner_n in_o any_o place_n of_o my_o dominion_n and_o have_v a_o mind_n to_o go_v up_o to_o jerusalem_n let_v the_o man_n that_o dwell_v in_o that_o place_n furnish_v he_o with_o all_o provision_n requisite_a for_o his_o journey_n beside_o that_o which_o they_o shall_v send_v by_o they_o as_o a_o free-will-offering_a for_o the_o building_n or_o service_n of_o the_o temple_n the_o transport_v of_o silver_n and_o gold_n and_o other_o commodity_n be_v in_o many_o place_n severe_o forbid_v and_o so_o happy_o it_o be_v there_o the_o king_n therefore_o give_v licence_n to_o the_o jew_n by_o his_o proclamation_n for_o the_o carry_v away_o of_o these_o thing_n and_o withal_o encourage_v the_o people_n to_o afford_v they_o what_o help_v they_o can_v by_o let_v they_o know_v that_o his_o desire_n be_v they_o shall_v be_v plentiful_o furnish_v with_o all_o thing_n necessary_a verse_n 5._o then_o rise_v up_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o father_n of_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n and_o the_o priest_n and_o the_o levite_n with_o all_o they_o who_o spirit_n god_n have_v raise_v to_o go_v up_o etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n both_o of_o these_o and_o the_o other_o tribe_n also_o some_o even_n of_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n go_v not_o as_o be_v well_o settle_v where_o they_o be_v and_o loath_a to_o remove_v or_o desirous_a to_o see_v first_o how_o these_o will_v speed_v but_o those_o who_o spirit_n god_n have_v stir_v up_o go_v not_o of_o these_o tribe_n only_o but_o of_o other_o also_o 1._o chron._n 9.3_o and_o in_o jerusalem_n dwell_v of_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n and_o of_o the_o child_n of_o benjamin_n and_o of_o the_o child_n of_o ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n and_o therefore_o some_o conceive_v that_o at_o this_o time_n that_o pprophecy_n of_o ezekiel_n be_v fulfil_v ezek._n 37.16_o 17.21_o 22._o son_n of_o man_n take_v thou_o one_o stick_v and_o write_v upon_o it_o for_o judah_n and_o for_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n his_o companion_n then_o take_v another_o stick_n and_o write_v upon_o it_o for_o joseph_n the_o stick_n of_o ephraim_n and_o for_o all_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n his_o
companion_n and_o join_v they_o one_o to_o another_o into_o one_o stick_n and_o they_o shall_v become_v one_o in_o thy_o hand_n and_o say_v unto_o they_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n behold_v i_o will_v take_v the_o child_n of_o israel_n from_o among_o the_o heathen_a whither_o they_o be_v go_v and_o will_v gather_v they_o on_o every_o side_n and_o bring_v they_o into_o their_o own_o land_n and_o i_o will_v make_v they_o one_o nation_n in_o the_o land_n upon_o the_o mountain_n of_o israel_n and_o one_o king_n shall_v be_v king_n to_o they_o all_o and_o they_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o two_o nation_n neither_o shall_v they_o be_v divide_v into_o two_o kingdom_n any_o more_o at_o all_o verse_n 7._o also_o cyrus_n the_o king_n bring_v forth_o the_o vessel_n of_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n though_o the_o most_o of_o they_o be_v cut_v and_o deface_v and_o only_o lay_v up_o in_o the_o treasury_n of_o the_o house_n of_o their_o god_n of_o which_o bel_n be_v the_o chief_a esay_n 46.1_o bel_n bow_v down_o nebo_n stoop_v etc._n etc._n jer._n 51.44_o i_o will_v punish_v bel_n in_o babylon_n etc._n etc._n and_o that_o as_o a_o monument_n of_o the_o take_n of_o jerusalem_n 2._o king_n 24.13_o and_o he_o carry_v out_o thence_o all_o the_o treasure_n of_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o the_o treasure_n of_o the_o king_n house_n etc._n etc._n or_o else_o that_o place_n in_o the_o king_n must_v be_v mean_v of_o the_o vessel_n which_o solomon_n make_v which_o be_v old_a and_o wear_v with_o age_n be_v cut_v in_o piece_n there_o be_v other_o also_o make_v afterward_o for_o the_o use_n of_o the_o temple_n which_o be_v carry_v away_o whole_a and_o now_o restore_v at_o this_o time_n also_o the_o king_n send_v letter_n with_o they_o to_o command_v his_o deputy_n in_o syria_n to_o afford_v they_o all_o necessary_n chap._n 6.1_o verse_n 8._o and_o number_v they_o unto_o sheshbazzar_n the_o prince_n of_o judah_n that_o be_v zerubbabel_n for_o he_o that_o lay_v the_o foundation_n of_o the_o temple_n be_v call_v zerubbabel_n chap._n 3.8_o in_o the_o second_o month_n begin_v zerubbabel_n the_o son_n of_o shealtiel_n etc._n etc._n to_o set_v forward_o the_o work_n of_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o elsewhere_o shebazzar_n chap._n 5.16_o then_o come_v shebazzar_n and_o lay_v the_o foundation_n of_o the_o house_n of_o god_n he_o be_v the_o chief_a prince_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n and_o of_o the_o blood_n royal_a the_o son_n of_o salathiel_n and_o grandchild_n of_o jechoniah_n matth._n 1.12_o and_o so_o be_v by_o cyrus_n make_v ruler_n of_o those_o that_o now_o go_v up_o to_o jerusalem_n chap._n 5.14_o those_o do_v cyrus_n the_o king_n take_v out_o of_o the_o temple_n of_o babylon_n and_o they_o be_v deliver_v unto_o one_o who_o name_n be_v sheshbazzar_n who_o he_o make_v governor_n and_o thus_o the_o government_n be_v still_o in_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n according_a to_o that_o prophecy_n of_o jacob_n gen._n 49.10_o the_o sceptre_n shall_v not_o depart_v from_o judah_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 9_o nine_o and_o twenty_o knife_n these_o knife_n be_v such_o doubtless_o as_o be_v use_v by_o the_o priest_n in_o kill_v the_o sacrifice_n and_o be_v it_o seem_v trim_v rich_o with_o gold_n and_o silver_n be_v therefore_o reckon_v here_o among_o the_o plate_n that_o be_v carry_v out_o of_o the_o temple_n by_o nabuchadnezzar_n and_o now_o restore_v by_o cyrus_n verse_n 10._o silver_n bason_n of_o a_o second_o sort_n four_o hundred_o and_o ten_o that_o be_v of_o another_o size_n or_o of_o another_o kind_n and_o fashion_n happy_o those_o of_o the_o first_o sort_n be_v for_o the_o service_n of_o the_o temple_n these_o of_o the_o second_o sort_n for_o the_o court_n and_o chamber_n and_o other_o vessel_n a_o thousand_o that_o be_v other_o vessel_n of_o the_o chief_a sort_n for_o this_o be_v not_o the_o number_n of_o all_o the_o other_o vessel_n great_a and_o small_a not_o before_o mention_v as_o be_v evident_a in_o the_o follow_a verse_n verse_n 11._o all_o the_o vessel_n of_o gold_n and_o of_o silver_n be_v five_o thousand_o and_o four_o hundred_o that_o be_v both_o of_o those_o before_o mention_v and_o those_o that_o be_v here_o particular_o express_v chap._n ii_o verse_n 1._o now_o these_o be_v the_o child_n of_o the_o province_n that_o go_v up_o out_o of_o the_o captivity_n etc._n etc._n in_o this_o chapter_n we_o have_v a_o catalogue_n of_o those_o that_o go_v out_o of_o babylon_n with_o zerubbabel_n when_o cyrus_n by_o his_o proclamation_n give_v they_o liberty_n to_o return_v some_o conceive_v they_o be_v call_v the_o child_n of_o the_o province_n because_o they_o have_v dwell_v in_o babylon_n but_o i_o rather_o conceive_v that_o it_o be_v the_o land_n of_o judea_n which_o be_v here_o call_v the_o province_n and_o so_o with_o respect_n thereto_o the_o jew_n be_v here_o call_v the_o child_n of_o the_o province_n because_o judea_n be_v now_o one_o of_o the_o province_n that_o be_v in_o subjection_n to_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n according_a to_o that_o esther_n 1.1_o ahasuerus_n which_o reign_v from_o india_n even_o unto_o ethiopia_n over_o a_o hundred_o and_o seven_o and_o twenty_o province_n now_o though_o it_o be_v most_o probable_a that_o some_o of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n that_o be_v carry_v into_o assyria_n before_o nebuchadnezar_n reign_v do_v now_o return_v with_o zerubbabel_n chap._n 1.5_o yet_o because_o there_o be_v but_o few_o of_o they_o to_o speak_v of_o therefore_o they_o that_o return_v be_v say_v to_o be_v those_o who_o nabuchadnezzar_n have_v carry_v away_o and_o they_o be_v say_v to_o have_v return_v every_o one_o unto_o his_o city_n whereby_o be_v mean_v not_o the_o city_n wherein_o they_o have_v former_o dwell_v but_o the_o city_n appoint_v they_o by_o their_o present_a governor_n for_o their_o dwell_n for_o those_o of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n that_o do_v now_o return_v dwell_v not_o in_o the_o city_n of_o samaria_n but_o in_o the_o city_n of_o judah_n verse_n 22._o jeshua_n nehemiah_n seraiah_n etc._n etc._n these_o that_o be_v here_o express_v by_o name_n be_v doubtless_o the_o chief_a and_o most_o eminent_a of_o those_o that_o go_v now_o with_o zerubbabel_n the_o most_o of_o they_o happy_o captain_n and_o governor_n of_o the_o people_n and_o then_o afterward_o he_o add_v in_o the_o sequel_n of_o the_o chapter_n the_o number_n of_o the_o man_n of_o the_o people_n of_o israel_n that_o be_v how_o many_o there_o be_v of_o the_o people_n now_o concern_v those_o that_o be_v express_v by_o name_n we_o must_v note_v first_o that_o jeshua_n be_v the_o high_a priest_n the_o son_n of_o jozadak_n chap._n 3.2_o call_v elsewhere_o joshua_n the_o son_n of_o josedech_n as_o haggai_n 1.1_o the_o great_a assistant_n of_o zerubbabel_n in_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n second_o that_o in_o nehem._n 7.7_o where_o the_o catalogue_n of_o those_o that_o do_v at_o first_o go_v up_o with_o zerubbabel_n be_v again_o set_v down_o some_o of_o these_o here_o mention_v be_v call_v by_o other_o name_n as_o seraiah_n be_v there_o call_v azariah_n relaijah_n raamiah_n misper_v misper_v and_o rehum_n nahum_n and_o withal_o there_o be_v one_o add_v there_o to_o wit_n nahumani_n that_o be_v not_o mention_v here_o and_o three_o that_o it_o be_v not_o probable_a that_o either_o nehemiah_n here_o mention_v be_v that_o famous_a nehemiah_n the_o penman_n of_o that_o book_n of_o scripture_n which_o be_v call_v by_o his_o name_n or_o mordecai_n that_o famous_a mordecai_n that_o be_v esther_n uncle_n but_o two_o other_o of_o the_o same_o name_n for_o first_o have_v that_o nehemiah_n go_v up_o in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n he_o must_v needs_o have_v be_v well_o strike_v in_o year_n and_o yet_o we_o see_v he_o be_v cupbearer_n to_o artaxerxes_n neh._n 2.1_o and_o the_o persian_n use_v to_o have_v young_a man_n to_o attend_v they_o in_o such_o place_n and_o second_o from_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n to_o darius_n the_o last_o who_o be_v beat_v by_o alexander_n the_o great_a there_o be_v at_o least_o two_o hundred_o year_n and_o upward_o and_o till_o the_o time_n of_o that_o darius_n the_o last_o do_v that_o famous_a nehemiah_n live_v for_o in_o his_o book_n mention_n be_v make_v of_o jaddua_n the_o priest_n neh._n 12.11_o of_o who_o we_o read_v in_o josephus_n that_o he_o meet_v alexander_n the_o great_a in_o his_o priestly_a robe_n and_o so_o stay_v he_o from_o do_v any_o hurt_n to_o the_o city_n and_o temple_n and_o as_o for_o mordecai_n esther_n uncle_n he_o bring_v up_o esther_n in_o shushan_n in_o persia_n long_o after_o this_o in_o the_o day_n of_o ahasuerus_n or_o zerxes_n and_o therefore_o do_v not_o return_v with_o zerubbabel_n in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n as_o this_o mordecai_n do_v
of_o the_o dedication_n of_o the_o temple_n be_v on_o this_o month_n 1._o king_n 8.2_o etc._n etc._n therefore_o the_o people_n have_v spend_v some_o time_n in_o settle_v their_o own_o domestical_a affair_n in_o the_o several_a town_n and_o city_n where_o they_o be_v to_o dwell_v at_o least_o the_o seven_o month_n approach_v they_o do_v unanimous_o assemble_v together_o unto_o jerusalem_n that_o they_o may_v build_v the_o altar_n and_o prepare_v for_o the_o keep_n of_o these_o solemnity_n verse_n 3._o and_o they_o set_v the_o altar_n upon_o his_o base_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v they_o build_v the_o altar_n upon_o the_o foundation_n of_o solomon_n altar_n which_o be_v still_o stand_v and_o the_o reason_n of_o this_o be_v add_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n for_o fear_n be_v upon_o they_o because_o of_o the_o people_n of_o those_o country_n that_o be_v they_o lay_v not_o a_o new_a foundation_n for_o haste_n because_o they_o fear_v that_o if_o it_o be_v not_o soon_o dispatch_v they_o shall_v be_v hinder_v by_o the_o samaritan_n the_o neighbour_a inhabitant_n of_o that_o country_n who_o already_o it_o seem_v begin_v to_o threaten_v they_o and_o to_o bandy_v against_o they_o yet_o some_o conceive_v that_o in_o these_o word_n a_o reason_n be_v give_v not_o why_o they_o build_v the_o altar_n upon_o the_o old_a base_n or_o foundation_n of_o solomon_n altar_n but_o why_o they_o will_v not_o stay_v the_o build_n of_o the_o altar_n till_o the_o temple_n be_v build_v it_o be_v because_o they_o be_v afraid_a of_o the_o samaritan_n and_o so_o they_o hasten_v the_o build_n of_o the_o altar_n that_o by_o offer_v up_o sacrifice_n to_o god_n they_o may_v seek_v his_o favour_n and_o assistance_n against_o those_o their_o envious_a and_o malignant_a neighbour_n verse_n 4._o they_o keep_v also_o the_o feast_n of_o tabernacle_n etc._n etc._n with_o what_o extraordinary_a solemnity_n this_o feast_n be_v afterward_o keep_v we_o see_v neh._n 8.13.18_o verse_n 6._o from_o the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o seven_o month_n begin_v they_o to_o offer_v burn_v offering_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v the_o day_n appoint_v by_o the_o law_n for_o the_o feast_n of_o trumpet_n levit._fw-la 23.24_o in_o the_o seven_o month_n in_o the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o month_n shall_v you_o have_v a_o sabbath_n a_o memorial_n of_o blow_v of_o trumpet_n verse_n 9_o then_o stand_v joshua_n with_o his_o son_n and_o his_o brethren_n etc._n etc._n not_o the_o son_n of_o josedech_n the_o high_a priest_n but_o a_o levite_n of_o the_o same_o name_n of_o who_o mention_n be_v make_v before_o chap._n 2.40_o verse_n 11._o give_v thanks_o unto_o the_o lord_n because_o he_o be_v good_a for_o his_o mercy_n endure_v for_o ever_o towards_o israel_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n sing_v the_o 118._o or_o the_o 136._o psalm_n see_v 2._o chron._n 5.13_o and_o 7.3_o verse_n 12._o ancient_a man_n that_o have_v see_v the_o first_o house_n when_o the_o foundation_n of_o this_o house_n be_v lay_v before_o their_o eye_n weep_v with_o a_o loud_a voice_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n both_o because_o many_o of_o the_o holy_a thing_n that_o be_v in_o the_o former_a house_n be_v like_a to_o be_v want_v in_o this_o and_o especial_o because_o the_o glory_n of_o this_o build_n be_v not_o likely_a to_o equal_v the_o glory_n of_o the_o first_o which_o solomon_n build_v a_o shadow_n intimate_v the_o wear_n away_o of_o the_o legal_a ceremony_n yea_o thus_o it_o continue_v to_o be_v with_o the_o people_n when_o afterward_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n go_v forward_o in_o the_o day_n of_o darius_n whence_o it_o be_v that_o haggai_n the_o prophet_n who_o prophesy_v in_o the_o second_o year_n of_o darius_n the_o king_n hag._n 1.1_o do_v encourage_v and_o comfort_v the_o people_n with_o that_o promise_n hag._n 2.9_o the_o glory_n of_o this_o latter_a house_n shall_v be_v great_a than_o of_o the_o former_a which_o yet_o he_o mean_v not_o of_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o build_n but_o of_o the_o glorious_a appearance_n of_o christ_n the_o promise_a messiah_n herein_o nor_o need_v it_o seem_v strange_a that_o some_o be_v now_o live_v that_o have_v see_v the_o former_a temple_n for_o that_o be_v destroy_v in_o the_o eleven_o year_n of_o the_o captivity_n 2._o king_n 25._o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v but_o threescore_o year_n after_o that_o when_o the_o foundation_n of_o this_o new_a house_n be_v lay_v chap._n iu._n verse_n 2._o then_o they_o come_v to_o zerubbabel_n and_o to_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o father_n and_o say_v unto_o they_o let_v we_o build_v with_o you_o etc._n etc._n this_o they_o do_v doubtless_o not_o out_o of_o any_o sincere_a desire_n to_o set_v forward_o the_o build_n or_o to_o advance_v the_o worship_n of_o god_n for_o these_o samaritan_n that_o speak_v this_o be_v always_o deadly_a enemy_n to_o the_o jew_n but_o either_o to_o curry_v favour_n with_o cyrus_n for_o because_o he_o now_o favour_v the_o jew_n and_o give_v way_n to_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n therefore_o they_o will_v be_v as_o one_o people_n with_o they_o and_o approve_v it_o by_o join_v with_o they_o in_o this_o holy_a work_n or_o else_o out_o of_o hope_n that_o their_o people_n be_v mingle_v with_o the_o jew_n in_o this_o work_n there_o will_v some_o contention_n arise_v and_o so_o the_o work_n will_v be_v hinder_v yet_o to_o the_o end_n they_o may_v prevail_v with_o the_o jew_n they_o allege_v they_o serve_v and_o sacrifice_v to_o the_o true_a god_n of_o israel_n as_o indeed_o they_o pretend_v to_o do_v though_o withal_o they_o serve_v their_o idol-god_n too_o 2._o king_n 17.33_o they_o fear_v the_o lord_n and_o serve_v their_o own_o god_n even_o since_o the_o day_n of_o esarhaddon_n king_n of_o assur_n who_o be_v the_o son_n of_o shalmaneser_n and_o grandchild_n of_o sennacherib_n 2._o king_n 19.37_o and_o it_o seem_v bring_v a_o new_a colony_n of_o several_a nation_n into_o the_o land_n of_o samaria_n as_o his_o father_n have_v do_v before_o he_o verse_n 3._o you_o have_v nothing_o to_o do_v with_o we_o to_o build_v a_o house_n unto_o our_o god_n etc._n etc._n thus_o zerubbabel_n and_o the_o rest_n answer_v the_o samaritan_n because_o they_o be_v idolatour_n and_o neither_o be_v of_o the_o stock_n of_o israel_n nor_o do_v pure_o worship_v the_o god_n of_o israel_n therefore_o they_o protest_v against_o they_o that_o they_o have_v nothing_o to_o do_v with_o the_o temple_n to_o sacrifice_v there_o and_o so_o also_o not_o to_o join_v with_o they_o in_o the_o build_n of_o it_o allege_v withal_o that_o they_o will_v build_v it_o themselves_o as_o say_v they_o king_n cyrus_n the_o king_n of_o persia_n have_v command_v we_o wherein_o they_o give_v they_o to_o understand_v that_o the_o commission_n they_o have_v from_o the_o king_n do_v warrant_v they_o to_o do_v what_o they_o do_v verse_n 4._o then_o the_o people_n of_o the_o land_n weaken_v the_o hand_n of_o the_o people_n of_o judah_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v when_o samaritan_n can_v not_o by_o fraud_n accomplish_v their_o desire_n because_o the_o jew_n will_v not_o admit_v they_o to_o join_v with_o they_o in_o build_v the_o temple_n than_o they_o use_v other_o mean_n to_o hinder_v they_o in_o their_o work_n to_o wit_n partly_o by_o threaten_v they_o and_o by_o raise_v any_o false_a rumour_n that_o may_v discourage_v they_o and_o partly_o no_o doubt_n by_o use_v all_o mean_n that_o they_o may_v not_o have_v those_o material_n and_o money_n out_o of_o the_o king_n revenue_n which_o cyrus_n have_v command_v shall_v be_v give_v they_o for_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n chap._n 6.3_o 4._o verse_n 5._o and_o hire_a counselor_n against_o they_o to_o frustrate_v their_o purpose_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o samaritan_n do_v not_o only_o do_v what_o themselves_o can_v to_o hinder_v the_o jew_n in_o build_v the_o temple_n but_o by_o bribe_n also_o they_o secret_o hire_v such_o as_o be_v powerful_a with_o the_o king_n of_o persia_n to_o wit_n the_o deputy_n and_o governor_n in_o samaria_n and_o other_o province_n yea_o and_o those_o that_o be_v of_o his_o privy_a counsel_n in_o persia_n to_o advise_v the_o king_n by_o many_o false_a pretence_n and_o information_n to_o disannul_v that_o decree_n which_o have_v be_v make_v for_o the_o build_n of_o it_o and_o this_o they_o do_v all_o the_o day_n of_o cyrus_n king_n of_o persia_n even_o until_o the_o reign_n of_o darius_n king_n of_o persia_n that_o be_v all_o the_o day_n of_o cyrus_n and_o cambyses_n his_o son_n and_o smerdis_n the_o magus_n who_o a_o while_n usurp_v the_o kingdom_n after_o cambyses_n death_n unto_o the_o second_o year_n of_o darius_n the_o son_n of_o hystaspes_n when_o the_o work_n of_o the_o temple_n be_v again_o set_v forward_o vers_n 24._o so_o it_o cease_v unto_o the_o second_o year_n of_o
be_v many_o levite_n and_o iddo_n be_v the_o chief_a magistrate_n there_o or_o else_o they_o be_v train_v up_o in_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o law_n as_o in_o a_o college_n under_o iddo_n their_o chief_a doctor_n and_o precedent_n to_o desire_v he_o that_o he_o will_v send_v they_o certain_a levites_n to_o go_v up_o with_o he_o to_o jerusalem_n that_o they_o may_v assist_v he_o in_o that_o work_n which_o he_o have_v now_o undertake_v where_o this_o casiphia_n be_v we_o can_v say_v only_o this_o we_o may_v say_v that_o because_o these_o messenger_n go_v thither_o and_o come_v back_o with_o the_o levite_n and_o nethinims_n which_o iddo_n send_v he_o within_o the_o compass_n of_o so_o few_o day_n for_o ezra_n begin_v his_o journey_n upon_o the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o first_o month_n chap_n 7.9_o upon_o the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o first_o month_n begin_v he_o to_o go_v up_o from_o babylon_n etc._n etc._n and_o go_v away_o from_o the_o river_n ahava_n on_o the_o twelve_o day_n of_o the_o first_o month_n as_o be_v express_v vers_fw-la 21._o then_o we_o depart_v from_o the_o river_n ahava_n on_o the_o twelve_o day_n of_o the_o first_o month_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v not_o probable_a that_o by_o casiphia_n be_v mean_v as_o some_o conceive_v the_o caspian_a mountain_n which_o be_v in_o the_o further_a part_n of_o media_n betwixt_o armenia_n and_o hyrcania_n verse_n 18._o they_o bring_v we_o a_o man_n of_o understanding_n of_o the_o son_n of_o mahli_n the_o son_n of_o levi_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o grandchild_n of_o levi_n exod._n 6.16.19_o verse_n 20._o also_o of_o the_o nethinim_n who_o david_n and_o the_o prince_n have_v appoint_v for_o the_o service_n of_o the_o levite_n etc._n etc._n because_o the_o gibeonite_n be_v appoint_v for_o the_o service_n of_o the_o levite_n by_o joshua_n long_o before_o david_n time_n and_o be_v thence_o call_v nethinims_n that_o be_v man_n give_v to_o god_n therefore_o some_o expositor_n conceive_v that_o david_n do_v add_v to_o the_o nethinim_n other_o that_o be_v not_o of_o the_o gibeonite_n but_o there_o be_v no_o necessity_n why_o we_o shall_v thus_o understand_v this_o place_n for_o it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o the_o gibeonite_n be_v those_o nethinim_n of_o who_o it_o be_v say_v here_o that_o david_n and_o the_o prince_n have_v appoint_v they_o for_o the_o service_n of_o the_o levite_n and_o that_o because_o though_o joshua_n do_v first_o design_n they_o to_o this_o service_n yet_o david_n do_v confirm_v they_o therein_o and_o perhaps_o give_v some_o special_a order_n for_o the_o manner_n of_o their_o attendance_n verse_n 24._o then_o i_o separate_v twelve_o of_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o priest_n sherebiah_n hashabiah_n and_o ten_o of_o their_o brethren_n with_o they_o that_o be_v together_o with_o twelve_o of_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o priest_n i_o separate_v twelve_o of_o the_o levite_n sherebiah_n hashabiah_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n the_o levite_n above_o mention_v vers_fw-la 18_o 19_o that_o be_v send_v from_o iddo_n and_o these_o be_v join_v with_o the_o priest_n in_o this_o care_n of_o take_v charge_n of_o these_o holy_a thing_n to_o see_v that_o nothing_o be_v lose_v by_o the_o way_n as_o they_o carry_v they_o from_o babylon_n to_o jerusalem_n chap._n ix_o verse_n 1._o the_o prince_n come_v to_o i_o say_v the_o people_n of_o israel_n and_o the_o priest_n and_o the_o levite_n have_v not_o separate_v themselves_o etc._n etc._n it_o be_v well_o know_v that_o the_o principal_a cause_n of_o ezraes_n come_n be_v to_o reform_v such_o abuse_n as_o be_v creep_v in_o among_o they_o contrary_a to_o the_o law_n some_o of_o the_o prince_n that_o be_v best_o affect_v come_v present_o to_o he_o and_o inform_v he_o of_o this_o as_o one_o of_o the_o most_o heinous_a evil_n tolerate_v among_o they_o to_o wit_n that_o not_o the_o people_n only_o but_o the_o prince_n also_o yea_o the_o priest_n and_o levite_n that_o can_v not_o pretend_v ignorance_n of_o the_o law_n have_v marry_v wife_n of_o those_o idolatrous_a nation_n their_o neighbour_n about_o they_o and_o so_o also_o be_v taint_v by_o that_o mean_n in_o many_o thing_n with_o their_o abomination_n some_o expositor_n conceive_v that_o this_o be_v do_v before_o their_o return_n out_o of_o babylon_n and_o indeed_o though_o these_o nation_n here_o mention_v the_o canaanite_n moabite_n ammonite_n etc._n etc._n dwell_v far_o from_o babylon_n yet_o we_o must_v consider_v that_o many_o of_o they_o be_v carry_v away_o by_o nabuchadnezzar_n as_o the_o jew_n be_v jerem._n 25.9_o behold_v i_o will_v send_v and_o take_v all_o the_o family_n of_o the_o north_n say_v the_o lord_n and_o nabuchadnezzar_n the_o king_n of_o babylon_n my_o servant_n and_o will_v bring_v they_o against_o this_o land_n and_o against_o all_o these_o nation_n round_o about_o but_o i_o rather_o think_v they_o have_v fall_v into_o this_o sin_n since_o their_o return_n from_o babylon_n be_v sore_o corrupt_v with_o a_o very_a little_a rest_n as_o exra_n impli_v in_o his_o prayer_n vers_fw-la 8_o 10._o however_o not_o only_o single_a person_n but_o even_o those_o that_o be_v marry_v offend_v herein_o to_o the_o great_a vexation_n of_o their_o former_a wife_n mal._n 2.11_o 13._o judah_n have_v profane_v the_o holiness_n of_o the_o lord_n which_o he_o love_v and_o have_v marry_v the_o daughter_n of_o a_o strange_a god_n and_o this_o have_v you_o do_v again_o cover_v the_o altar_n of_o the_o lord_n with_o tear_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v mean_v of_o the_o tear_n of_o their_o first_o wife_n and_o so_o far_o be_v this_o corruption_n spread_v at_o present_a that_o among_o other_o even_o the_o son_n of_o joshua_n the_o son_n of_o jozadak_n be_v in_o the_o transgression_n chap._n 10.18_o and_o among_o the_o son_n of_o the_o priest_n there_o be_v find_v that_o have_v strange_a wife_n namely_o of_o the_o son_n of_o joshua_n the_o son_n of_o jozadak_n verse_n 2._o the_o hand_n of_o the_o prince_n and_o ruler_n have_v be_v chief_a in_o this_o trespass_n that_o be_v they_o which_o shall_v have_v restrain_v the_o people_n from_o this_o wickedness_n have_v have_v the_o chief_a hand_n in_o it_o to_o wit_n as_o have_v be_v bold_a in_o this_o transgression_n and_o ringleader_n to_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o people_n verse_n 3_o i_o rend_v my_o garment_n and_o my_o mantle_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v both_o the_o coat_n that_o be_v gird_v close_o to_o his_o body_n and_o the_o loose_a mantle_n which_o he_o wear_v over_o that_o and_o this_o doubtless_o be_v thus_o express_v to_o show_v how_o passionate_o grieve_a and_o offend_v he_o be_v to_o hear_v that_o his_o brethren_n have_v thus_o gross_o transgress_v the_o law_n of_o god_n concern_v this_o custom_n of_o rend_v their_o garment_n see_v gen._n 37.20_o verse_n 4._o then_o be_v assemble_v unto_o i_o every_o one_o that_o tremble_v at_o the_o word_n of_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n it_o seem_v the_o report_n be_v quick_o carry_v about_o how_o mighty_o ezra_n be_v afflict_v and_o displease_v when_o he_o hear_v how_o his_o brethren_n have_v take_v wife_n of_o the_o idolatrous_a nation_n so_o many_o of_o the_o godly_a inhabitant_n that_o hear_v of_o it_o be_v themselves_o afraid_a of_o the_o judgement_n of_o god_n threaten_v in_o his_o word_n come_v present_o in_o to_o he_o partly_o to_o comfort_v he_o and_o partly_o to_o advise_v with_o he_o what_o be_v fit_a to_o be_v do_v which_o be_v the_o rather_o here_o insert_v to_o make_v way_n to_o that_o which_o follow_v which_o be_v add_v yet_o further_o to_o set_v forth_o how_o mighty_o he_o be_v trouble_v with_o these_o tiding_n and_o i_o sit_v astonish_v until_o the_o evening_n sacrifice_n though_o the_o brethren_n come_v in_o it_o be_v like_a to_o comfort_v he_o yet_o neither_o there_o presence_n nor_o any_o thing_n they_o can_v say_v do_v any_o whit_n move_v he_o but_o till_o the_o evening_n sacrifice_v there_o he_o sit_v among_o they_o like_o one_o that_o have_v neither_o life_n nor_o soul_n in_o he_o so_o overwhelm_v he_o be_v with_o grief_n and_o astonishment_n at_o that_o which_o have_v be_v tell_v he_o verse_n 5._o have_v rend_v my_o garment_n and_o my_o mantle_n i_o fall_v upon_o my_o knee_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v have_v before_o rend_v my_o garment_n vers_fw-la 3._o in_o that_o sad_a plight_n i_o fall_v down_o upon_o my_o knee_n before_o the_o people_n and_o pray_v unto_o the_o lord_n verse_n 6._o our_o iniquity_n be_v increase_v over_o our_o head_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v they_o be_v innumerable_a we_o be_v even_o drown_v over_o head_n and_o ear_n in_o sin_n the_o expression_n be_v much_o like_o that_o psalm_n 38.4_o my_o iniquity_n be_v go_v over_o my_o head_n and_o to_o the_o same_o purpose_n be_v the_o next_o clause_n also_o and_o our_o trespass_n be_v
grow_v up_o unto_o the_o heaven_n that_o be_v it_o be_v as_o great_a as_o may_v be_v and_o such_o as_o must_v needs_o make_v a_o loud_a cry_n in_o the_o heaven_n for_o judgement_n to_o be_v pour_v forth_o upon_o we_o verse_n 7._o as_o it_o be_v this_o day_n have_v say_v that_o they_o have_v be_v deliver_v to_o captivity_n and_o to_o a_o spoil_n and_o to_o confusion_n of_o face_n he_o add_v as_o it_o be_v this_o day_n because_o some_o of_o they_o be_v still_o in_o captivity_n and_o the_o rest_n that_o be_v return_v be_v in_o a_o low_a and_o sad_a condition_n and_o lay_v under_o a_o great_a deal_n of_o shame_n and_o reproach_n verse_n 8._o and_o now_o for_o a_o little_a space_n grace_n have_v be_v show_v from_o the_o lord_n our_o god_n etc._n etc._n this_o be_v add_v as_o a_o aggravation_n of_o their_o sin_n that_o have_v be_v but_o a_o while_n free_v from_o those_o punishment_n which_o their_o former_a sin_n have_v bring_v upon_o they_o they_o shall_v so_o soon_o venture_v to_o expose_v themselves_o to_o god_n displeasure_n to_o leave_v we_o a_o remnant_n to_o escape_v and_o to_o give_v we_o a_o nail_n in_o his_o holy_a place_n etc._n etc._n in_o these_o word_n ezra_n show_v wherein_o grace_n have_v be_v show_v they_o from_o the_o lord_n their_o god_n to_o wit_n first_o in_o that_o he_o have_v leave_v they_o a_o remnant_n to_o escape_v whereas_o he_o may_v just_o have_v destroy_v they_o all_o he_o have_v preserve_v a_o seed_n a_o remnant_n that_o be_v deliver_v out_o of_o their_o captivity_n and_o bring_v back_o again_o into_o their_o own_o country_n second_o that_o he_o have_v give_v they_o a_o nail_n in_o his_o holy_a place_n whereby_o it_o mean_v either_o that_o god_n have_v give_v they_o a_o prince_n of_o their_o own_o nation_n to_o wit_n zerubbabel_n for_o the_o prince_n and_o magistrate_n be_v compare_v to_o pin_n and_o nail_n because_o the_o safety_n of_o their_o kingdom_n depend_v upon_o they_o and_o the_o good_a success_n of_o their_o great_a affair_n rest_n much_o upon_o their_o wisdom_n and_o care_n whence_o be_v that_o which_o the_o lord_n say_v of_o eliakim_n isaiah_n 22.23_o 24._o and_o i_o will_v fasten_v he_o as_o a_o nail_n in_o a_o sure_a place_n etc._n etc._n and_o they_o shall_v hang_v upon_o he_o all_o the_o glory_n of_o his_o father_n house_n or_o else_o that_o he_o have_v give_v they_o some_o prop_n and_o support_v of_o their_o faith_n and_o hope_n something_o that_o may_v encourage_v they_o to_o wait_v for_o some_o better_a day_n than_o yet_o they_o have_v see_v or_o else_o rather_o that_o he_o have_v in_o some_o measure_n settle_v they_o again_o and_o give_v they_o a_o rest_a place_n in_o his_o holy_a land_n city_z and_o temple_n the_o metaphor_n be_v take_v from_o the_o pin_n and_o nail_n wherewith_o they_o use_v to_o fasten_v the_o cord_n of_o their_o tent_n in_o the_o earth_n when_o they_o go_v to_o pitch_v their_o tent_n as_o intend_v to_o abide_v a_o while_n in_o that_o place_n or_o else_o from_o those_o nail_n wherewith_o we_o use_v to_o fasten_v any_o thing_n and_o which_o we_o strike_v into_o our_o wall_n to_o hang_v thing_n upon_o that_o our_o god_n may_v lighten_v our_o eye_n and_o give_v we_o a_o little_a revive_n in_o our_o bondage_n to_o wit_n by_o refresh_v our_o heart_n according_a to_o that_o which_o be_v say_v of_o jonathan_n when_o in_o his_o faintness_n he_o be_v refresh_v with_o eat_v a_o little_a honey_n 1._o sam._n 14.29_o see_v i_o pray_v you_o how_o my_o eye_n have_v be_v enlighten_v because_o i_o taste_v a_o little_a of_o this_o honey_n or_o by_o restore_v we_o to_o life_n who_o be_v in_o our_o slavery_n and_o captivity_n in_o babylon_n as_o man_n dead_a and_o bury_v ezek._n 37.12_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n behold_v o_o my_o people_n i_o will_v open_v your_o grave_n and_o cause_v you_o to_o come_v up_o out_o of_o your_o grave_n and_o bring_v you_o into_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n verse_n 9_o to_o set_v up_o the_o house_n of_o our_o god_n and_o to_o repair_v the_o desolation_n thereof_o etc._n etc._n two_o particular_n be_v here_o mention_v wherein_o ezra_n acknowledge_v that_o god_n have_v intend_v mercy_n to_o they_o in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o king_n of_o persia_n and_o wherewith_o he_o have_v thereupon_o revive_v their_o heart_n as_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o forego_n word_n to_o wit_n first_o that_o they_o have_v liberty_n give_v they_o to_o set_v up_o the_o house_n of_o god_n and_o to_o repair_v the_o desolation_n thereof_o where_o by_o repair_v the_o desolation_n of_o god_n house_n be_v mean_v both_o the_o repair_n of_o the_o temple_n ruin_n and_o also_o principal_o the_o renew_n of_o the_o joyful_a assembly_n of_o god_n people_n and_o the_o sacred_a employment_n of_o his_o worship_n and_o service_n there_o and_o second_o that_o there_o be_v give_v they_o a_o wall_n in_o judah_n and_o jerusalem_n that_o be_v some_o protection_n and_o defence_n against_o their_o enemy_n as_o a_o wall_n or_o pen_n to_o a_o flock_n of_o sheep_n the_o wall_n of_o jerusalem_n be_v not_o yet_o build_v and_o therefore_o it_o can_v be_v mean_v of_o they_o but_o by_o the_o wall_n give_v they_o be_v mean_v the_o fence_n of_o they_o from_o danger_n partly_o by_o the_o king_n of_o persias_n favour_n who_o have_v grant_v they_o his_o royal_a protection_n against_o those_o enemy_n that_o former_o will_v not_o suffer_v they_o to_o proceed_v in_o build_v the_o house_n of_o their_o god_n and_o partly_o by_o god_n aw_v their_o spirit_n that_o they_o dare_v not_o oppose_v what_o the_o king_n have_v command_v verse_n 10._o and_o now_o o_o our_o god_n what_o shall_v we_o say_v after_o this_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v after_o this_o great_a goodness_n and_o mercy_n thou_o have_v show_v unto_o we_o what_o shall_v we_o say_v that_o notwithstanding_o all_o this_o we_o shall_v again_o forsake_v thy_o commandment_n as_o we_o have_v do_v verse_n 15._o o_o lord_n god_n of_o israel_n thou_o be_v righteous_a for_o we_o remain_v yet_o escape_v as_o it_o be_v this_o day_n etc._n etc._n either_o the_o drift_n of_o these_o word_n be_v to_o show_v that_o continue_n in_o this_o condition_n they_o be_v now_o in_o they_o can_v expect_v no_o other_o but_o to_o be_v utter_o destroy_v and_o that_o because_o god_n be_v righteous_a though_o he_o have_v spare_v they_o and_o they_o stand_v guilty_a of_o a_o gross_a sin_n or_o else_o in_o this_o conclusion_n of_o his_o prayer_n ezra_n justify_v god_n and_o lay_v all_o the_o blame_n upon_o themselves_o so_o intimate_v that_o all_o their_o hope_n be_v in_o his_o goodness_n and_o mercy_n and_o readiness_n to_o forgive_v poor_a penitent_a sinner_n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v o_o lord_n thou_o be_v righteous_a in_o all_o thy_o deal_n with_o we_o what_o thou_o have_v inflict_v upon_o we_o have_v be_v just_o inflict_v yea_o of_o thy_o own_o mercy_n and_o according_a to_o thy_o righteousness_n and_o faithfulness_n in_o perform_v thy_o gracious_a promise_n thou_o have_v reserve_v a_o remnant_n of_o we_o but_o as_o for_o we_o we_o be_v here_o before_o thou_o wait_v indeed_o for_o thy_o mercy_n but_o in_o our_o sin_n and_o so_o deserve_v to_o be_v destroy_v for_o even_o because_o of_o this_o wickedness_n which_o lie_v upon_o we_o if_o thou_o shall_v enter_v into_o judgement_n with_o we_o we_o be_v not_o able_a to_o stand_v it_o out_o and_o to_o abide_v the_o trial_n chap._n x._o verse_n 1._o there_o assemble_v unto_o he_o out_o of_o israel_n a_o very_a great_a congregation_n etc._n etc._n ezra_n have_v in_o public_a before_o the_o temple_n to_o wit_n in_o the_o outer_a court_n manifest_v such_o wonderful_a affliction_n of_o mind_n and_o sorrow_n for_o the_o sin_n of_o the_o people_n by_o rend_v his_o garment_n yea_o the_o hair_n of_o his_o head_n and_o beard_n cast_v himself_o grovel_v upon_o the_o ground_n weeping_z and_o wail_v call_v and_o cry_v upon_o god_n for_o mercy_n as_o a_o man_n astonish_v and_o distract_v with_o grief_n and_o that_o no_o doubt_n purposely_o to_o discover_v to_o the_o people_n the_o grievousnesse_n of_o their_o sin_n and_o the_o danger_n they_o be_v in_o because_o thereof_o the_o noise_n hereof_o be_v soon_o carry_v throughout_o the_o city_n and_o present_o there_o come_v in_o to_o he_o of_o those_o that_o be_v afraid_a of_o those_o judgement_n threaten_v in_o the_o word_n of_o god_n against_o they_o for_o this_o sin_n some_o few_o at_o first_o chap._n 9.4_o but_o now_o at_o last_o a_o very_a great_a assembly_n of_o they_o who_o be_v affect_v with_o ezraes_n grievous_a lamentation_n do_v also_o weep_v very_o sore_o with_o he_o verse_n 2._o yet_o now_o there_o be_v hope_n in_o israel_n concern_v this_o thing_n that_o be_v there_o be_v hope_n that_o god_n
for_o the_o provide_v of_o sharp_a knife_n and_o for_o the_o circumcise_n those_o of_o the_o israelite_n that_o be_v as_o yet_o uncircumcised_a and_o that_o be_v all_o that_o be_v under_o forty_o year_n old_a all_o that_o be_v bear_v since_o their_o come_n out_o of_o egypt_n and_o indeed_o consider_v how_o many_o thousand_o there_o be_v of_o these_o and_o how_o speedy_o this_o work_n be_v to_o be_v do_v for_o it_o be_v begin_v on_o the_o eleven_o day_n of_o the_o month_n and_o be_v to_o be_v so_o speedy_o dispatch_v that_o they_o may_v be_v able_a to_o eat_v the_o passeover_n on_o the_o fourteen_o day_n of_o the_o month_n at_o even_o it_o be_v not_o possible_a that_o this_o can_v be_v do_v by_o joshua_n himself_o but_o we_o may_v rather_o well_o think_v that_o all_o that_o be_v before_o circumcise_v be_v employ_v in_o this_o service_n as_o for_o the_o place_n where_o this_o be_v do_v it_o be_v call_v upon_o this_o occasion_n gibeah-haazaloth_a that_o be_v the_o hill_n of_o foreskin_n to_o wit_n because_o there_o they_o do_v cast_v away_o or_o bury_v the_o foreskin_n of_o those_o that_o be_v circumcise_v verse_n 4._o all_o the_o people_n that_o come_v out_o of_o egypt_n that_o be_v male_n even_o all_o the_o man_n of_o war_n die_v in_o the_o wilderness_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v all_o the_o people_n that_o be_v twenty_o year_n old_a and_o upward_a numb_a 14.29_o your_o carcase_n shall_v fall_v in_o the_o wilderness_n and_o all_o that_o be_v number_v of_o you_o according_a to_o your_o whole_a number_n from_o twenty_o year_n old_a and_o upward_o which_o have_v murmur_v against_o i_o verse_n 5._o but_o all_o the_o people_n that_o be_v bear_v in_o the_o wilderness_n by_o the_o way_n as_o they_o come_v forth_o out_o of_o egypt_n they_o they_o have_v not_o circumcise_v to_o wit_n because_o they_o be_v upon_o the_o way_n travel_v towards_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n as_o the_o word_n here_o seem_v to_o imply_v and_o so_o can_v not_o convenient_o circumcise_v their_o child_n for_o after_o they_o be_v new_o circumcise_v rest_n be_v requisite_a and_o it_o must_v needs_o be_v very_o dangerous_a to_o remove_v they_o whilst_o they_o yet_o lie_v sore_o of_o their_o circumcision_n though_o they_o stay_v long_o in_o some_o place_n yet_o they_o know_v not_o beforehand_o of_o their_o stay_n but_o be_v continual_o in_o expectation_n to_o remove_v upon_o the_o remove_n of_o the_o cloud_n that_o go_v before_o they_o have_v the_o israelite_n sin_v in_o this_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a that_o either_o god_n who_o severe_o punish_v they_o for_o other_o breach_n of_o his_o law_n will_v have_v pass_v by_o this_o so_o many_o year_n together_o unpunished_a yea_o unreproved_a or_o that_o moses_n who_o smart_v for_o the_o neglect_n of_o circumcision_n in_o his_o own_o family_n exod._n 4.24_o will_v have_v suffer_v the_o people_n to_o run_v on_o without_o check_n in_o so_o gross_a a_o contempt_n of_o god_n ordinance_n and_o therefore_o either_o god_n give_v they_o a_o special_a dispensation_n for_o this_o time_n of_o their_o travel_n or_o else_o they_o know_v that_o the_o rite_n of_o be_v circumcise_v the_o eight_o day_n be_v not_o so_o enjoin_v that_o upon_o no_o occasion_n it_o may_v be_v differ_v for_o what_o if_o at_o that_o time_n the_o child_n be_v sick_a and_o weak_a &_o therefore_o have_v so_o just_a a_o cause_n they_o do_v now_o intermit_v this_o duty_n of_o circumcision_n till_o they_o can_v come_v into_o the_o promise_a land_n verse_n 7._o and_o their_o child_n who_o he_o raise_v up_o in_o their_o stead_n they_o joshua_n circumcise_v that_o be_v those_o that_o be_v bear_v in_o their_o travel_n for_o those_o that_o be_v under_o twenty_o year_n at_o their_o come_n out_o of_o egypt_n be_v now_o live_v be_v already_o circumcise_v so_o that_o joshua_n bring_v into_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n israelites_n both_o circumcise_a and_o uncircumcised_a be_v herein_o a_o type_n of_o christ_n who_o have_v make_v both_o one_o eph._n 2.14_o in_o who_o there_o be_v no_o difference_n between_o jew_n and_o gentile_n circumcision_n and_o uncircumcision_n col._n 3.11_o verse_n 8._o they_o abide_v in_o their_o place_n in_o the_o camp_n till_o they_o be_v whole_a to_o wit_n no_o enemy_n attempt_v any_o thing_n against_o they_o or_o once_o offer_v to_o molest_v they_o in_o this_o their_o weakness_n no_o not_o so_o much_o as_o to_o scare_v they_o or_o put_v they_o in_o any_o fright_n to_o try_v their_o faith_n and_o obedience_n god_n enjoin_v not_o circumcision_n on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o jordan_n where_o they_o may_v have_v do_v it_o more_o safe_o and_o secure_o without_o fear_n of_o their_o enemy_n take_v advantage_n against_o they_o but_o here_o in_o the_o very_a face_n of_o their_o enemy_n now_o they_o find_v that_o there_o be_v no_o danger_n in_o trust_v god_n and_o do_v what_o he_o enjoin_v they_o verse_n 9_o and_o the_o lord_n say_v unto_o joshua_n this_o day_n have_v i_o roll_v away_o the_o reproach_n of_o egypt_n from_o off_o you_o in_o this_o word_n roll_v the_o lord_n seem_v to_o allude_v to_o the_o manner_n of_o circumcision_n to_o wit_n because_o when_o they_o be_v circumcise_v their_o foreskinne_n be_v slit_v up_o be_v roll_v upward_o and_o then_o cut_v off_o and_o cast_v away_o but_o the_o great_a difficulty_n in_o these_o word_n be_v to_o know_v why_o it_o be_v say_v that_o in_o their_o circumcision_n the_o reproach_n of_o egypt_n be_v roll_v away_o from_o off_o they_o and_o of_o this_o there_o be_v two_o reason_n give_v both_o which_o be_v very_o probable_a for_o first_o some_o by_o the_o reproach_n of_o egypt_n understand_v the_o reproach_n which_o the_o egyptian_n do_v usual_o cast_v upon_o the_o israelite_n that_o they_o be_v fugitive_n and_o rebel_n and_o have_v under_o a_o pretence_n of_o be_v god_n people_n cast_v off_o the_o yoke_n of_o their_o lawful_a sovereign_n and_o these_o reproach_n of_o the_o egyptian_n they_o say_v be_v now_o confute_v by_o the_o circumcision_n of_o the_o israelite_n because_o it_o be_v the_o seal_n and_o mark_v of_o the_o choice_n that_o god_n have_v make_v of_o they_o to_o be_v his_o peculiar_a people_n and_o that_o before_o they_o go_v down_o into_o egypt_n out_o of_o canaan_n the_o land_n of_o promise_n to_o which_o now_o they_o be_v return_v have_v they_o continue_v still_o in_o their_o uncircumcision_n want_v this_o badge_n of_o the_o special_a interest_n which_o god_n have_v in_o they_o they_o may_v have_v seem_v liable_a to_o those_o reproach_n which_o the_o egyptian_n cast_v upon_o they_o but_o now_o by_o renew_v this_o seal_n of_o the_o ancient_a covenant_n which_o god_n have_v make_v with_o they_o it_o be_v again_o make_v manifest_a that_o they_o have_v not_o revolt_v from_o their_o lawful_a governor_n but_o have_v only_o embrace_v that_o liberty_n to_o which_o the_o lord_n have_v restore_v they_o who_o have_v long_o since_o take_v they_o to_o be_v his_o peculiar_a people_n but_o than_o second_o other_o again_o by_o the_o reproach_n of_o egypt_n understand_v the_o uncircumcision_n of_o their_o flesh_n and_o that_o because_o as_o circumcision_n be_v the_o glory_n of_o the_o israelite_n as_o be_v the_o outward_a badge_n of_o the_o covenant_n betwixt_o god_n and_o they_o to_o wit_n that_o he_o will_v be_v their_o god_n and_o they_o shall_v be_v his_o peculiar_a people_n whence_o it_o be_v that_o saint_n paul_n reckon_v this_o among_o those_o thing_n whereof_o he_o may_v glory_v in_o regard_n of_o the_o flesh_n that_o he_o be_v circumcise_v the_o eight_o day_n phil._n 3.4_o 5._o so_o uncircumcision_n be_v the_o reproach_n of_o other_o nation_n in_o that_o it_o be_v the_o sign_n of_o their_o be_v alien_n from_o the_o commonwealth_n of_o israel_n and_o stranger_n from_o the_o covenant_n of_o promise_n eph._n 2.11_o 12._o and_o thence_o we_o see_v with_o what_o contempt_n the_o israelite_n be_v wont_a to_o speak_v of_o other_o nation_n in_o regard_n of_o their_o uncircumcision_n who_o be_v this_o uncircumcised_a philistim_o say_v david_n that_o he_o shall_v defy_v the_o army_n of_o the_o live_a god_n 1._o sam._n 17.26_o we_o dare_v not_o do_v this_o thing_n say_v the_o son_n of_o jacob_n to_o hamor_n and_o shechem_n to_o give_v our_o sister_n to_o one_o that_o be_v uncircumcised_a for_o that_o be_v a_o reproach_n unto_o we_o now_o say_v they_o however_o uncircumcision_n be_v the_o common_a reproach_n of_o all_o nation_n yet_o it_o be_v here_o call_v particular_o the_o reproach_n of_o egypt_n because_o the_o israelite_n live_v among_o they_o and_o be_v best_a acquaint_v with_o this_o reproach_n among_o they_o in_o regard_n that_o they_o come_v out_o of_o egypt_n and_o be_v no_o doubt_n attire_v like_o the_o egyptian_n have_v they_o continue_v in_o their_o uncircumcision_n they_o will_v have_v rather_o seem_v to_o be_v
uncircumcised_a egyptian_n than_o the_o israel_n of_o god_n but_o now_o be_v circumcise_v this_o reproach_n of_o egypt_n be_v roll_v away_o from_o off_o they_o and_o this_o i_o take_v to_o be_v the_o best_a exposition_n of_o these_o word_n verse_n 10._o and_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n encamp_v in_o gilgal_n and_o keep_v the_o passeover_n etc._n etc._n both_o those_o that_o be_v of_o old_a circumcise_a and_o those_o new_o circumcise_v for_o by_o the_o fourteen_o day_n at_o even_o they_o may_v be_v well_o recover_v of_o their_o cut_n it_o seem_v the_o passeover_n also_o have_v be_v unto_o this_o time_n not_o celebrate_v at_o least_o not_o by_o they_o that_o be_v uncircumcised_a see_v exod._n 12.48_o verse_n 11._o and_o they_o do_v eat_v of_o the_o old_a corn_n of_o the_o land_n on_o the_o morrow_n after_o the_o passeover_n unleavened_a cake_n and_o parch_a corn_n in_o the_o self_n same_o day_n by_o parch_a corn_n here_o must_v needs_o be_v mean_v the_o new_a corn_n of_o the_o present_a year_n and_o that_o because_o first_o it_o be_v not_o probable_a that_o they_o use_v to_o parch_v any_o other_o but_o new_a corn_n while_o it_o be_v yet_o soft_a and_o second_o because_o else_o there_o shall_v be_v nothing_o that_o be_v singular_a concern_v this_o day_n note_v in_o these_o word_n for_o doubtless_o they_o do_v eat_v unleavened_a bread_n the_o day_n before_o this_o together_o with_o the_o passeover_n they_o be_v the_o express_a word_n of_o the_o law_n of_o the_o passeover_n exod._n 12.8_o they_o shall_v eat_v the_o flesh_n in_o that_o night_n roast_a with_o fire_n and_o unleavened_a bread_n and_o therefore_o that_o which_o be_v here_o note_v concern_v this_o morrow_n after_o the_o passeover_n be_v that_o then_o they_o do_v eat_v both_o unleavened_a cake_n of_o the_o old_a corn_n of_o the_o land_n which_o they_o may_v get_v out_o of_o the_o barn_n and_o granary_n of_o the_o village_n about_o they_o the_o inhabitant_n be_v flee_v into_o the_o defence_a city_n or_o further_o up_o into_o the_o country_n and_o likewise_o of_o the_o new_a corn_n of_o that_o year_n parch_v the_o self_n same_o day_n for_o it_o be_v now_o just_a harvest_n time_n as_o be_v note_v before_o chap._n 3.15_o when_o they_o enter_v canaan_n that_o which_o be_v most_o questionable_a in_o these_o word_n be_v what_o day_n it_o be_v that_o be_v call_v here_o the_o morrow_n after_o the_o passeover_n some_o hold_n that_o it_o be_v on_o the_o fifteen_o day_n of_o the_o month_n and_o that_o because_o the_o passeover_n be_v kill_v on_o the_o fourteen_o day_n at_o even_o exod._n 12.16_o but_o because_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o by_o the_o law_n of_o god_n they_o may_v not_o eat_v of_o the_o new_a corn_n of_o the_o land_n till_o they_o have_v bring_v a_o sheaf_n of_o the_o first-fruit_n of_o their_o harvest_n unto_o the_o priest_n levit._n 23.14_o you_o shall_v eat_v neither_o bread_n nor_o parch_a corn_n nor_o green_a ear_n until_o the_o self_n same_o day_n that_o you_o have_v bring_v a_o offering_n unto_o your_o god_n and_o that_o they_o do_v on_o the_o sixteenth_o day_n of_o that_o month_n the_o morrow_n after_o the_o sabbath_n as_o it_o be_v there_o call_v vers_fw-la 11._o that_o be_v the_o morrow_n after_o the_o feast_n of_o unleavened_a bread_n which_o be_v on_o the_o fifteen_o day_n therefore_o i_o shall_v think_v it_o far_o more_o probable_a which_o other_o hold_v to_o wit_n that_o the_o sixteenth_o day_n be_v the_o morrow_n after_o the_o passeover_n here_o speak_v of_o whereon_o the_o israelite_n do_v eat_v both_o unleavened_a cake_n of_o the_o old_a corn_n and_o parch_a corn_n of_o the_o new_a even_o the_o very_a same_o day_n whereon_o the_o sheaf_n of_o the_o first-fruit_n of_o their_o harvest_n be_v offer_v to_o the_o lord_n after_o the_o offering_n whereof_o they_o may_v lawful_o eat_v of_o the_o new_a corn_n and_o not_o till_o then_o nor_o need_v it_o seem_v strange_a that_o the_o sixteenth_o day_n shall_v be_v call_v the_o morrow_n after_o the_o passeover_n here_o speak_v of_o because_o though_o they_o kill_v the_o passeover_n on_o the_o fourteen_o day_n at_o even_o yet_o the_o evening_n or_o night_n wherein_o they_o do_v eat_v the_o paschall_n lamb_n be_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o fifteen_o day_n which_o may_v well_o therefore_o be_v call_v the_o day_n of_o the_o passeover_n verse_n 12._o and_o the_o manna_n cease_v on_o the_o morrow_n after_o they_o have_v eat_v the_o old_a corn_n of_o the_o land_n etc._n etc._n some_o expositor_n be_v of_o opinion_n that_o this_o also_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o the_o sixteenth_o day_n of_o the_o month_n the_o same_o that_o be_v call_v in_o the_o forego_n verse_n the_o morrow_n after_o the_o passeover_n and_o that_o because_o it_o can_v be_v deny_v but_o that_o the_o israelite_n do_v eat_v unleavened_a cake_n of_o the_o old_a corn_n of_o the_o land_n on_o the_o fifteen_o day_n which_o be_v the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o feast_n of_o unleavened_a bread_n but_o since_o the_o text_n seem_v to_o make_v a_o manifest_a difference_n betwixt_o the_o morrow_n after_o the_o passeover_n vers_fw-la 11._o whereon_o they_o do_v eat_v unleavened_a cake_n and_o parch_a corn_n and_o the_o morrow_n after_o they_o have_v eat_v of_o the_o old_a corn_n of_o the_o land_n in_o this_o verse_n when_o the_o manna_n cease_v therefore_o i_o think_v it_o more_o probable_a that_o the_o manna_n cease_v on_o the_o seventeen_o day_n of_o the_o month_n and_o that_o be_v call_v the_o morrow_n after_o they_o have_v eat_v of_o the_o old_a corn_n of_o the_o land_n with_o reference_n to_o that_o which_o go_v before_o vers_fw-la 11._o to_o wit_n the_o morrow_n after_o they_o have_v eat_v as_o be_v there_o say_v unleavened_a cake_n of_o the_o old_a corn_n of_o the_o land_n and_o parch_a corn_n in_o the_o self_n same_o day_n the_o reason_n why_o this_o be_v so_o express_o note_v that_o the_o manna_n cease_v after_o the_o israelite_n have_v begin_v to_o eat_v of_o the_o corn_n of_o the_o land_n be_v because_o hereby_o it_o be_v make_v evident_a that_o the_o manna_n come_v not_o all_o this_o while_n they_o have_v enjoy_v it_o from_o any_o natural_a cause_n in_o the_o cloud_n but_o be_v provide_v for_o they_o by_o a_o extraordinary_a way_n during_o the_o time_n they_o want_v bread_n by_o the_o almighty_a power_n of_o god_n who_o therefore_o now_o send_v it_o no_o long_o when_o they_o be_v enter_v into_o a_o land_n flow_v with_o milk_n and_o honey_n where_o they_o have_v plenty_n not_o of_o corn_n only_o but_o of_o all_o other_o provision_n likewise_o that_o be_v requisite_a for_o they_o and_o thus_o shall_v it_o be_v also_o with_o god_n people_n in_o heaven_n as_o when_o the_o israelite_n come_v to_o eat_v of_o the_o fruit_n of_o canaan_n manna_n cease_v so_o when_o we_o come_v to_o our_o heavenly_a canaan_n the_o word_n the_o sacrament_n and_o all_o other_o outward_a comfort_n shall_v cease_v and_o that_o because_o our_o bliss_n our_o life_n and_o our_o fruition_n of_o god_n there_o shall_v need_v none_o of_o these_o outward_a support_n rev._n 21.22_o 23._o and_o i_o see_v no_o temple_n therein_o for_o the_o lord_n god_n almighty_a and_o the_o lamb_n be_v the_o temple_n of_o it_o and_o the_o city_n have_v no_o need_n of_o the_o sun_n neither_o of_o the_o moon_n to_o shine_v in_o it_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 13._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o joshua_n be_v by_o jericho_n that_o he_o lift_v up_o his_o eye_n and_o look_v and_o behold_v there_o stand_v a_o man_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v evident_a that_o long_o after_o this_o the_o camp_n of_o the_o israelite_n continue_v still_o in_o gilgal_n for_o it_o be_v say_v of_o the_o gibeonite_n chap._n 9.6_o that_o they_o go_v to_o joshua_n unto_o the_o camp_n at_o gilgal_n but_o why_o then_o be_v it_o say_v here_o that_o joshua_n be_v by_o jericho_n i_o answer_v first_o that_o gilgal_n at_o least_o the_o outmost_a quarter_n of_o the_o camp_n in_o gilgal_n be_v not_o far_o from_o jericho_n and_o therefore_o we_o see_v it_o be_v say_v before_o chap._n 4.19_o that_o they_o encamp_v at_o gilgal_n in_o the_o east_n border_n of_o jericho_n and_o second_o that_o though_o the_o camp_n be_v in_o gilgal_n yet_o joshua_n may_v be_v come_v up_o near_o to_o jericho_n upon_o some_o occasion_n as_o happy_o to_o observe_v the_o country_n about_o it_o to_o see_v where_o it_o may_v be_v best_o assail_v and_o so_o may_v see_v the_o vision_n here_o relate_v to_o wit_n that_o he_o lift_v up_o his_o eye_n and_o look_v and_o behold_v there_o stand_v a_o man_n over_o against_o he_o with_o his_o sword_n draw_v in_o his_o hand_n be_v it_o seem_v alone_o by_o himself_o either_o to_o pray_v or_o meditate_v or_o perhaps_o to_o view_v the_o strength_n of_o jericho_n on_o
israelite_n that_o behold_v they_o all_o thus_o joint_o together_o we_o may_v be_v the_o more_o affect_v with_o the_o consideration_n of_o god_n goodness_n and_o faithfulness_n towards_o his_o people_n from_o the_o river_n arnon_n unto_o mount_n hermon_n and_o all_o the_o plain_a on_o the_o east_n this_o be_v the_o length_n of_o the_o country_n on_o the_o outside_n of_o jordan_n it_o reach_v from_o the_o river_n arnon_n where_o it_o run_v into_o the_o dead_a sea_n unto_o mount_n hermon_n verse_n 2._o and_o from_o half_a gilead_n unto_o the_o river_n jabbok_n etc._n etc._n for_o the_o other_o half_a of_o gilead_n be_v possess_v by_o og_n as_o we_o may_v see_v vers_fw-la 5._o see_v the_o note_n also_o upon_o num._n 32.40_o verse_n 9_o the_o king_n of_o ai_fw-fr which_o be_v beside_o bethel_n one_o this_o clause_n which_o be_v add_v concern_v the_o city_n of_o ai_fw-fr that_o it_o be_v nigh_o unto_o bethel_n be_v to_o distinguish_v it_o from_o another_o city_n of_o the_o same_o name_n in_o the_o country_n of_o the_o amorites_n whereof_o the_o prophet_n jeremy_n speak_v jer._n 49.3_o howl_v o_o hesbon_n for_o a_z be_v spoil_v verse_n 23._o the_o king_n of_o the_o nation_n of_o gilgal_n one_o this_o can_v be_v that_o gilgal_n where_o the_o israelite_n pitch_v their_o tent_n immediate_o after_o they_o have_v pass_v over_o jordan_n for_o there_o be_v no_o city_n that_o have_v a_o king_n reign_v in_o it_o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v probable_o conjecture_v by_o many_o expositor_n that_o this_o be_v some_o city_n of_o that_o name_n in_o that_o part_n of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n which_o be_v call_v galilee_n yea_o and_o galilee_n of_o nation_n esa_n 9.1_o as_o this_o gilgal_n be_v here_o call_v gilgal_n of_o nation_n to_o wit_n because_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o this_o place_n be_v a_o mix_a people_n of_o several_a nation_n or_o because_o be_v a_o place_n of_o great_a trade_n many_o several_a nation_n resort_v thither_o for_o commerce_n and_o so_o continue_v there_o often_o for_o many_o year_n together_o some_o be_v of_o opinion_n that_o tidal_a gen._n 14.1_o who_o be_v one_o of_o those_o king_n that_o fight_v against_o sodom_n be_v king_n of_o this_o country_n chap._n xiii_o verse_n 1._o now_o joshua_n be_v old_a and_o strike_v in_o year_n and_o the_o lord_n say_v unto_o he_o thou_o be_v old_a etc._n etc._n god_n have_v promise_v that_o joshua_n shall_v divide_v this_o land_n unto_o the_o people_n chap._n 1.6_o be_v strong_a and_o of_o a_o good_a courage_n for_o unto_o this_o people_n shall_v thou_o divide_v for_o a_o inheritance_n the_o land_n which_o i_o swear_v unto_o their_o father_n to_o give_v they_o and_o herein_o be_v he_o a_o type_n of_o christ_n who_o have_v vanquish_v all_o our_o enemy_n be_v now_o ascend_v up_o into_o heaven_n to_o prepare_v a_o place_n for_o we_o john_n 14.2_o in_o my_o father_n house_n be_v many_o mansion_n if_o it_o be_v not_o so_o i_o will_v have_v tell_v you_o i_o go_v to_o prepare_v a_o place_n for_o you_o he_o therefore_o be_v now_o old_a god_n call_v upon_o he_o to_o dispatch_v this_o work_n before_o he_o die_v and_o not_o to_o defer_v it_o till_o they_o be_v possess_v of_o all_o as_o happy_o he_o think_v he_o must_v have_v do_v verse_n 2._o this_o be_v the_o land_n that_o still_o remain_v all_o the_o border_n of_o the_o philistine_n and_o all_o geshuri_n the_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n lay_v along_o the_o coast_n of_o the_o midland_n sea_n and_o the_o land_n of_o geshuri_n be_v on_o the_o north_n part_n of_o canaan_n verse_n 3._o from_o sihor_n which_o be_v before_o egypt_n even_o unto_o the_o border_n of_o ekron_n northward_o which_o be_v count_v to_o the_o canaanite_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v this_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n belong_v to_o canaan_n &_o consequent_o to_o the_o israelite_n though_o as_o yet_o they_o have_v not_o take_v it_o for_o the_o philistine_n call_v caphtorims_n because_o thence_o they_o come_v amos_n 9.7_o have_v not_o i_o bring_v up_o israel_n out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n and_o the_o philistine_n from_o caphtor_n enter_v upon_o this_o part_n of_o canaan_n drive_v out_o the_o old_a inhabitant_n and_o dwell_v in_o it_o themselves_o deut._n 2.23_o the_o avim_n which_o dwell_v in_o hazerim_n even_o unto_o azzah_n the_o caphtorim_n which_o come_v forth_o out_o of_o caphtor_n destroy_v they_o and_o dwell_v in_o their_o stead_n concern_v sihor_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o num._n 34.30_o also_o the_o avite_n or_o the_o avim_n deut._n 2.23_o who_o be_v expel_v out_o of_o their_o land_n by_o the_o philistine_n as_o be_v above_o note_v do_v yet_o it_o seem_v continue_v in_o some_o portion_n of_o their_o land_n adjoin_v to_o the_o philistine_n verse_n 4._o from_o the_o south_n all_o the_o land_n of_o the_o canaanite_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v as_o this_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n which_o lie_v at_o the_o south_n end_n of_o the_o seacoast_n so_o also_o all_o the_o land_n of_o the_o canaanite_n from_o thence_o along_o the_o seacoast_n be_v not_o yet_o possess_v by_o the_o israelite_n even_o mearah_n or_o the_o cave_n that_o be_v beside_o the_o sidonian_n and_o aphek_n a_o town_n in_o the_o tribe_n of_o asher_n not_o far_o from_o sidon_n and_o so_o to_o the_o border_n of_o the_o amorites_n for_o there_o be_v amorites_n on_o both_o side_n of_o jordan_n there_o be_v a_o town_n indeed_o call_v aphek_n who_o king_n be_v slay_v by_o joshua_n chap._n 12.18_o but_o this_o it_o seem_v be_v not_o that_o but_o another_o in_o the_o tribe_n of_o asher_n call_v aphik_n judge_n 1.31_o verse_n 5._o and_o the_o land_n of_o the_o giblites_n and_o all_o lebanon_n towards_o the_o sun_n rise_v etc._n etc._n the_o giblites_n be_v a_o people_n who_o inhabit_v gebel_n psal_n 83.7_o a_o promontory_a near_o sidon_n all_o their_o country_n and_o all_o lebanon_n etc._n etc._n be_v not_o yet_o subdue_v for_o now_o he_o turn_v to_o the_o midland_n sea_n to_o show_v what_o lie_v unvanquished_a on_o the_o northern_a bound_n to_o wit_n the_o country_n about_o libanus_n and_o so_o eastern_o as_o far_o as_o hamath_n where_o even_o in_o david_n time_n there_o be_v a_o canaanitish_a king_n 2._o sam._n 8.9_o verse_n 6._o they_o will_v i_o drive_v out_o before_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n this_o promise_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v conditional_o if_o they_o shall_v continue_v faithful_a in_o keep_v covenant_n with_o he_o wherein_o fail_v they_o never_o come_v to_o possess_v they_o though_o in_o david_n and_o solomon_n time_n they_o become_v tributary_n unto_o they_o only_o divide_v thou_o it_o by_o lot_n unto_o the_o israelite_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v even_o that_o land_n before_o speak_v of_o not_o yet_o conquer_v which_o god_n enjoin_v to_o strengthen_v their_o faith_n and_o that_o have_v it_o in_o their_o charter_n from_o god_n this_o may_v be_v a_o spur_n to_o they_o in_o future_a time_n not_o to_o neglect_v the_o seek_n of_o it_o and_o drive_v out_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o nation_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o num._n 26.53_o verse_n 8._o with_o who_o the_o reubenites_n and_o the_o gadite_n have_v receive_v their_o inheritance_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v with_o which_o tribe_n of_o manasseh_n to_o wit_n the_o other_o half_o of_o they_o the_o reubenites_n and_o the_o gadite_n have_v already_o receive_v their_o inheritance_n without_o jordan_n for_o these_o word_n be_v add_v to_o show_v the_o reason_n why_o in_o the_o forego_n verse_n joshua_n be_v command_v to_o divide_v the_o land_n within_o jordan_n to_o the_o nine_o tribe_n and_o the_o half_a tribe_n of_o manasseh_n to_o wit_n because_o the_o reubenites_n and_o the_o gadite_n have_v already_o receive_v their_o inheritance_n together_o with_o the_o other_o half_a of_o the_o manassites_n in_o the_o land_n without_o jordan_n which_o moses_n have_v give_v they_o and_o though_o there_o may_v seem_v to_o be_v a_o tautology_n or_o a_o vain_a repetition_n of_o the_o same_o thing_n in_o the_o follow_a word_n which_o moses_n give_v they_o even_o as_o moses_n the_o servant_n of_o the_o lord_n give_v they_o yet_o if_o the_o word_n be_v well_o weigh_v we_o shall_v find_v it_o be_v not_o so_o for_o that_o second_o clause_n even_o as_o moses_n the_o servant_n of_o the_o lord_n give_v they_o be_v add_v as_o it_o be_v to_o imply_v the_o just_a confirm_v of_o the_o former_a donation_n now_o by_o joshua_n and_o the_o rest_n that_o now_o divide_v the_o land_n as_o if_o it_o have_v be_v say_v they_o have_v already_o receive_v their_o inheritance_n which_o moses_n give_v they_o beyond_o jordan_n as_o be_v fit_v because_o moses_n the_o servant_n of_o the_o lord_n do_v so_o order_v it_o verse_n 9_o from_o aroer_n that_o be_v upon_o the_o bank_n of_o the_o river_n arnon_n etc._n etc._n here_o first_o the_o whole_a land_n without_o
have_v fight_v against_o the_o former_a king_n of_o moab_n and_o take_v all_o his_o land_n out_o of_o his_o hand_n even_o unto_o arnon_n which_o may_v be_v the_o ground_n of_o that_o challenge_n which_o the_o king_n of_o the_o ammonite_n make_v to_o this_o land_n judg._n 11.13_o and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n answer_v unto_o the_o messenger_n of_o jephthah_n because_o israel_n take_v away_o my_o land_n when_o they_o come_v up_o out_o of_o egypt_n from_o arnon_n even_o unto_o jabbok_n and_o unto_o jordan_n now_o therefore_o restore_v those_o land_n again_o peaceable_o for_o otherwise_o the_o israelite_n be_v forbid_v to_o take_v any_o part_n of_o the_o ammonite_n land_n away_o from_o they_o deut._n 2.19_o and_o when_o thou_o come_v nigh_o to_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n distress_n they_o not_o nor_o meddle_v with_o they_o verse_n 26._o and_o from_o heshbon_n unto_o ramath-mizpeh_a etc._n etc._n call_v ramoth_n in_o gilead_n chap._n 20.8_o verse_n 29._o and_o moses_n give_v inheritance_n unto_o the_o half_a tribe_n of_o manasseh_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o num._n 32.33_o verse_n 30._o and_o all_o the_o town_n of_o jair_n which_o be_v in_o bashan_n threescore_o city_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o num._n 32.41_o verse_n 31._o and_o half_a gilead_n and_o ashtaroth_n and_o edrei_n city_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o og_n in_o bashan_n be_v pertain_v unto_o the_o child_n of_o machir_n the_o son_n of_o manasseh_n see_v num._n 32.39_o even_o unto_o the_o one_o half_a of_o the_o child_n of_o machir_n by_o their_o family_n for_o manasseh_n have_v only_o one_o son_n to_o wit_n machir_n who_o son_n have_v their_o inheritance_n half_a within_o jordan_n and_o half_a without_o verse_n 33._o but_o unto_o the_o tribe_n of_o levi_n moses_n give_v not_o any_o inheritance_n see_v the_o note_n above_o upon_o verse_n 14._o chap._n xiiii_o verse_n 1._o which_o eleazar_n the_o priest_n and_o joshua_n the_o son_n of_o nun_n and_o the_o head_n of_o the_o father_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n distribute_v for_o inheritance_n unto_o they_o who_o be_v choose_v by_o the_o lord_n and_o express_v by_o name_n num._n 34.17_o see_v the_o note_n upon_o that_o place_n verse_n 2._o by_o lot_n be_v their_o inheritance_n etc._n etc._n for_o the_o manner_n how_o this_o be_v do_v see_v the_o note_n upon_o num._n 26.55_o only_o the_o place_n where_o they_o shall_v have_v their_o portion_n be_v divide_v by_o lot_n and_o afterward_o the_o quantity_n of_o their_o several_a portion_n be_v lay_v out_o by_o joshua_n eleazar_n and_o the_o head_n of_o the_o tribe_n according_a as_o the_o tribe_n be_v more_o or_o few_o in_o number_n the_o first_o be_v do_v by_o cast_v of_o lot_n to_o prevent_v all_o murmur_n and_o discontent_n and_o to_o make_v it_o the_o more_o evident_a that_o the_o prophecy_n both_o of_o jacob_n and_o moses_n concern_v the_o several_a inheritance_n of_o the_o tribe_n be_v from_o god_n verse_n 4._o for_o the_o child_n of_o joseph_n be_v two_o tribe_n etc._n etc._n this_o be_v add_v to_o show_v how_o there_o be_v still_o nine_o tribe_n and_o a_o half_a remain_v among_o who_o the_o land_n be_v to_o be_v divide_v notwithstanding_o the_o levite_n be_v not_o reckon_v among_o they_o see_v also_o the_o note_n gen_n 48.5_o verse_n 6._o then_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n come_v unto_o joshua_n in_o gilgal_n and_o caleb_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v evident_a by_o this_o place_n that_o they_o begin_v the_o division_n of_o canaan_n in_o gilgal_n though_o they_o finish_v it_o afterward_o in_o shiloh_n chap._n 18.1_o 6._o and_o that_o because_o the_o tabernacle_n be_v at_o present_a in_o gilgal_n and_o it_o be_v fit_v this_o work_n shall_v be_v do_v in_o the_o presence_n of_o god_n both_o that_o it_o may_v be_v do_v the_o more_o reverent_o and_o religious_o and_o that_o hereby_o they_o may_v be_v put_v in_o mind_n that_o it_o be_v the_o lord_n their_o god_n that_o will_v reach_v forth_o unto_o each_o tribe_n the_o lot_n which_o he_o have_v assign_v for_o their_o portion_n now_o when_o they_o be_v meet_v together_o about_o this_o great_a business_n it_o be_v say_v here_o that_o caleb_n who_o be_v call_v the_o son_n of_o jephunneh_n the_o kenezite_n because_o he_o be_v descend_v from_o kenaz_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n 1._o chron._n 4.13_o 15._o and_o to_o distinguish_v he_o from_o another_o caleb_n who_o be_v the_o son_n of_o hezron_n 1._o chron._n 2.18_o come_v to_o joshua_n to_o demand_v that_o portion_n of_o the_o land_n by_o way_n of_o special_a privilege_n which_o god_n have_v long_o since_o promise_v he_o and_o because_o many_o of_o his_o tribe_n that_o be_v of_o the_o chief_a man_n of_o his_o tribe_n go_v along_o with_o he_o to_o wit_n to_o countenance_v he_o and_z to_z further_o he_o in_o his_o suit_n both_o in_o regard_n that_o caleb_n be_v a_o man_n of_o great_a eminency_n in_o their_o tribe_n and_o also_o that_o the_o whole_a tribe_n be_v to_o be_v in_o some_o sort_n gainer_n by_o this_o extraordinary_a portion_n confer_v upon_o he_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o first_o place_n that_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n come_v unto_o joshua_n and_o then_o afterward_o that_o caleb_n attend_v thus_o with_o the_o chief_a elder_n of_o judah_n propound_v to_o joshua_n the_o business_n about_o which_o they_o come_v thou_o know_v the_o thing_n that_o the_o lord_n say_v unto_o moses_n the_o man_n of_o god_n concern_v i_o and_o thou_o in_o kadesh-barnea_a it_o be_v much_o question_v by_o expositor_n what_o the_o thing_n be_v that_o the_o lord_n say_v unto_o moses_n concern_v caleb_n and_o joshua_n which_o caleb_n here_o mean_v some_o hold_n that_o so_o far_o as_o it_o concern_v caleb_n it_o be_v mean_v of_o that_o particular_a promise_n which_o afterward_o he_o do_v plain_o express_v vers_fw-la 9_o to_o wit_n that_o hebron_n and_o the_o land_n adjoin_v shall_v be_v his_o inheritance_n and_o for_o joshua_n they_o say_v it_o be_v mean_v of_o some_o such_o like_a particular_a promise_n that_o be_v then_o also_o make_v to_o he_o though_o it_o be_v not_o express_v in_o the_o story_n as_o happy_o that_o he_o shall_v succeed_v moses_n in_o the_o government_n of_o israel_n or_o that_o he_o shall_v choose_v what_o city_n or_o portion_n in_o the_o land_n he_o please_v to_o be_v his_o peculiar_a inheritance_n and_o this_o they_o judge_v the_o more_o probable_a first_o because_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a but_o that_o he_o deal_v faithful_o in_o the_o answer_n they_o return_v concern_v the_o land_n which_o they_o have_v search_v as_o well_o as_o caleb_n the_o lord_n also_o reward_v he_o by_o some_o special_a promise_n as_o well_o as_o caleb_n and_o second_o because_o it_o be_v express_o say_v chap._n 19.50_o that_o according_a to_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n they_o give_v he_o the_o city_n which_o he_o ask_v even_o timnath-serah_a in_o mount_n ephraim_n again_o other_o hold_v that_o the_o thing_n here_o mean_v that_o the_o lord_n say_v to_o moses_n both_o concern_v caleb_n and_o joshua_n be_v that_o mention_v num._n 14.30_o doubtless_o you_o shall_v not_o come_v into_o the_o land_n concern_v which_o i_o swear_v to_o make_v you_o dwell_v therein_o save_v caleb_n the_o son_n of_o jephunneh_n and_o joshua_n the_o son_n of_o nun._n but_o all_o thing_n consider_v i_o conceive_v it_o most_o probable_a that_o caleb_n speak_v this_o indefinite_o of_o every_o thing_n which_o the_o lord_n have_v speak_v to_o moses_n concern_v joshua_n and_o caleb_n to_o wit_n that_o he_o doubt_v not_o but_o joshua_n know_v well_o what_o god_n have_v say_v to_o moses_n in_o kadesh-barnea_a concern_v they_o both_o when_o they_o return_v thither_o from_o search_v the_o land_n and_o so_o by_o affirm_v this_o in_o general_a he_o make_v way_n to_o the_o propound_v of_o that_o particular_a promise_n vers_fw-la 9_o which_o god_n have_v make_v to_o he_o that_o hebron_n and_o the_o country_n adjoin_v shall_v be_v his_o inheritance_n concern_v which_o it_o be_v necessary_a that_o he_o shall_v appeal_v to_o joshuas_n knowledge_n because_o there_o be_v none_o else_o now_o live_v that_o can_v be_v witness_n of_o it_o and_o in_o propound_v this_o introduction_n to_o that_o which_o he_o have_v further_a to_o say_v he_o call_v moses_n the_o man_n of_o god_n that_o what_o god_n have_v promise_v by_o moses_n his_o special_a servant_n may_v be_v the_o more_o regard_v by_o they_o thou_o know_v say_v he_o the_o thing_n that_o the_o lord_n say_v unto_o moses_n the_o man_n of_o god_n concern_v thou_o and_o i_o in_o kadesh-barnea_a verse_n 7._o forty_o year_n old_a be_v i_o when_o moses_n the_o servant_n of_o the_o lord_n send_v i_o from_o kadesh-barnea_a see_v the_o note_n chap._n 11.18_o and_o i_o bring_v he_o word_n again_o as_o it_o be_v in_o my_o heart_n that_o
to_o the_o wicked_a way_n of_o their_o idolatrous_a father_n yea_o and_o do_v worse_a than_o they_o indeed_o as_o relapse_n in_o regard_n of_o sickness_n bring_v man_n usual_o into_o a_o more_o dangerous_a condition_n than_o they_o be_v in_o before_o so_o it_o be_v with_o relapse_n to_o idolatry_n a_o church_n and_o people_n that_o have_v be_v reform_v and_o fall_v back_o to_o idolatry_n be_v usual_o far_a worse_a and_o more_o gross_o superstitious_a than_o they_o be_v before_o verse_n 22._o that_o through_o they_o i_o may_v prove_v israel_n whether_o they_o will_v keep_v the_o way_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n these_o word_n may_v be_v understand_v two_o several_a way_n for_o first_o they_o may_v have_v reference_n to_o that_o clause_n in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o the_o forego_n verse_n where_o there_o be_v mention_v make_v of_o joshua_n his_o leave_v the_o canaanites_n unexpel_v the_o nation_n which_o joshua_n leave_v when_o he_o die_v and_o then_o the_o meaning_n must_v be_v that_o the_o nation_n be_v not_o whole_o drive_v out_o in_o joshua_n time_n but_o be_v leave_v for_o the_o trial_n of_o israel_n to_o wit_n to_o see_v whether_o they_o will_v be_v draw_v away_o by_o their_o idolatry_n or_o no_o and_o second_o they_o may_v have_v reference_n to_o all_o that_o which_o be_v say_v in_o the_o two_o forego_v verse_n because_o this_o people_n have_v transgress_v my_o covenant_n etc._n etc._n i_o also_o will_v not_o henceforth_o drive_v out_o any_o from_o before_o they_o of_o the_o nation_n which_o joshua_n leave_v when_o he_o die_v that_o through_o they_o i_o may_v prove_v israel_n whether_o they_o will_v keep_v the_o way_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n and_o then_o the_o meaning_n must_v be_v that_o god_n for_o the_o sin_n of_o the_o israelite_n resolve_v not_o to_o cast_v out_o any_o more_o of_o the_o canaanite_n that_o remain_v in_o the_o land_n that_o they_o may_v continual_o oppress_v and_o vex_v the_o israelite_n and_o so_o thereby_o he_o may_v prove_v they_o namely_o whether_o by_o these_o affliction_n they_o will_v be_v bring_v to_o repent_v and_o turn_v to_o the_o lord_n and_o so_o again_o to_o walk_v in_o his_o way_n and_o indeed_o both_o these_o may_v be_v well_o here_o comprehend_v chap._n iii_o verse_n 2._o only_o that_o the_o generation_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n may_v know_v to_o teach_v they_o war_n etc._n etc._n two_o reason_n be_v give_v in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o the_o forego_n chapter_n why_o the_o lord_n do_v not_o whole_o cast_v out_o the_o canaanite_n out_o of_o the_o land_n in_o the_o day_n of_o joshua_n and_o here_o now_o a_o three_o be_v add_v some_o conceive_v indeed_o the_o meaning_n of_o this_o clause_n to_o be_v this_o that_o by_o leave_v the_o canaanite_n among_o they_o god_n will_v now_o let_v this_o wicked_a generation_n know_v to_o their_o cost_n what_o war_n be_v their_o father_n by_o the_o extraordinary_a help_n which_o the_o lord_n afford_v they_o do_v soon_o vanquish_v their_o enemy_n and_o know_v not_o the_o misery_n that_o war_n usual_o bring_v with_o it_o but_o this_o their_o degenerate_a posterity_n be_v now_o forsake_v of_o god_n shall_v know_v to_o their_o sorrow_n what_o war_n be_v but_o according_a to_o our_o translation_n i_o conceive_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o word_n to_o be_v rather_o this_o that_o god_n leave_v these_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o land_n unexpel_v that_o the_o future_a generation_n may_v hereby_o be_v make_v careful_a to_o train_v up_o their_o people_n in_o martial_a discipline_n that_o so_o they_o may_v be_v the_o better_a able_a to_o perform_v what_o god_n have_v enjoin_v they_o in_o not_o suffer_v any_o of_o the_o canaanite_n to_o remain_v in_o the_o the_o land_n and_o this_o it_o be_v i_o conceive_v that_o in_o these_o word_n the_o holy_a ghost_n do_v chief_o aim_v at_o not_o so_o much_o their_o teach_v the_o people_n the_o skill_n of_o the_o war_n as_o their_o intention_n therein_o to_o wit_n that_o they_o may_v obey_v the_o lord_n command_v in_o drive_v out_o the_o remainder_n of_o this_o people_n verse_n 3._o namely_o five_o lord_n of_o the_o philistine_n etc._n etc._n here_o the_o nation_n be_v reckon_v that_o be_v not_o cast_v out_o of_o canaan_n and_o the_o first_o mention_v be_v the_o five_o lord_n of_o the_o philistine_n to_o wit_n the_o lord_n of_o ashdod_n gaza_n askelon_n gath_n and_o ekron_n indeed_o three_o of_o these_o city_n be_v at_o first_o take_v by_o the_o man_n of_o judah_n after_o the_o death_n of_o joshua_n to_o wit_n gaza_n askelon_n and_o ekron_n but_o it_o seem_v the_o philistine_n soon_o recover_v they_o again_o see_v chap._n 1.18_o verse_n 5._o and_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n dwell_v among_o the_o canaanite_n etc._n etc._n from_o the_o eleven_o verse_n of_o the_o forego_n chapter_n unto_o this_o place_n we_o have_v have_v a_o summary_n description_n of_o the_o state_n of_o israel_n in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o judge_n and_o here_o now_o the_o author_n of_o this_o story_n enter_v upon_o the_o particular_a story_n of_o othniel_n the_o first_o of_o the_o judge_n tell_v we_o in_o the_o first_o place_n what_o their_o sin_n be_v that_o bring_v they_o into_o that_o bondage_n out_o of_o which_o othniel_n deliver_v they_o verse_n 7._o and_o serve_v baalim_fw-la and_o the_o grove_n that_o be_v the_o idol_n which_o they_o set_v up_o and_o worship_v in_o the_o grove_n verse_n 8._o and_o he_o sell_v they_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o cushan-rishathaim_a king_n of_o mesopotamia_n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 2.14_o and_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n serve_v cushan-rishathaim_a eight_o year_n it_o seem_v to_o i_o evident_a that_o for_o some_o year_n after_o the_o death_n of_o joshua_n the_o people_n continue_v constant_a in_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o true_a god_n chap._n 2.7_o and_o the_o people_n serve_v the_o lord_n all_o the_o day_n of_o joshua_n and_o all_o the_o day_n of_o the_o elder_n that_o outlive_v joshua_n etc._n etc._n and_o doubtless_o some_o few_o year_n it_o be_v after_o they_o fall_v to_o idolatry_n ere_o god_n sell_v they_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o this_o king_n of_o mesopotamia_n and_o therefore_o how_o long_o after_o the_o death_n of_o joshua_n these_o eight_o year_n begin_v of_o israel_n bondage_n under_o the_o king_n of_o mesopotamia_n we_o can_v say_v verse_n 9_o and_o when_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n cry_v unto_o the_o lord_n the_o lord_n raise_v up_o a_o deliverer_n etc._n etc._n the_o word_n in_o the_o hebrew_n signify_v a_o saviour_n but_o thereby_o be_v mean_v one_o that_o deliver_v they_o from_o the_o bondage_n they_o be_v in_o and_o this_o be_v othniel_n who_o be_v the_o son_n of_o calebs_n brother_n and_o withal_o his_o son_n in_o law_n as_o be_v marry_v to_o achsah_n his_o daughter_n chap._n 1.13_o for_o that_o noble_a exploit_n of_o he_o in_o take_v debir_n and_o this_o be_v the_o honour_n of_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n that_o the_o first_o judge_n after_o joshua_n be_v of_o their_o tribe_n the_o lord_n therein_o make_v good_a that_o prophecy_n of_o jacob_n gen._n 49.8_o judah_n thou_o be_v he_o who_o thy_o brethren_n shall_v praise_v thy_o hand_n shall_v be_v in_o the_o neck_n of_o thy_o enemy_n thy_o father_n child_n shall_v bow_v down_o before_o thou_o many_o hold_v that_o othniel_n become_v judge_n of_o israel_n immediate_o after_o the_o death_n of_o joshua_n but_o i_o think_v it_o be_v clear_a in_o this_o place_n that_o it_o be_v not_o till_o towards_o the_o end_n of_o the_o eight_o year_n of_o israel_n bondage_n under_o cushan-rishathaim_a king_n of_o mesopotamia_n for_o it_o be_v say_v that_o then_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n cry_v unto_o the_o lord_n and_o thereupon_o god_n raise_v up_o othniel_n to_o be_v a_o deliverer_n that_o be_v god_n do_v then_o by_o a_o special_a instinct_n of_o his_o spirit_n stir_v he_o up_o to_o make_v war_n against_o this_o tyrant_n for_o the_o deliverance_n of_o his_o people_n and_o furnish_v he_o with_o all_o necessary_a gift_n and_o grace_n of_o his_o spirit_n both_o for_o the_o vanquish_a of_o the_o enemy_n and_o for_o the_o government_n of_o the_o people_n which_o it_o seem_v upon_o this_o occasion_n he_o take_v upon_o he_o but_o yet_o if_o othniel_n take_v debir_n and_o thereupon_o marry_v calebs_n daughter_n whilst_o joshua_n be_v yet_o live_v as_o many_o expositor_n hold_v he_o do_v hereby_o we_o may_v probable_o gather_v that_o it_o be_v not_o many_o year_n after_o joshuas_n death_n ere_o the_o israelite_n be_v thus_o oppress_v by_o this_o king_n and_o so_o thereupon_o othniel_n be_v raise_v up_o of_o god_n to_o be_v their_o judge_n verse_n 10._o and_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v upon_o he_o that_o be_v god_n by_o his_o spirit_n do_v pour_v forth_o upon_o he_o a_o extraordinary_a measure_n of_o all_o gift_n requisite_a
morning_n do_v shine_v most_o bright_o and_o glorious_o and_o that_o too_o as_o solomon_n say_v prov._n 4.18_o more_fw-it and_o more_o unto_o a_o perfect_a day_n so_o let_v they_o that_o love_v the_o lord_n become_v prosperous_a glorious_a and_o renown_a and_o let_v their_o prosperity_n grow_v and_o increase_v daily_o because_o the_o power_n and_o strength_n of_o the_o sun_n light_n and_o heat_n be_v not_o so_o much_o see_v or_o feel_v when_o it_o be_v cover_v with_o cloud_n it_o be_v say_v to_o go_v forth_o in_o his_o might_n and_o indeed_o the_o expression_n here_o use_v be_v much_o like_o that_o 2._o sam._n 23.4_o he_o shall_v be_v as_o the_o light_n of_o the_o morning_n when_o the_o sun_n â—iseth_v even_o a_o morning_n without_o cloud_n and_o the_o land_n have_v rest_v forty_o year_n that_o be_v unto_o forty_o year_n count_v they_o from_o ehud_n death_n see_v chap._n 3.11_o chap._n vi_o verse_n 1._o and_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n do_v evil_a in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o the_o lord_n deliver_v they_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o midian_a seven_a year_n by_o the_o evil_n which_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n do_v be_v principal_o mean_v their_o fear_v and_o worship_v the_o god_n of_o the_o amorites_n vers_fw-la 10._o and_o i_o say_v unto_o you_o i_o be_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n fear_v not_o the_o god_n of_o the_o amorites_n in_o who_o land_n you_o dwell_v but_o you_o have_v not_o obey_v my_o voice_n but_o yet_o when_o the_o lord_n undertake_v to_o punish_v they_o for_o this_o whether_o it_o be_v because_o they_o have_v not_o proceed_v so_o far_o herein_o as_o in_o former_a time_n or_o for_o some_o other_o reason_n know_v only_o to_o the_o lord_n evident_a it_o be_v that_o he_o lay_v not_o his_o hand_n upon_o they_o so_o heavy_o now_o as_o he_o have_v do_v former_o both_o because_o the_o misery_n that_o god_n bring_v upon_o they_o last_v but_o seven_o year_n and_o also_o because_o we_o read_v not_o that_o these_o midianite_n do_v bring_v the_o israelite_n into_o bondage_n as_o other_o their_o oppressor_n have_v do_v but_o only_o make_v inroad_n every_o year_n into_o the_o land_n and_o so_o rob_v and_o pillage_v their_o country_n whence_o it_o may_v be_v it_o be_v as_o some_o have_v observe_v that_o it_o be_v not_o say_v here_o according_a to_o the_o expression_n elsewhere_o use_v the_o lord_n sell_v they_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o midian_a but_o that_o the_o lord_n deliver_v they_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o midian_a what_o it_o be_v at_o this_o time_n that_o move_v the_o midianite_n to_o invade_v the_o land_n of_o israel_n we_o need_v not_o inquire_v the_o israelite_n indeed_o in_o the_o latter_a day_n of_o moses_n have_v make_v war_n with_o the_o midianite_n and_o destroy_v multitude_n of_o they_o of_o which_o see_v the_o note_n numb_a 31.17_o and_o it_o may_v be_v that_o the_o midianite_n pretend_v now_o the_o take_a revenge_n upon_o the_o israelite_n for_o that_o but_o however_o the_o midianite_n though_o the_o posterity_n of_o abraham_n be_v always_o deadly_a enemy_n to_o the_o israelite_n and_o beside_o when_o the_o lord_n mean_v to_o punish_v a_o people_n for_o their_o sin_n he_o can_v bring_v against_o they_o what_o nation_n he_o please_v verse_n 2._o and_o because_o of_o the_o midianite_n the_o child_n of_o israel_n make_v they_o den_n which_o be_v in_o the_o mountain_n and_o cave_n and_o strong_a hold_n that_o be_v many_o of_o those_o den_n and_o cave_n and_o strong_a hold_n which_o be_v in_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n the_o israelite_n make_v at_o this_o time_n to_o wit_n to_o hide_v themselves_o and_o their_o estate_n therein_o from_o the_o midianite_n the_o poor_a sort_n the_o den_n and_o the_o cave_n and_o the_o other_o the_o strong_a hold_n and_o fort_n and_o thus_o at_o first_o they_o only_o think_v to_o shelter_v themselves_o by_o these_o outward_a mean_n and_o do_v not_o seek_v to_o make_v god_n their_o hide_v place_n but_o all_o in_o vain_a and_o therefore_o at_o length_n they_o see_v their_o folly_n herein_o and_o then_o as_o it_o be_v say_v vers_fw-la 6._o they_o cry_v unto_o the_o lord_n verse_n 3._o and_o so_o it_o be_v when_o israel_n have_v sow_v that_o the_o midianite_n come_v and_o the_o amalekite_n and_o the_o child_n of_o the_o east_n that_o be_v and_o other_o the_o child_n of_o the_o east_n to_o wit_n of_o arabia_n that_o lie_v eastward_o of_o canaan_n even_o the_o midianite_n be_v of_o these_o eastern_a nation_n for_o they_o pass_v over_o jordan_n that_o be_v on_o the_o east_n side_n of_o canaan_n when_o they_o invade_v the_o land_n and_o therefore_o when_o gideon_n have_v overcome_v they_o he_o send_v to_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o mount_n ephraim_n chap._n 7.24.25_o to_o stop_v they_o from_o return_v over_o jordan_n but_o they_o be_v aid_v it_o seem_v by_o other_o of_o these_o eastern_a nation_n that_o border_v upon_o they_o as_o the_o ishmaelite_n mention_v chap._n 8.24_o for_o they_o have_v golden_a earing_n because_o they_o be_v ishmaelites_n and_o some_o other_o now_o it_o be_v note_v that_o these_o nation_n come_v up_o every_o year_n into_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n when_o israel_n have_v sow_v because_o the_o end_n of_o their_o come_n be_v to_o eat_v up_o with_o their_o cattle_n the_o green_a corn_n that_o so_o they_o may_v impoverish_v and_o samish_v the_o israelite_n for_o the_o most_o of_o these_o eastern_a people_n dwell_v not_o in_o city_n and_o town_n but_o in_o tent_n only_o which_o they_o use_v to_o remove_v from_o one_o place_n to_o another_o carrying_z their_o cattle_n along_o with_o they_o whence_o be_v that_o of_o the_o prophet_n esa_n 13.20_o it_o shall_v never_o be_v inhabit_v neither_o shall_v it_o be_v dwell_v in_o from_o one_o generation_n to_o another_o neither_o shall_v the_o arabian_a pitch_n tent_n there_o neither_o shall_v the_o shepherd_n make_v their_o fold_n there_o and_o so_o it_o be_v it_o seem_v with_o the_o midianite_n and_o therefore_o every_o spring_n when_o the_o israelite_n have_v sow_v they_o come_v up_o with_o their_o tent_n and_o cattle_n that_o they_o may_v eat_v up_o all_o the_o increase_n of_o the_o land_n and_o therefore_o partly_o be_v they_o compare_v to_o grassehopper_n or_o locust_n vers_fw-la 5._o they_o come_v up_o with_o their_o cattle_n and_o their_o tent_n as_o grassehopper_n for_o multitude_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 4._o and_o they_o encamp_v against_o they_o and_o destroy_v the_o increase_n of_o the_o earth_n till_o thou_o come_v unto_o gaza_n etc._n etc._n gaza_n lay_v on_o the_o coast_n of_o the_o midland_n western_a sea_n and_o so_o they_o enter_v on_o the_o east_n and_o go_v quite_o through_o the_o land_n even_o as_o far_o as_o gaza_n that_o lie_v on_o the_o western_a coast_n destroy_v all_o as_o they_o go_v so_o that_o they_o leave_v no_o sustenance_n for_o israel_n that_o be_v none_o in_o a_o manner_n they_o take_v from_o many_o of_o the_o israelite_n all_o their_o sustenance_n and_o impoverish_v all_o by_o take_v away_o the_o great_a part_n of_o that_o they_o have_v verse_n 8._o the_o lord_n send_v a_o prophet_n unto_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n this_o be_v to_o prepare_v they_o for_o the_o deliverance_n he_o intend_v they_o by_o gideon_n by_o call_v they_o to_o repentance_n and_o amendment_n of_o life_n verse_n 10._o i_o be_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n fear_v not_o the_o god_n of_o the_o amorites_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v worship_v not_o the_o god_n of_o the_o amorites_n because_o religious_a worship_n be_v always_o accompany_v with_o the_o fear_n and_o reverence_n of_o that_o god_n who_o man_n worship_n therefore_o fear_n be_v often_o put_v for_o the_o whole_a worship_n that_o be_v to_o be_v yield_v to_o god_n verse_n 11._o and_o there_o come_v a_o angel_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o sit_v under_o a_o oak_n etc._n etc._n this_o angel_n be_v the_o son_n of_o god_n who_o be_v therefore_o call_v jehovah_n vers_fw-la 24._o and_o gideon_n build_v a_o altar_n there_o unto_o the_o lord_n and_o call_v it_o jehovah-shalom_a but_o not_o desire_v to_o seem_v to_o gideon_n any_o other_o than_o some_o prophet_n send_v unto_o he_o from_o the_o lord_n he_o sit_v down_o as_o a_o man_n weary_v with_o travel_n and_o desirous_a to_o rest_v himself_o and_o therefore_o as_o a_o traveller_n he_o have_v a_o staff_n in_o his_o hand_n too_o vers_fw-la 21._o then_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o lord_n put_v forth_o the_o end_n of_o the_o staff_n that_o be_v in_o his_o hand_n and_o that_o under_o a_o oak_n that_o be_v in_o ophrah_n that_o pertain_v unto_o joash_n the_o abi-ezrite_a that_o be_v who_o be_v of_o the_o posterity_n of_o abiezer_n josh_n 17.2_o and_o consequent_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o manasseh_n as_o vers_n 15._o and_o he_o say_v unto_o he_o wherewith_o shall_v i_o save_v israel_n
we_o serve_v they_o thou_o shall_v not_o hearken_v unto_o the_o word_n of_o that_o prophet_n or_o that_o dreamer_n of_o dream_n for_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n prove_v you_o to_o know_v whether_o you_o love_v the_o lord_n your_o god_n with_o all_o your_o heart_n and_o with_o all_o your_o soul_n and_o this_o seem_v the_o more_o probable_a because_o his_o answer_n as_o the_o devil_n oracle_n have_v wont_a to_o be_v may_v be_v interpret_v two_o several_a way_n either_o that_o god_n see_v what_o they_o be_v go_v about_o or_o that_o god_n will_v prosper_v they_o in_o their_o journey_n but_o the_o event_n answer_v that_o promise_n or_o prediction_n of_o success_n which_o he_o have_v give_v they_o this_o make_v they_o high_o esteem_v both_o the_o priest_n and_o his_o idol_n verse_n 7._o then_o the_o five_o man_n depart_v and_o come_v to_o laish_n etc._n etc._n or_o leshem_n josh_n 19.47_o which_o afterward_o by_o these_o danite_n when_o they_o have_v destroy_v the_o inhabitant_n and_o take_v it_o for_o themselves_o to_o dwell_v in_o be_v call_v dan_o vers_fw-la 29._o and_o they_o call_v the_o name_n of_o the_o city_n dan_fw-mi four_o particular_n be_v here_o mention_v which_o the_o spy_n of_o dan_n note_v and_o whereby_o they_o conclude_v that_o they_o shall_v easy_o take_v this_o place_n the_o first_o be_v that_o the_o people_n dwell_v careless_o after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o sidonian_n quiet_a and_o secure_a the_o sidonian_n in_o regard_n of_o the_o strength_n of_o their_o city_n and_o their_o excessive_a wealth_n live_v secure_o and_o voluptuous_o without_o fear_n of_o any_o enemy_n that_o shall_v invade_v they_o the_o rather_o because_o neither_o the_o israelite_n since_o their_o enter_v the_o land_n of_o canaan_n nor_o any_o other_o of_o the_o neighbour_a nation_n have_v ever_o attempt_v any_o thing_n against_o they_o and_o after_o the_o same_o manner_n live_v the_o inhabitant_n of_o laish_n yea_o and_o it_o may_v well_o be_v as_o some_o think_v that_o in_o this_o their_o careless_a security_n they_o be_v compare_v to_o the_o sidonian_n rather_o then_o to_o any_o other_o people_n because_o that_o have_v some_o relation_n to_o the_o sidonian_n either_o by_o some_o strict_a league_n that_o be_v between_o they_o or_o rather_o some_o dependence_n they_o have_v upon_o they_o as_o their_o lord_n in_o chief_a which_o seem_v also_o to_o be_v the_o reason_n why_o they_o have_v no_o magistrate_n of_o their_o own_o hence_o it_o be_v that_o they_o live_v so_o careless_o and_o secure_o not_o only_o in_o confidence_n of_o their_o aid_n but_o as_o be_v infect_v by_o their_o example_n and_o so_o bring_v to_o live_v in_o such_o a_o kind_n of_o sensual_a voluptuous_a secure_a course_n of_o life_n as_o they_o observe_v in_o they_o the_o second_o be_v that_o there_o be_v no_o magistrate_n in_o the_o land_n that_o may_v put_v they_o to_o shame_n in_o any_o thing_n for_o where_o there_o be_v no_o magistrate_n who_o be_v call_v the_o shield_n of_o the_o earth_n psal_n 47.9_o either_o to_o restrain_v the_o people_n from_o that_o looseness_n and_o manifold_a wickedness_n they_o be_v ready_a to_o run_v into_o or_o to_o provide_v for_o their_o defence_n they_o must_v needs_o lie_v naked_a and_o open_a to_o all_o manner_n of_o mischief_n and_o the_o magistrate_n punish_v offender_n be_v here_o call_v a_o put_v they_o to_o shame_n because_o the_o shame_n do_v more_o curb_v man_n from_o evil_a than_o the_o smart_n of_o punishment_n the_o three_o be_v that_o they_o be_v far_o from_o the_o sidonian_n and_o therefore_o can_v not_o on_o a_o sudden_a have_v any_o aid_n from_o they_o and_o yet_o they_o be_v the_o only_a people_n from_o who_o they_o be_v like_a to_o have_v help_n as_o be_v before_o note_a and_o the_o four_o be_v that_o there_o be_v neither_o league_n nor_o commerce_n between_o they_o and_o their_o neighbour_n either_o of_o which_o may_v have_v win_v their_o neighbour_n to_o help_v they_o verse_n 10._o for_o god_n have_v give_v it_o into_o your_o hand_n this_o they_o ground_v partly_o upon_o that_o which_o they_o have_v observe_v in_o laish_n and_o partly_o from_o the_o encouragement_n which_o micah_n priest_n have_v give_v they_o vers_n 6._o and_o the_o priest_n say_v unto_o they_o go_v in_o peace_n before_o the_o lord_n be_v your_o way_n wherein_o you_o go_v verse_n 12._o and_o they_o go_v up_o and_o pitch_v in_o kiriath-jearim_a in_o judah_n wherefore_o they_o call_v that_o place_n mahaneh-dan_a etc._n etc._n mahaneh-dan_a that_o be_v the_o camp_n of_o dan_n see_v chap._n 13.25_o it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o this_o be_v the_o place_n where_o samson_n parent_n dwell_v for_o kiriath-jearim_a stand_v in_o the_o very_a confine_n of_o judah_n dan_n and_o benjamin_n verse_n 14._o do_v you_o know_v that_o there_o be_v in_o these_o house_n a_o ephod_n and_o teraphim_n and_o a_o grave_a image_n and_o a_o melt_a image_n now_o therefore_o consider_v what_o you_o have_v to_o do_v that_o be_v bethink_v yourselves_o whether_o these_o thing_n will_v not_o be_v a_o good_a booty_n for_o we_o by_o they_o we_o inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n when_o we_o go_v to_o spy_v out_o the_o land_n and_o receive_v a_o answer_n that_o our_o journey_n shall_v be_v prosperous_a and_o doubtless_o we_o may_v carry_v the_o business_n so_o as_o to_o make_v they_o our_o own_o and_o therefore_o consider_v whether_o it_o will_v not_o be_v our_o best_a way_n to_o take_v they_o with_o we_o that_o we_o may_v make_v the_o same_o use_n of_o they_o in_o future_a time_n verse_n 15._o and_o they_o turn_v thitherward_o and_o come_v to_o the_o house_n of_o the_o young_a man_n the_o levite_n etc._n etc._n micahs_n house_n may_v be_v here_o call_v the_o levite_n house_n because_o he_o dwell_v there_o but_o beside_o though_o he_o be_v of_o micahs_n family_n yet_o he_o may_v dwell_v apart_o by_o himself_o to_o wit_n in_o that_o part_n of_o the_o house_n which_o join_v to_o the_o chapel_n where_o these_o idol_n be_v and_o with_o respect_n to_o that_o it_o may_v be_v say_v that_o they_o come_v to_o the_o house_n of_o the_o young_a man_n the_o levite_n verse_n 17._o and_o the_o five_o man_n that_o go_v to_o spy_v out_o the_o land_n go_v up_o and_o come_v in_o thither_o and_o take_v the_o grave_a image_n etc._n etc._n first_o no_o doubt_n they_o bring_v out_o the_o priest_n to_o their_o brethren_n the_o danite_n that_o stand_v at_o the_o gate_n with_o who_o whilst_o the_o priest_n stay_v happy_o salute_v some_o of_o the_o chief_a of_o they_o wish_v they_o good_a success_n in_o the_o enterprise_n they_o be_v go_v about_o or_o otherwise_o show_v they_o such_o courtesy_n as_o to_o stranger_n be_v wont_a to_o be_v afford_v in_o the_o interim_n the_o five_o man_n go_v back_o into_o his_o house_n and_o fetch_v away_o the_o image_n etc._n etc._n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v add_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n that_o the_o priest_n stand_v in_o the_o enter_n of_o the_o gate_n with_o the_o six_o hundred_o man_n that_o be_v appoint_v with_o weapon_n of_o war_n verse_n 18._o and_o these_o go_v into_o micahs_n house_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o five_o man_n mention_v before_o vers_fw-la 17._o see_v the_o former_a note_n verse_n 20._o and_o he_o take_v the_o ephod_n and_o the_o teraphim_n and_o the_o grave_a image_n and_o go_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o people_n for_o all_o the_o respect_n that_o micah_n have_v show_v he_o now_o he_o hope_v to_o have_v a_o place_n of_o more_o advantage_n away_o he_o go_v as_o for_o his_o go_v in_o the_o midst_n with_o his_o idolatrous_a trash_n he_o do_v it_o either_o for_o the_o better_a defence_n both_o of_o they_o and_o his_o person_n or_o in_o a_o kind_n of_o apish_a imitation_n of_o the_o ark_n be_v carry_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o tribe_n verse_n 21._o so_o they_o turn_v and_o depart_v and_o put_v the_o little_a one_o and_o the_o cattle_n and_o the_o carriage_n before_o they_o the_o bring_n of_o their_o wife_n little_a one_o and_o cattle_n with_o they_o show_v with_o what_o assurance_n of_o success_n they_o go_v against_o laish_n and_o these_o go_v away_o from_o micahs_n house_n they_o place_v before_o their_o army_n as_o not_o fear_v any_o enemy_n before_o they_o but_o suspect_v that_o micah_n with_o all_o the_o strength_n he_o can_v raise_v will_v pursue_v after_o they_o as_o indeed_o he_o do_v verse_n 24._o and_o he_o say_v you_o have_v take_v away_o my_o god_n which_o i_o make_v and_o the_o priest_n and_o you_o be_v go_v away_o and_o what_o have_v i_o more_o etc._n etc._n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v that_o he_o esteem_v all_o that_o they_o have_v leave_v he_o as_o nothing_o now_o his_o god_n be_v go_v verse_n 27._o and_o they_o smite_v they_o with_o the_o edge_n of_o the_o sword_n and_o burn_v
take_v by_o all_o the_o people_n in_o a_o solemn_a manner_n and_o partly_o because_o it_o be_v take_v with_o some_o severe_a execration_n against_o any_o that_o shall_v dare_v to_o break_v it_o as_o be_v express_v concern_v the_o other_o oath_n vers_fw-la 18._o howbeit_o we_o may_v not_o give_v they_o wife_n of_o our_o daughter_n for_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n have_v swear_v say_v curse_a be_v he_o that_o give_v a_o wife_n to_o benjamin_n verse_n 11._o you_o shall_v utter_o destroy_v every_o male_a and_o every_o woman_n that_o have_v lie_v by_o man_n for_o even_o against_o these_o inhabitant_n of_o jabesh-gilead_n they_o think_v they_o be_v bind_v to_o proceed_v as_o against_o man_n devote_v who_o be_v to_o be_v all_o destroy_v and_o that_o because_o they_o come_v not_o forth_o to_o help_v their_o brethren_n against_o the_o benjamite_n see_v the_o note_n in_o the_o former_a chapter_n vers_fw-la 48._o verse_n 12._o and_o they_o find_v among_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o jabesh-gilead_n four_o hundred_o young_a virgin_n that_o have_v know_v no_o man_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n such_o as_o be_v marriageable_a and_o not_o yet_o marry_v the_o israelite_n give_v they_o order_v only_o to_o save_v such_o as_o these_o not_o doubt_v but_o of_o these_o there_o will_v have_v be_v six_o hundred_o find_v for_o the_o six_o hundred_o benjamite_n that_o be_v leave_v alive_a but_o there_o be_v only_o four_o hundred_o such_o find_v and_o the_o rest_n be_v kill_v there_o be_v not_o wife_n enough_o for_o they_o for_o which_o the_o israelite_n afterward_o blame_v themselves_o vers_fw-la 22._o be_v favourable_a unto_o they_o for_o our_o sake_n because_o we_o reserve_v not_o to_o each_o man_n his_o wife_n in_o the_o war_n verse_n 12._o and_o they_o bring_v they_o unto_o the_o camp_n to_o shiloh_n which_o be_v in_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n because_o they_o bring_v they_o from_o jabesh-gilead_n which_o be_v without_o jordan_n therefore_o it_o be_v say_v that_o they_o bring_v they_o to_o shiloh_n which_o be_v in_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n for_o the_o land_n within_o jordan_n be_v more_o peculiar_o call_v the_o land_n of_o canaan_n verse_n 14._o and_o they_o give_v they_o wife_n which_o they_o have_v save_v alive_a of_o the_o woman_n of_o jabesh-gilead_n wherein_o they_o conceive_v they_o break_v not_o their_o oath_n because_o they_o be_v not_o their_o own_o daughter_n verse_n 19_o then_o they_o say_v behold_v there_o be_v a_o feast_n of_o the_o lord_n in_o shiloh_n yearly_a etc._n etc._n have_v hitherto_o only_o provide_v four_o hundred_o wife_n for_o four_o hundred_o of_o the_o benjamite_n that_o be_v flee_v to_o the_o rock_n rimmon_n now_o they_o pitch_v upon_o another_o way_n whereby_o the_o other_o two_o hundred_o shall_v be_v supply_v with_o wife_n that_o so_o that_o tribe_n that_o be_v almost_o whole_o destroy_v may_v the_o soon_o grow_v up_o again_o namely_o that_o at_o the_o time_n when_o there_o be_v a_o feast_n of_o the_o lord_n keep_v yearly_a in_o shiloh_n these_o two_o hundred_o benjamite_n shall_v hide_v themselves_o in_o the_o vineyard_n there_o about_o and_o so_o when_o the_o daughter_n of_o shiloh_n come_v forth_o to_o dance_v they_o shall_v then_o catch_v every_o man_n his_o wife_n and_o so_o carry_v they_o away_o a_o great_a question_n it_o be_v what_o feast_v it_o be_v in_o shiloh_n when_o this_o be_v to_o be_v do_v some_o conceive_v it_o be_v some_o civil_a festivity_n and_o time_n of_o rejoice_v which_o they_o keep_v in_o that_o town_n either_o because_o of_o some_o fair_a or_o time_n of_o extraordinary_a concourse_n for_o traffic_n or_o some_o such_o like_a occasion_n but_o other_o again_o think_v that_o it_o be_v one_o of_o those_o three_o solemn_a feast_n when_o all_o the_o male_n of_o israel_n be_v to_o come_v up_o to_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o the_o lord_n deut._n 16.16_o and_o indeed_o because_o the_o tabernacle_n be_v now_o in_o shiloh_n and_o because_o it_o be_v call_v a_o feast_n of_o the_o lord_n this_o seem_v the_o more_o probable_a only_o in_o regard_n the_o woman_n use_v to_o come_v up_o voluntary_o from_o all_o part_n of_o the_o land_n at_o these_o feast_n to_o the_o tabernacle_n though_o only_o the_o male_n be_v bind_v to_o come_v up_o by_o the_o law_n it_o may_v be_v think_v that_o they_o shall_v also_o join_v in_o these_o dance_n and_o then_o it_o may_v be_v question_v how_o they_o shall_v propound_v to_o the_o benjamite_n the_o take_v away_o the_o daughter_n of_o shiloh_n only_o but_o for_o this_o we_o must_v consider_v that_o it_o seem_v it_o be_v a_o know_a custom_n that_o only_o the_o inhabitant_n the_o daughter_n of_o shiloh_n use_v to_o go_v forth_o in_o dance_n at_o least_o in_o that_o place_n where_o the_o benjamite_n be_v appoint_v to_o lie_v in_o wait_n for_o they_o and_o hence_o be_v this_o plot_n lay_v for_o the_o take_n of_o the_o daughter_n of_o shiloh_n only_o as_o for_o this_o course_n which_o the_o israelite_n take_v to_o provide_v wife_n for_o the_o benjamite_n without_o break_v the_o oath_n the_o oath_n they_o have_v take_v it_o may_v just_o seem_v strange_a that_o they_o shall_v satisfy_v their_o conscience_n therewith_o for_o what_o difference_n be_v there_o between_o give_v the_o benjamite_n wife_n of_o any_o of_o the_o daughter_n of_o their_o tribe_n and_o appoint_v they_o with_o their_o consent_n to_o go_v and_o take_v they_o by_o force_n doubtless_o this_o be_v but_o a_o device_n to_o delude_v conscience_n when_o they_o find_v their_o oath_n can_v not_o be_v keep_v without_o suffer_v a_o tribe_n to_o perish_v how_o much_o better_a have_v it_o be_v to_o condemn_v the_o rashness_n of_o their_o oath_n and_o so_o to_o take_v the_o liberty_n which_o be_v give_v they_o of_o god_n but_o when_o man_n have_v a_o desire_n to_o do_v what_o be_v causelesse_o scruple_v they_o be_v natural_o more_o inclinable_a to_o stop_v the_o mouth_n of_o conscience_n with_o some_o groundless_a device_n or_o excuse_n then_o to_o see_v their_o own_o folly_n and_o to_o judge_v themselves_o for_o their_o former_a error_n verse_n 21._o if_o the_o daughter_n of_o shiloh_n come_v out_o to_o dance_v in_o dance_n then_o come_v you_o out_o of_o the_o vineyard_n &c_n &c_n hereby_o it_o appear_v that_o in_o those_o day_n dance_v be_v one_o of_o the_o way_n whereby_o they_o express_v their_o joy_n even_o when_o it_o be_v holy_a and_o spiritual_a as_o we_o see_v likewise_o exod._n 15.20_o and_o miriam_n the_o prophetess_n the_o sister_n of_o aaron_n take_v a_o timbrel_n in_o her_o hand_n and_o all_o the_o woman_n go_v out_o after_o she_o with_o timbrel_n and_o with_o dance_n but_o then_o withal_o we_o must_v note_v that_o the_o virgin_n dance_v apart_o by_o themselves_o for_o have_v their_o be_v man_n with_o they_o the_o benjamite_n can_v not_o â—o_o easy_o have_v snatch_v they_o away_o mix_a dance_a be_v very_o dangerous_a and_o be_v not_o it_o seem_v use_v in_o those_o time_n by_o the_o people_n of_o god_n verse_n 22._o be_v favourable_a unto_o they_o for_o our_o sake_n because_o we_o reserve_v not_o to_o each_o man_n his_o wife_n in_o the_o war_n etc._n etc._n by_o two_o argument_n the_o elder_n of_o israel_n do_v here_o undertake_v to_o persuade_v the_o man_n of_o shiloh_n not_o to_o be_v offend_v with_o the_o benjamite_n for_o take_v away_o their_o daughter_n to_o wit_n first_o because_o their_o be_v a_o error_n commit_v by_o the_o israelite_n in_o that_o they_o reserve_v not_o to_o each_o man_n his_o wife_n in_o the_o war_n that_o be_v in_o the_o war_n against_o jabesh-gilead_n and_o second_o because_o it_o be_v no_o breach_n of_o their_o oath_n that_o the_o benjamite_n have_v take_v they_o wife_n of_o their_o daughter_n you_o do_v not_o say_v they_o give_v unto_o they_o at_o this_o time_n that_o you_o shall_v be_v guilty_a as_o if_o they_o shall_v have_v say_v you_o have_v not_o break_v the_o oath_n you_o take_v because_o you_o give_v they_o not_o your_o daughter_n but_o they_o take_v they_o by_o force_n verse_n 25._o in_o those_o day_n there_o be_v no_o king_n in_o israel_n etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 17.6_o annotation_n upon_o the_o book_n of_o ruth_n chap._n i._n now_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o day_n when_o the_o judge_n rule_v etc._n etc._n this_o history_n of_o ruth_n be_v a_o appendix_n to_o that_o of_o judge_n in_o who_o time_n it_o happen_v yet_o it_o be_v put_v in_o a_o book_n apart_o by_o itself_o because_o the_o story_n be_v of_o such_o special_a concernment_n in_o that_o it_o relate_v some_o remarkable_a passage_n concern_v the_o genealogy_n of_o david_n of_o who_o christ_n the_o promise_a messiah_n descend_v by_o who_o and_o when_o this_o book_n be_v write_v be_v not_o where_o express_v only_o by_o the_o genealogy_n of_o david_n set_v down_o in_o the_o end_n of_o this_o
book_n it_o be_v manifest_a that_o it_o be_v write_v after_o david_n time_n unless_o that_o be_v add_v to_o the_o book_n in_o succeed_a time_n under_o which_o of_o the_o judge_n this_o story_n happen_v we_o can_v say_v neither_o but_o yet_o they_o that_o refer_v it_o to_o the_o day_n of_o deborah_n and_o barak_n or_o at_o the_o utmost_a to_o the_o day_n of_o gideon_n have_v the_o fair_a probability_n whereon_o to_o ground_v their_o conjecture_n for_o boaz_n who_o marry_v ruth_n be_v the_o son_n of_o salmon_n by_o rahab_n matth._n 1.5_o who_o be_v a_o woman_n grow_v when_o the_o israelite_n first_o enter_v canaan_n and_o obed_n the_o son_n of_o this_o boaz_n be_v the_o grandfather_n of_o david_n and_o therefore_o the_o marriage_n of_o boaz_n with_o ruth_n can_v not_o be_v long_o either_o before_o or_o after_o those_o day_n of_o deborah_n and_o barak_n that_o it_o be_v in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o judge_n be_v note_v that_o we_o may_v take_v notice_n how_o by_o this_o famine_n god_n punish_v the_o sin_n of_o those_o time_n as_o he_o have_v threaten_v deut._n 28.23_o 24._o and_o the_o heaven_n that_o be_v over_o thy_o head_n shall_v be_v brass_n and_o the_o earth_n that_o be_v under_o thou_o shall_v be_v iron_n the_o lord_n shall_v make_v the_o rain_n of_o thy_o land_n powder_n and_o dust_n etc._n etc._n they_o be_v now_o fall_v to_o idolatry_n and_o many_o other_o grievous_a sin_n and_o now_o this_o land_n which_o flow_v with_o milk_n and_o honey_n become_v barren_a yea_o bethlehem_n that_o be_v the_o house_n of_o bread_n so_o call_v it_o seem_v from_o the_o extraordinary_a fruitfulness_n of_o the_o country_n where_o it_o stand_v feel_v this_o scourge_n of_o god_n verse_n 2._o and_o the_o name_n of_o his_o two_o son_n mahlon_n and_o chilion_n ephrathites_n of_o bethlehem-judah_n so_o call_v because_o this_o bethlehem_n be_v former_o call_v ephrath_n gen._n 35.19_o bethlehem-judah_n to_o distinguish_v it_o from_o another_o bethlehem_n in_o the_o tribe_n of_o zebulun_n josh_n 19.15_o and_o bethlehem-ephratha_a because_o the_o country_n where_o it_o stand_v be_v call_v ephrata_n micah_n 5.2_o thou_o bethleem-ephrathah_a though_o thou_o be_v little_a among_o the_o thousand_o of_o judah_n yet_o out_o of_o thou_o shall_v he_o come_v forth_o unto_o i_o that_o be_v to_o be_v ruler_n in_o israel_n and_o thus_o also_o there_o be_v a_o difference_n make_v betwixt_o they_o and_o those_o in_o the_o tribe_n of_o ephraim_n who_o be_v also_o so_o call_v for_o jeroboam_n be_v call_v a_o ephrathite_n 1._o king_n 11.26_o verse_n 3._o and_o elimelech_n naomies_n husband_n die_v etc._n etc._n this_o be_v mention_v as_o one_o of_o the_o great_a affliction_n that_o befall_v naomi_n who_o be_v propound_v as_o a_o pattern_n of_o patience_n to_o all_o succeed_a time_n and_o perhaps_o too_o for_o so_o some_o expositor_n conceive_v as_o a_o occasion_n of_o that_o which_o be_v next_o relate_v to_o wit_n his_o son_n marry_v with_o the_o daughter_n of_o moab_n which_o it_o may_v well_o be_v they_o will_v not_o have_v do_v if_o their_o father_n have_v live_v verse_n 4._o and_o they_o take_v they_o wife_n of_o the_o woman_n of_o moab_n the_o name_n of_o one_o be_v orpah_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n mahlon_n take_v ruth_n to_o wife_n and_o chilion_n orpah_n for_o chap._n 4.10_o she_o be_v call_v ruth_n the_o moabitesse_n the_o wife_n of_o mahlon_n if_o they_o have_v not_o embrace_v the_o true_a religion_n before_o they_o marry_v they_o doubtless_o they_o sin_v in_o take_v these_o wife_n deut._n 7.2_o thou_o shall_v make_v no_o covenant_n with_o they_o nor_o show_v mercy_n unto_o they_o neither_o shall_v thou_o make_v marriage_n with_o they_o etc._n etc._n neh._n 13.23_o in_o those_o day_n also_o see_v i_o jew_n that_o have_v marry_v wife_n of_o ashdod_n of_o ammon_n and_o of_o moab_n etc._n etc._n and_o indeed_o by_o that_o speech_n of_o naomi_n vers_fw-la 15._o behold_v thy_o sister_n in_o law_n be_v go_v back_o unto_o her_o people_n and_o unto_o her_o god_n it_o seem_v that_o orpah_n have_v not_o as_o yet_o embrace_v the_o true_a religion_n and_o hence_o it_o may_v seem_v to_o have_v be_v that_o they_o die_v within_o a_o while_n after_o and_o that_o without_o child_n for_o when_o god_n people_n walk_v out_o of_o god_n way_n they_o usual_o meet_v with_o sore_a cross_n and_o trouble_n verse_n 7._o and_o they_o go_v on_o the_o way_n to_o return_v to_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n hereby_o it_o appear_v that_o both_o orpah_n and_o ruth_n do_v at_o first_o intend_v to_o have_v go_v with_o naomi_n into_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n though_o afterward_o orpah_n go_v back_o to_o her_o own_o friend_n and_o only_a ruth_n go_v along_o with_o naomi_n verse_n 8._o and_o naomi_n say_v unto_o she_o two_o daughter_n in_o law_n go_v return_v each_o to_o her_o mother_n house_n the_o mother_n house_n be_v mention_v first_o because_o daughter_n when_o they_o be_v in_o their_o father_n house_n be_v wont_a to_o be_v most_o with_o their_o mother_n second_o because_o in_o those_o time_n the_o woman_n of_o each_o family_n do_v usual_o live_v apart_o in_o a_o several_a dwell_n by_o themselves_o and_o three_o because_o herein_o be_v imply_v a_o reason_n to_o induce_v they_o to_o return_v to_o wit_n that_o it_o be_v pity_v they_o shall_v leave_v their_o own_o mother_n to_o go_v into_o a_o strange_a country_n with_o a_o mother_n in_o law_n and_o indeed_o though_o naomi_n can_v not_o but_o desire_n much_o to_o enjoy_v still_o the_o society_n of_o her_o daughter_n who_o she_o love_v so_o dear_o yet_o because_o they_o be_v like_a to_o endure_v much_o hardness_n if_o they_o go_v with_o she_o who_o be_v poor_a and_o leave_v to_o the_o wide_a world_n and_o this_o she_o can_v not_o think_v on_o without_o grief_n it_o be_v likely_a enough_o that_o she_o may_v serious_o persuade_v they_o to_o return_v for_o ruth_n may_v have_v continue_v in_o the_o true_a religion_n though_o she_o have_v remain_v still_o in_o she_o own_o country_n but_o yet_o withal_o she_o may_v be_v move_v thus_o to_o speak_v to_o they_o because_o however_o she_o shall_v by_o this_o mean_n try_v their_o affection_n whether_o they_o will_v be_v content_a know_v all_o that_o may_v be_v allege_v against_o it_o to_o go_v along_o with_o she_o verse_n 9_o the_o lord_n grant_v you_o that_o you_o may_v find_v rest_n each_o of_o you_o in_o the_o house_n of_o her_o husband_n that_o be_v the_o lord_n provide_v you_o good_a husband_n and_o such_o with_o who_o you_o may_v live_v comfortable_o and_o not_o meet_v with_o such_o trouble_n as_o you_o have_v with_o my_o son_n undergo_v again_o single_a woman_n be_v usual_o subject_a to_o many_o care_n trouble_n and_o wrong_n and_o when_o they_o meet_v with_o husband_n that_o be_v love_o tender_a over_o they_o and_o careful_a to_o defend_v they_o from_o injury_n and_o to_o provide_v thing_n necessary_a for_o they_o then_o be_v their_o husband_n house_n rest_v place_n and_o hence_o naomi_n may_v use_v this_o expression_n to_o her_o daughter_n in_o law_n verse_n 11._o be_v there_o yet_o any_o more_o son_n in_o my_o womb_n that_o they_o may_v be_v your_o husband_n this_o she_o speak_v with_o respect_n to_o that_o law_n whereby_o the_o widow_n be_v appoint_v to_o marry_v the_o brother_n of_o her_o decease_a husband_n deut._n 25.2_o either_o therefore_o these_o daughter_n of_o moab_n have_v be_v make_v acquaint_v herewith_o by_o naomi_n or_o their_o husband_n or_o perhaps_o it_o be_v a_o custom_n too_o in_o those_o time_n among_o other_o nation_n verse_n 13._o nay_o my_o daughter_n for_o it_o grieve_v i_o much_o for_o your_o sake_n etc._n etc._n as_o if_o she_o shall_v say_v there_o be_v no_o hope_n of_o comfort_n this_o way_n from_o i_o and_o therefore_o return_v home_o to_o your_o own_o land_n and_o friend_n that_o there_o you_o may_v meet_v with_o husband_n with_o who_o you_o may_v live_v comfortable_o for_o indeed_o though_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v heavy_a upon_o i_o it_o grieve_v i_o not_o so_o much_o for_o myself_o as_o for_o you_o that_o i_o be_o able_a to_o yield_v you_o no_o comfort_n at_o all_o verse_n 15._o behold_v thy_o sister_n in_o law_n be_v go_v back_o unto_o her_o people_n and_o unto_o her_o god_n return_v thou_o after_o thy_o sister_n in_o law_n naomi_n be_v doubtless_o serious_o trouble_v that_o her_o daughter_n shall_v for_o her_o sake_n leave_v their_o country_n and_o friend_n to_o go_v along_o with_o her_o a_o poor_a desolate_a widow_n to_o share_v in_o her_o misery_n and_o therefore_o oversway_v with_o this_o her_o grief_n may_v in_o the_o bitterness_n of_o her_o soul_n propound_v to_o ruth_n the_o example_n of_o orpah_n her_o sister_n for_o they_o have_v marry_v two_o brethren_n thereby_o serious_o to_o move_v she_o to_o
of_o canaan_n be_v ascribe_v to_o moses_n and_o aaron_n first_o because_o they_o lead_v the_o people_n from_o egypt_n through_o the_o wilderness_n and_o bring_v they_o unto_o the_o land_n which_o god_n have_v promise_v they_o and_o second_o because_o moses_n put_v they_o in_o possession_n of_o that_o part_n of_o the_o land_n which_o be_v without_o jordan_n and_o substitute_v joshua_n in_o his_o place_n who_o afterward_o give_v they_o the_o possession_n of_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o land_n but_o the_o chief_a thing_n intend_v be_v to_o put_v they_o in_o mind_n of_o god_n mercy_n in_o give_v they_o that_o land_n without_o who_o neither_o moses_n nor_o aaron_n nor_o joshua_n can_v have_v do_v it_o verse_n 9_o and_o when_o they_o forget_v the_o lord_n their_o god_n he_o sell_v they_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o sisera_n etc._n etc._n samuel_n here_o call_v the_o rebellion_n of_o the_o israelite_n against_o god_n a_o forget_v of_o the_o lord_n because_o if_o man_n do_v indeed_o think_v upon_o god_n as_o they_o ought_v to_o do_v they_o will_v not_o dare_v so_o to_o transgress_v his_o commandment_n and_o thence_o it_o be_v also_o that_o david_n say_v of_o wicked_a man_n that_o god_n be_v not_o in_o all_o their_o thought_n psal_n 10.4_o verse_n 11._o and_o the_o lord_n send_v jerubbaal_n and_o bedan_n and_o jephthah_n and_o samuel_n etc._n etc._n some_o conceive_v that_o jair_n be_v here_o call_v bedan_n and_o that_o to_o distinguish_v he_o from_o that_o former_a jair_n of_o who_o moses_n speak_v numb_a 32.41_o and_o indeed_o there_o be_v one_o bedan_n a_o manassite_n mention_v 1._o chron._n 7.17_o other_o again_o think_v that_o this_o bedan_n be_v some_o judge_n of_o israel_n that_o be_v not_o mention_v in_o the_o book_n of_o judge_n but_o the_o more_o common_a and_o i_o think_v the_o more_o probable_a exposition_n be_v that_o samson_n be_v here_o mean_v and_o that_o he_o be_v call_v bedan_n because_o he_o be_v of_o the_o tribe_n of_o dan_n for_o bedan_n signify_v in_o dan_n or_o of_o dan_n and_o bendan_n signify_v the_o son_n of_o dan._n as_o for_o samuel_n speak_v of_o himself_o as_o of_o a_o three_o person_n it_o be_v usual_a in_o the_o scripture_n as_o we_o see_v gen._n 4.23_o and_o lamech_v say_v unto_o his_o wife_n adah_n and_o zillah_n hear_v my_o voice_n you_o wife_n of_o lamech_v harken_v unto_o my_o speech_n for_o i_o have_v slay_v a_o man_n to_o my_o wound_n and_o a_o young_a man_n to_o my_o hurt_n he_o particular_o put_v they_o in_o mind_n of_o god_n deliver_v they_o by_o he_o because_o the_o deliverance_n which_o god_n have_v give_v they_o by_o he_o be_v best_o know_v to_o they_o and_o best_a serve_v to_o condemn_v they_o for_o reject_v in_o his_o day_n that_o government_n which_o god_n have_v settle_v among_o they_o and_o that_o in_o part_n for_o fear_n of_o their_o enemy_n verse_n 14._o then_o shall_v both_o you_o and_o also_o the_o king_n that_o reign_v over_o you_o continue_v follow_v the_o lord_n your_o god_n that_o be_v god_n will_v not_o destroy_v you_o but_o you_o shall_v still_o continue_v a_o peculiar_a people_n to_o the_o lord_n shroud_v under_o his_o conduct_n and_o protection_n verse_n 17._o be_v it_o not_o wheat-harvest_n today_n i_o will_v call_v unto_o the_o lord_n and_o he_o shall_v send_v thunder_n and_o rain_n in_o palestina_n thunder_n and_o rain_n in_o wheat-harvest_n be_v most_o unusual_a whence_o be_v that_o of_o solomon_n prov._n 26.1_o as_o snow_n in_o summer_n and_o as_o rain_v in_o harvest_n so_o honour_n be_v not_o seemly_a for_o a_o fool_n and_o that_o amos_n 4.7_o and_o also_o i_o have_v withheld_a the_o rain_n from_o you_o when_o there_o be_v yet_o three_o month_n to_o the_o harvest_n and_o i_o cause_v it_o to_o rain_v upon_o one_o city_n and_o cause_v it_o not_o to_o rain_v upon_o another_o city_n now_o the_o rather_o do_v the_o lord_n convince_v they_o of_o their_o sin_n by_o this_o miracle_n because_o hereby_o they_o may_v see_v their_o folly_n both_o in_o reject_v the_o lord_n such_o a_o mighty_a protector_n who_o be_v able_a by_o thunder_n to_o destroy_v their_o enemy_n as_o they_o have_v see_v former_o chap._n 7.10_o and_o likewise_o in_o reject_v samuel_n who_o can_v by_o his_o prayer_n fetch_v down_o thunder_n and_o rain_n from_o heaven_n verse_n 18._o and_o the_o lord_n send_v thunder_n and_o rain_v that_o day_n to_o wit_n in_o some_o very_a extraordinary_a manner_n in_o so_o much_o that_o the_o people_n be_v not_o only_o full_o convince_v hereby_o that_o they_o have_v sin_v in_o desire_v a_o king_n but_o be_v also_o afraid_a that_o by_o this_o terrible_a tempest_n they_o shall_v have_v be_v destroy_v whence_o be_v that_o in_o the_o follow_a verse_n pray_v for_o thy_o servant_n unto_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n that_o we_o die_v not_o verse_n 20._o and_o samuel_n say_v unto_o the_o people_n fear_v not_o that_o be_v despair_v not_o of_o god_n goodness_n and_o mercy_n verse_n 21._o and_o turn_v you_o not_o aside_o for_o than_o shall_v you_o go_v after_o vain_a thing_n which_o can_v profit_v nor_o deliver_v idol_n may_v be_v the_o vain_a thing_n here_o principal_o mean_v as_o deut._n 32.21_o they_o have_v move_v i_o to_o jealousy_n with_o that_o which_o be_v not_o god_n they_o have_v provoke_v i_o to_o anger_n with_o their_o vanity_n and_o jer._n 2.5_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n what_o iniquity_n have_v your_o father_n find_v in_o i_o that_o they_o be_v go_v far_o from_o i_o and_o have_v walk_v after_o vanity_n and_o be_v become_v vain_a but_o withal_o we_o may_v well_o understand_v it_o of_o every_o thing_n else_o wherein_o they_o shall_v seek_v for_o help_n and_o happiness_n have_v turn_v aside_o from_o follow_v the_o lord_n verse_n 22._o for_o the_o lord_n will_v not_o forsake_v his_o people_n for_o his_o great_a name_n sake_n that_o be_v because_o god_n name_n be_v call_v upon_o you_o and_o so_o it_o will_v not_o be_v for_o his_o glory_n to_o forsake_v you_o and_o indeed_o all_o the_o good_a which_o god_n do_v for_o his_o church_n and_o people_n be_v more_o for_o his_o own_o glory_n then_o for_o any_o good_a he_o see_v in_o they_o verse_n 23._o moreover_o as_o for_o i_o god_n forbid_v that_o i_o shall_v sin_v against_o the_o lord_n in_o cease_v to_o pray_v for_o you_o they_o have_v desire_v he_o to_o pray_v for_o they_o vers_n 19_o but_o the_o injury_n they_o have_v do_v he_o may_v make_v they_o fear_v he_o will_v not_o regard_v they_o the_o rather_o because_o the_o thunder_n he_o have_v pray_v for_o may_v argue_v some_o displeasure_n conceive_v in_o he_o against_o they_o and_o therefore_o he_o assure_v they_o that_o he_o will_v not_o cease_v neither_o to_o pray_v for_o they_o nor_o to_o instruct_v they_o but_o say_v he_o i_o will_v teach_v you_o the_o good_a and_o the_o right_a way_n verse_n 24._o only_o fear_v the_o lord_n and_o serve_v he_o in_o truth_n etc._n etc._n as_o though_o he_o shall_v say_v else_o my_o pray_v for_o you_o will_v do_v you_o no_o good_a chap._n xiii_o verse_n 1._o soul_n reign_v one_o year_n and_o when_o he_o have_v reign_v two_o year_n over_o israel_n the_o first_o clause_n saul_n reign_v one_o year_n have_v reference_n to_o the_o time_n when_o those_o thing_n be_v do_v mention_v in_o the_o two_o former_a chapter_n when_o saul_n by_o occasion_n of_o his_o victory_n over_o the_o ammonite_n and_o his_o raise_v the_o siege_n of_o jabesh-gilead_a be_v at_o gilgal_n confirm_v and_o solemn_o inaugurate_v king_n of_o israel_n than_o he_o have_v reign_v one_o year_n to_o wit_n from_o the_o time_n that_o he_o be_v choose_v and_o public_o declare_v king_n at_o mizpeh_n chap._n 10.24_o and_o then_o the_o second_o clause_n and_o when_o he_o have_v reign_v two_o year_n over_o israel_n have_v relation_n to_o that_o which_o be_v here_o relate_v in_o this_o chapter_n to_o wit_n that_o a_o full_a year_n after_o his_o solemn_a inauguration_n at_o gilgal_n when_o he_o have_v in_o all_o reign_v two_o year_n than_o he_o begin_v to_o raise_v a_o army_n of_o three_o thousand_o man_n as_o intend_v now_o to_o drive_v the_o philistine_n out_o of_o those_o fort_n which_o they_o hold_v in_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n and_o to_o save_v the_o people_n from_o the_o cruel_a oppression_n of_o those_o their_o insult_a enemy_n verse_n 2._o and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o people_n he_o send_v every_o man_n to_o his_o tent_n have_v appoint_v the_o people_n to_o assemble_v themselves_o as_o at_o other_o time_n out_o of_o they_o he_o choose_v three_o thousand_o to_o be_v in_o arm_n with_o he_o and_o his_o son_n jonathan_n and_o the_o rest_n he_o dismiss_v verse_n 3._o and_o jonathan_n smite_v the_o garrison_n of_o the_o philistine_n that_o be_v in_o geba_n that_o be_v in_o gibeah_n of_o benjamin_n one_o main_a
appoint_v michal_n not_o merab_n to_o be_v david_n wife_n the_o match_n propound_v with_o merab_n do_v not_o succeed_v second_o hereby_o the_o malice_n and_o wickedness_n of_o saul_n be_v notable_o discover_v it_o be_v evident_a that_o either_o he_o never_o mean_v this_o marriage_n though_o he_o suffer_v it_o to_o go_v on_o so_o far_o or_o else_o that_o sudden_o he_o change_v his_o mind_n hope_v by_o this_o disgrace_n to_o drive_v david_n to_o some_o discontent_n and_o violent_a course_n that_o so_o he_o may_v take_v occasion_n from_o thence_o to_o cut_v he_o off_o and_o three_o the_o wonderful_a wisdom_n and_o patience_n of_o david_n be_v hereby_o manifest_v who_o bear_v all_o this_o quiet_o and_o stir_v not_o it_o be_v a_o matter_n of_o great_a reproach_n and_o derision_n to_o david_n that_o he_o shall_v be_v thus_o lead_v on_o with_o hope_n of_o a_o wife_n and_o then_o in_o a_o instant_n another_o shall_v get_v she_o from_o he_o and_o yet_o all_o this_o can_v not_o stir_v david_n to_o do_v any_o thing_n that_o be_v not_o lawful_a or_o seemly_a for_o he_o verse_n 20._o and_o michal_n saul_n daughter_n love_v david_n and_o they_o tell_v saul_n and_o the_o thing_n please_v he_o well_o not_o that_o he_o be_v please_v to_o see_v david_n belove_v for_o we_o see_v how_o high_o he_o be_v displease_v with_o jonathan_n because_o he_o love_v david_n but_o because_o he_o hope_v by_o that_o mean_n to_o bring_v his_o purpose_n about_o for_o the_o destroy_n of_o david_n and_o the_o very_a hope_n of_o do_v hurt_v to_o a_o party_n hate_v yield_v great_a content_n to_o a_o malicious_a person_n verse_n 21._o and_o saul_n say_v i_o will_v give_v he_o she_o that_o she_o may_v be_v a_o snare_n to_o he_o and_o that_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o philistine_n may_v be_v against_o he_o this_o be_v saul_n plot_n but_o it_o prove_v contrary_a for_o michal_n prove_v a_o mean_n to_o help_v he_o out_o of_o the_o snare_n which_o saul_n have_v lay_v for_o he_o chap._n 19.11_o 12._o and_o saul_n fall_v afterward_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o philistine_n but_o not_o david_n wherefore_o saul_n say_v to_o david_n thou_o shall_v this_o day_n be_v my_o son_n in_o law_n in_o one_o of_o the_o twain_o as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v though_o i_o fail_v before_o yet_o i_o will_v make_v thou_o amends_o now_o i_o have_v but_o two_o daughter_n and_o one_o of_o the_o twain_o thou_o shall_v have_v and_o so_o be_v by_o this_o mean_v my_o son_n in_o law_n it_o will_v be_v no_o great_a wrong_n though_o thou_o have_v not_o the_o elder_a verse_n 22._o and_o saul_n command_v his_o servant_n say_v commune_fw-la with_o david_n secret_o and_o say_v behold_v the_o king_n have_v a_o delight_n in_o thou_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v as_o if_o it_o come_v from_o yourselves_o and_o not_o from_o i_o because_o he_o have_v before_o twice_o promise_v his_o daughter_n and_o have_v not_o keep_v his_o word_n he_o be_v fain_o to_o employ_v his_o courtier_n now_o to_o persuade_v david_n to_o accept_v his_o offer_n and_o to_o engage_v their_o credit_n that_o the_o king_n do_v real_o intend_v what_o he_o say_v verse_n 23._o and_o david_n say_v seem_v it_o to_o you_o a_o light_a thing_n to_o be_v a_o king_n son_n in_o law_n see_v that_o i_o be_o a_o poor_a man_n and_o light_o esteem_v that_o be_v not_o able_a to_o give_v a_o dowry_n fit_a for_o saul_n daughter_n and_o therefore_o be_v slight_v about_o his_o other_o daughter_n verse_n 25._o thus_o shall_v you_o say_v to_o david_n the_o king_n desire_v not_o any_o dowry_n but_o a_o hundred_o fore-skinne_n of_o the_o philistine_n etc._n etc._n why_o be_v the_o fore-skinne_n require_v rather_o than_o the_o head_n of_o the_o philistine_n first_o to_o imply_v the_o ground_n why_o saul_n desire_v this_o to_o wit_n because_o they_o be_v enemy_n to_o god_n and_o to_o his_o people_n second_o to_o enrage_v the_o philistine_n the_o more_o against_o david_n for_o hatred_n to_o circumcision_n will_v make_v they_o abhor_v this_o act_n of_o david_n of_o cut_v off_o the_o fore-skinne_n from_o the_o dead_a body_n of_o their_o brethren_n more_o than_o any_o thing_n that_o can_v have_v be_v do_v to_o they_o verse_n 26._o it_o please_v david_n well_o to_o be_v the_o king_n son_n in_o law_n and_o the_o day_n be_v not_o expire_v etc._n etc._n it_o seem_v that_o michal_n be_v promise_v david_n upon_o condition_n that_o he_o shall_v bring_v saul_n a_o hundred_o fore-skinne_n of_o the_o philistine_n within_o a_o certain_a time_n prefix_v or_o else_o there_o be_v a_o time_n set_v for_o the_o marriage_n before_o which_o he_o be_v to_o bring_v these_o fore-skinne_n of_o the_o philistine_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v here_o note_v that_o before_o this_o time_n be_v expire_v he_o do_v what_o be_v impose_v yea_o to_o make_v sure_a that_o saul_n shall_v not_o cavil_n he_o bring_v two_o hundred_o v._o 27._o in_o stead_n of_o a_o hundred_o verse_n 29._o and_o saul_n be_v yet_o more_o afraid_a of_o david_n to_o wit_n as_o consider_v now_o that_o this_o marriage_n with_o his_o daughter_n be_v a_o fair_a step_n to_o the_o crown_n and_o kingdom_n verse_n 30._o then_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o philistine_n go_v forth_o to_o wit_n to_o make_v war_n with_o the_o israelite_n and_o it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o beside_o their_o desire_n to_o be_v revenge_v on_o the_o israelite_n for_o the_o late_a defeat_n of_o their_o army_n when_o goliath_n be_v slay_v even_o the_o late_a slaughter_n which_o david_n have_v make_v among_o the_o philistine_n when_o he_o bring_v a_o hundred_o of_o their_o fore-skinne_n to_o saul_n have_v mighty_o enrage_v they_o and_o this_o be_v the_o occasion_n of_o their_o present_a invade_v the_o land_n of_o israel_n chap._n xix_o verse_n 1._o and_o saul_n speak_v to_o jonathan_n his_o son_n and_o to_o all_o his_o servant_n that_o they_o shall_v kill_v david_n hitherto_o saul_n have_v do_v all_o that_o he_o do_v against_o david_n secret_o but_o now_o he_o grow_v impudent_a and_o shameless_a saul_n speak_v to_o jonathan_n his_o son_n and_o to_o all_o his_o servant_n that_o they_o shall_v kill_v david_n for_o in_o these_o word_n there_o be_v two_o thing_n that_o discover_v how_o violent_o saul_n passion_n and_o rage_n against_o david_n do_v at_o length_n break_v forth_o the_o first_o that_o he_o do_v not_o impart_v his_o desire_n to_o have_v he_o slay_v to_o some_o few_o of_o his_o trusty_a servant_n but_o general_o to_o they_o all_o the_o second_o that_o though_o he_o know_v the_o great_a league_n that_o be_v betwixt_o david_n and_o jonathan_n yet_o he_o move_v he_o also_o to_o join_v in_o this_o plot_n hope_v no_o doubt_n to_o prevail_v with_o he_o by_o urge_v his_o fear_n of_o david_n get_v the_o crown_n from_o he_o verse_n 2._o and_o jonathan_n tell_v david_n say_v saul_n my_o father_n seek_v to_o kill_v thou_o etc._n etc._n while_o david_n be_v esteem_v saul_n favourite_n all_o his_o courtier_n carry_v a_o fair_a show_n towards_o he_o chap._n 18.5_o he_o be_v accept_v in_o the_o sight_n of_o all_o the_o people_n and_o and_o also_o in_o the_o sight_n of_o saul_n servant_n and_o who_o then_o can_v fawn_v upon_o he_o more_o than_o they_o ver_fw-la 22._o behold_v the_o king_n have_v a_o delight_n in_o thou_o and_o all_o his_o servant_n love_v thou_o now_o therefore_o be_v the_o king_n son_n in_o law_n but_o when_o saul_n have_v once_o discover_v the_o ill_n will_v he_o bear_v he_o and_o open_o enjoin_v they_o to_o make_v he_o away_o not_o a_o man_n among_o they_o will_v open_v his_o mouth_n to_o saul_n for_o he_o or_o do_v any_o thing_n to_o prevent_v the_o danger_n he_o be_v in_o only_a jonathan_n that_o do_v indeed_o true_o love_v he_o do_v then_o discover_v to_o david_n his_o father_n bloody_a purpose_n and_o afterward_o speak_v to_o his_o father_n in_o his_o behalf_n though_o he_o now_o forbear_v to_o say_v any_o thing_n for_o the_o present_a because_o he_o see_v that_o now_o he_o be_v in_o a_o rage_n and_o judge_v it_o therefore_o better_a to_o stay_v a_o while_n till_o his_o fury_n be_v over_o now_o therefore_o i_o pray_v thou_o take_v heed_n unto_o thyself_o until_o the_o morning_n and_o abide_v in_o a_o secret_a place_n and_o hide_v thyself_o jonathan_n here_o counsel_v david_n first_o that_o he_o shall_v be_v very_o careful_a to_o look_v to_o himself_o that_o no_o evil_n be_v do_v he_o the_o follow_a night_n before_o he_o can_v speak_v to_o his_o father_n for_o he_o take_v heed_n to_o thyself_o until_o the_o morning_n and_o then_o second_o that_o the_o next_o day_n he_o shall_v hide_v himself_o in_o some_o secret_a place_n to_o wit_n in_o the_o field_n where_o saul_n be_v wont_a to_o walk_v out_o &_o take_v the_o air_n and_o no_o doubt_n
abstain_v from_o fornication_n that_o every_o one_o of_o you_o shall_v know_v how_o to_o possess_v his_o vessel_n in_o sanctification_n and_o 2._o cor._n 4.7_o but_o we_o have_v this_o treasure_n in_o earthen_a vessel_n yet_o it_o may_v be_v mean_v too_o of_o all_o they_o have_v about_o they_o and_o the_o bread_n be_v in_o a_o manner_n common_a etc._n etc._n that_o be_v it_o be_v as_o any_o other_o ordinary_a bread_n prepare_v to_o be_v the_o food_n of_o the_o priest_n have_v it_o be_v stand_v upon_o the_o table_n before_o the_o lord_n it_o have_v be_v another_o matter_n but_o be_v take_v thence_o though_o it_o be_v sanctify_v this_o day_n in_o the_o vessel_n however_o it_o be_v reserve_v only_o to_o the_o priest_n because_o it_o have_v be_v hallow_v to_o the_o lord_n yet_o to_o they_o it_o be_v but_o as_o any_o other_o common_a bread_n and_o therefore_o he_o need_v the_o less_o to_o scruple_n in_o case_n of_o necessity_n to_o give_v to_o other_o verse_n 7_o now_o a_o certain_a man_n of_o the_o servant_n of_o saul_n be_v there_o that_o day_n detain_v before_o the_o lord_n and_o his_o name_n be_v doeg_n a_o edomite_n to_o wit_n by_o birth_n or_o because_o he_o have_v dwell_v there_o as_o upon_o the_o same_o ground_n chap._n 26.6_o ahimelech_n be_v call_v the_o hittite_n yet_o in_o profession_n of_o religion_n he_o be_v a_o israelite_n for_o why_o else_o be_v he_o now_o detain_v in_o the_o tabernacle_n to_o wit_n by_o some_o vow_n but_o a_o wicked_a wretched_a man_n he_o be_v know_v to_o be_v a_o man_n of_o ill_a fame_n and_o therefore_o now_o fear_v by_o david_n chap._n 22.22_o and_o david_n say_v unto_o abiathar_n i_o know_v that_o day_n that_o doeg_n the_o edomite_n be_v there_o that_o he_o will_v sure_o tell_v saul_n verse_n 8._o and_o david_n say_v unto_o ahimelech_n and_o be_v there_o not_o here_o under_o thy_o hand_n a_o spear_n or_o sword_n this_o he_o speak_v no_o doubt_n as_o desire_v goliath_n sword_n verse_n 10._o and_o david_n arise_v that_o day_n and_o flee_v for_o fear_n of_o saul_n and_o go_v to_o achish_a the_o king_n of_o gath._n that_o be_v he_o flee_v into_o his_o country_n this_o achish_n be_v in_o the_o title_n of_o the_o thirty_o four_o psalm_n call_v abimelech_n which_o be_v the_o usual_a title_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o philistine_n gen._n 20.2_o doubtless_o he_o hope_v here_o to_o have_v sojourn_v unknown_a but_o however_o though_o he_o can_v not_o but_o apprehend_v much_o danger_n in_o fly_v thither_o because_o the_o philistine_n be_v at_o present_a deadly_a enemy_n to_o the_o israelite_n and_o his_o name_n be_v above_o all_o other_o abhor_v among_o they_o in_o regard_n of_o the_o many_o victory_n he_o have_v get_v over_o they_o and_o the_o cruel_a slaughter_n he_o have_v make_v among_o they_o and_o particular_o for_o his_o kill_n of_o goliath_n who_o be_v of_o gath_n chap._n 17.4_o yet_o such_o be_v saul_n rage_n and_o david_n fear_n that_o he_o have_v more_o hope_n of_o safety_n there_o then_o in_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n verse_n 11._o and_o the_o servant_n of_o achish_n say_v unto_o he_o be_v not_o this_o david_n the_o king_n of_o the_o land_n etc._n etc._n have_v discover_v and_o catch_v david_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o title_n of_o the_o 56._o psalm_n michtam_n of_o david_n when_o the_o philistine_n take_v he_o in_o gath_n they_o bring_v he_o to_o achish_n and_o make_v know_v who_o he_o be_v that_o he_o may_v consider_v what_o be_v fit_a to_o be_v do_v with_o he_o be_v not_o this_o david_n say_v they_o the_o king_n of_o the_o land_n that_o be_v a_o prince_n or_o ruler_n in_o the_o land_n or_o be_v not_o this_o david_n that_o be_v design_v to_o be_v king_n in_o the_o land_n for_o it_o may_v well_o be_v think_v that_o the_o report_n that_o david_n shall_v be_v king_n and_o that_o saul_n persecute_v he_o because_o of_o this_o be_v now_o so_o rife_a and_o common_a in_o israel_n that_o it_o be_v spread_v even_o unto_o the_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n verse_n 13._o and_o he_o change_v his_o behaviour_n before_o they_o and_o feign_v himself_o mad_a etc._n etc._n yet_o still_o withal_o he_o seek_v by_o prayer_n to_o god_n his_o hope_n be_v in_o he_o though_o he_o use_v this_o plot_n as_o a_o mean_n of_o escape_n as_o appear_v by_o the_o 34._o and_o 56._o psalm_n which_o be_v make_v by_o he_o at_o this_o time_n and_o upon_o this_o occasion_n and_o indeed_o have_v not_o the_o lord_n infatuate_v achish_n whereby_o it_o be_v that_o he_o altogether_o slight_v the_o matter_n how_o easy_o may_v this_o dissimulation_n of_o david_n have_v be_v discover_v in_o time_n chap._n xxii_o verse_n 1._o david_n therefore_o depart_v thence_o and_o go_v to_o the_o cave_n of_o adullam_n which_o be_v in_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n josh_n 15.21_o 35._o a_o place_n of_o good_a strength_n as_o appear_v 2._o sam._n 23.13_o and_o thither_o no_o doubt_n david_n go_v hope_v to_o find_v relief_n and_o comfort_n in_o his_o own_o tribe_n and_o here_o perhaps_o he_o make_v the_o 142._o psalm_n for_o that_o be_v make_v when_o he_o be_v in_o a_o cave_n as_o appear_v by_o the_o title_n maschil_n of_o david_n a_o prayer_n when_o he_o be_v in_o the_o cave_n and_o when_o his_o brethren_n and_o his_o father_n house_n hear_v it_o they_o go_v down_o thither_o to_o he_o to_o wit_n as_o be_v or_o fear_v to_o be_v persecute_v and_o oppress_v by_o saul_n for_o david_n sake_n and_o this_o no_o doubt_n add_v much_o to_o his_o affliction_n not_o only_o because_o it_o must_v needs_o grieve_v he_o to_o see_v they_o force_v to_o fly_v from_o their_o land_n house_n and_o estate_n for_o his_o sake_n but_o also_o because_o it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o his_o brethren_n who_o do_v former_o cast_v a_o envious_a eye_n upon_o he_o and_o upbraid_v he_o with_o the_o pride_n and_o naughtiness_n of_o his_o heart_n will_v now_o perhaps_o upbraid_v he_o with_o the_o misery_n he_o have_v bring_v upon_o they_o tell_v how_o much_o better_o it_o have_v be_v for_o they_o if_o he_o have_v content_v himself_o with_o that_o mean_a condition_n wherein_o before_o he_o live_v in_o his_o father_n family_n but_o beside_o in_o that_o which_o david_n brethren_n suffer_v for_o david_n sake_n christian_n may_v see_v what_o they_o must_v look_v to_o suffer_v for_o christ_n sake_n they_o be_v dear_a and_o precious_a to_o christ_n as_o his_o mother_n and_o brethren_n luke_n 8.21_o my_o mother_n and_o my_o brethren_n be_v these_o which_o hear_v the_o word_n of_o god_n and_o do_v it_o but_o because_o of_o this_o therefore_o do_v the_o world_n hate_v they_o matth._n 10.22_o you_o shall_v be_v hate_v of_o all_o man_n for_o my_o name_n sake_n see_v also_o john_n 15.19_o 20_o 21._o verse_n 2._o and_o every_o one_o that_o be_v in_o distress_n and_o every_o one_o that_o be_v in_o debt_n etc._n etc._n these_o doubtless_o aim_v at_o the_o shelter_a themselves_o though_o they_o strengthen_v david_n by_o come_v in_o to_o he_o but_o be_v it_o well_o do_v in_o david_n to_o entertain_v such_o as_o these_o i_o answer_v that_o what_o david_n do_v herein_o he_o may_v do_v it_o by_o a_o special_a instinct_n of_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n and_o so_o that_o may_v be_v lawful_a in_o he_o which_o will_v not_o be_v lawful_a in_o a_o ordinary_a way_n but_o then_o beside_o much_o may_v be_v say_v in_o defence_n of_o david_n herein_o even_o in_o a_o ordinary_a way_n for_o first_o david_n may_v not_o know_v of_o the_o several_a engagement_n by_o debt_n or_o otherwise_o of_o those_o that_o come_v in_o to_o he_o second_o he_o have_v no_o purpose_n to_o shelter_v they_o against_o any_o that_o shall_v demand_v justice_n against_o they_o three_o he_o mean_v not_o to_o make_v use_n of_o they_o against_o saul_n or_o to_o make_v a_o prey_n of_o the_o people_n but_o only_o for_o his_o own_o just_a defence_n we_o see_v what_o a_o testimony_n nabals_n servant_n give_v of_o david_n soldier_n chap._n 25.15_o the_o man_n be_v very_o good_a unto_o we_o and_o we_o be_v not_o hurt_v neither_o miss_v we_o any_o thing_n as_o long_o as_o we_o be_v conversant_a with_o they_o when_o we_o be_v in_o the_o field_n and_o fourthly_a it_o be_v probable_a that_o by_o this_o time_n it_o come_v to_o be_v general_o know_v that_o saul_n persecute_v david_n because_o he_o be_v anoint_v of_o god_n by_o samuel_n to_o succeed_v he_o in_o the_o throne_n and_o if_o they_o come_v pretend_v this_o for_o their_o come_n the_o cause_n they_o allege_v be_v just_a and_o how_o can_v david_n then_o reject_v they_o it_o be_v likely_a indeed_o that_o the_o mouth_n of_o many_o be_v open_v against_o he_o because_o of_o those_o that_o follow_v he_o allege_v that_o they_o be_v a_o company_n of_o
he_o call_v he_o by_o way_n of_o contempt_n as_o when_o they_o call_v david_n the_o son_n of_o jesse_n in_o a_o way_n of_o slight_v he_o verse_n 15_o do_v i_o then_o begin_v to_o inquire_v of_o god_n for_o he_o be_v it_o â—arre_o from_o i_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v this_o be_v not_o the_o first_o time_n that_o i_o have_v inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n for_o he_o and_o what_o i_o have_v do_v without_o blame_n at_o other_o time_n what_o cause_n have_v i_o to_o question_v the_o do_v of_o it_o now_o so_o that_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o i_o intend_v no_o such_o evil_a in_o this_o as_o be_v now_o suspect_v have_v i_o do_v it_o now_o only_o when_o it_o seem_v there_o be_v some_o jealousy_n of_o david_n it_o have_v be_v another_o matter_n but_o to_o intend_v the_o aid_v of_o one_o that_o shall_v rise_v up_o against_o my_o lord_n and_o sovereign_n be_v never_o in_o my_o heart_n be_v it_o far_o from_o i_o say_v he_o that_o be_v god_n forbid_v i_o shall_v have_v such_o a_o thought_n in_o my_o heart_n verse_n 16._o and_o the_o king_n say_v thou_o shall_v sure_o die_v ahimelech_n thou_o and_o all_o thy_o father_n house_n thus_o he_o that_o be_v so_o pitiful_a that_o he_o will_v needs_o spare_v agag_n who_o god_n have_v command_v he_o to_o destroy_v be_v now_o so_o hard_o heart_v that_o he_o can_v command_v eighty_o and_o five_o of_o the_o lord_n priest_n to_o be_v slay_v in_o his_o sight_n and_o afterward_o the_o city_n to_o be_v destroy_v and_o all_o that_o be_v in_o it_o old_a and_o young_a and_o never_o be_v trouble_v at_o it_o verse_n 18._o and_o doeg_n the_o edomite_n turn_v and_o he_o fall_v upon_o the_o priest_n and_o slay_v on_o that_o day_n fourscore_o and_o five_o person_n that_o do_v wear_v a_o linen_n ephod_n thus_o that_o which_o the_o lord_n have_v threaten_v against_o the_o house_n of_o ely_n chap._n 2.31_o 32._o be_v in_o part_n fulfil_v for_o of_o that_o family_n these_o priest_n be_v verse_n 19_o and_o nob_n the_o city_n of_o the_o priest_n smite_v he_o with_o the_o edge_n of_o the_o sword_n etc._n etc._n the_o tabernacle_n be_v at_o this_o time_n in_o nob_n as_o be_v before_o note_v ver_fw-la 1._o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v probable_a that_o upon_o the_o occasion_n of_o destroy_v this_o city_n at_o this_o time_n the_o tabernacle_n be_v remove_v from_o hence_o to_o gibeon_n where_o it_o continue_v to_o the_o day_n of_o solomon_n 2._o chron._n 1.3_o so_o solomon_n and_o all_o the_o congregation_n that_o be_v with_o he_o go_v unto_o the_o high_a place_n that_o be_v in_o gibeon_n for_o there_o be_v the_o tabernacle_n of_o the_o congregation_n of_o god_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 20._o and_o one_o of_o the_o son_n of_o ahimelech_n the_o son_n of_o ahitub_n name_v abiathar_n escape_v and_o flee_v after_o david_n to_o wit_n to_o keilah_n chap._n 23.6_o this_o abiathar_n be_v he_o that_o succeed_v his_o father_n ahimelech_n in_o the_o place_n of_o high_a priest_n and_o continue_v in_o that_o place_n and_o office_n till_o he_o be_v remove_v by_o solomon_n 1._o king_n 2.27_o verse_n 22._o and_o david_n say_v unto_o abiathar_n i_o know_v it_o that_o day_n when_o doeg_n the_o edomite_n be_v there_o etc._n etc._n the_o meaning_n of_o this_o be_v that_o his_o heart_n misgive_v he_o that_o it_o will_v be_v so_o when_o he_o see_v doeg_n there_o chap._n xxiii_o verse_n 1._o then_o they_o tell_v david_n say_v behold_v the_o philistine_n fight_v against_o keilah_n etc._n etc._n keilah_n be_v in_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n josh_n 15.44_o be_v therefore_o now_o invade_v by_o the_o philistine_n their_o near_o neighbour_n because_o david_n lie_v with_o his_o man_n not_o far_o from_o they_o in_o the_o forest_n of_o hareth_n chap._n 22.5_o and_o so_o may_v afford_v they_o that_o speedy_a succour_n which_o saul_n can_v not_o it_o seem_v that_o some_o body_n from_o they_o or_o in_o their_o behalf_n acquaint_v he_o with_o this_o and_o desire_v his_o help_n verse_n 2._o therefore_o david_n inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n say_v shall_v i_o go_v and_o smite_v these_o philistine_n though_o david_n can_v not_o but_o be_v willing_a to_o approve_v his_o faithfulness_n both_o to_o saul_n and_o his_o country_n by_o seek_v to_o help_v they_o against_o the_o philistine_n and_o may_v well_o think_v that_o god_n will_v approve_v his_o fight_n against_o god_n enemy_n in_o the_o defence_n of_o his_o people_n yet_o because_o he_o be_v not_o yet_o actual_o king_n and_o and_o use_v hitherto_o to_o go_v forth_o against_o they_o only_o at_o saul_n command_v and_o beside_o he_o will_v not_o rash_o go_v forth_o against_o the_o philistine_n with_o so_o little_a strength_n as_o he_o have_v now_o about_o he_o without_o a_o special_a commission_n and_o promise_n from_o god_n therefore_o he_o inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n but_o by_o who_o it_o be_v most_o likely_a that_o it_o be_v by_o gad_n the_o prophet_n of_o who_o mention_n be_v make_v before_o that_o he_o be_v with_o david_n chap._n 22.5_o for_o â—â—_o seem_v by_o verse_n 6._o that_o abiathar_n come_v not_o to_o he_o with_o the_o ephod_n till_o he_o be_v come_v to_o keilah_n but_o of_o this_o see_v the_o note_n there_o verse_n 3._o and_o david_n man_n say_v unto_o he_o behold_v we_o be_v afraid_a here_o in_o judah_n etc._n etc._n in_o this_o speech_n of_o they_o they_o labour_v to_o discourage_v david_n from_o go_v to_o keâ—lah_n for_o say_v they_o be_v here_o in_o judah_n that_o be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o land_n of_o jâ—â—â—_n we_o be_v in_o continual_a jeopardy_n and_o fear_n to_o wit_n lest_o saul_n or_o any_o of_o his_o troop_n shâ—â—â—_n come_v upon_o we_o how_o much_o more_o dangerous_a must_v it_o then_o needs_o be_v for_o we_o to_o go_v agâ—â—â—_n such_o a_o potent_a enemy_n as_o the_o philistine_n and_o that_o even_o in_o the_o border_n of_o their_o 〈◊〉_d where_o we_o may_v happy_o be_v hem_v in_o with_o the_o philistine_n before_o and_o saâ—â—â—â—â—is_n man_n behind_o we_o verse_n 4._o thou_o david_n inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n yet_o again_o though_o david_n 〈◊〉_d â—â—â—ly_o satisfy_v upon_o his_o first_o inquire_v of_o god_n have_v receive_v that_o express_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o smite_v the_o philistine_n and_o save_v keilah_n yet_o because_o his_o man_n be_v 〈◊〉_d credulous_a and_o fearful_a for_o their_o better_a satisfaction_n and_o encouragement_n he_o inquire_v again_o verse_n 5._o so_o david_n and_o his_o man_n go_v to_o keilah_n and_o fight_v with_o the_o philistine_n and_o bring_v away_o their_o cattle_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v either_o the_o cattle_n which_o they_o have_v bring_v out_o of_o their_o own_o country_n for_o the_o provision_n of_o their_o army_n for_o keilah_n lie_v close_o upon_o the_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n or_o the_o cattle_n which_o the_o israelite_n find_v in_o palestina_n the_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n when_o have_v vanquish_v they_o at_o keilah_n they_o chase_v they_o a_o while_n in_o their_o own_o country_n verse_n 6._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o abiathar_n the_o son_n of_o ahimelech_n flee_v to_o david_n to_o keilah_n that_o he_o come_v down_o with_o a_o ephod_n in_o his_o hand_n which_o be_v more_o than_o if_o many_o thousand_o soldier_n have_v come_v to_o david_n for_o this_o bring_n of_o the_o ephod_n to_o he_o be_v a_o visible_a pledge_n that_o god_n have_v total_o forsake_v saul_n and_o will_v be_v with_o he_o to_o direct_v he_o in_o all_o his_o way_n yea_o and_o some_o conceive_v also_o that_o this_o be_v here_o the_o rather_o express_v to_o let_v we_o know_v how_o david_n inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n as_o in_o the_o forego_n verse_n it_o be_v twice_o say_v he_o do_v namely_o by_o the_o priest_n wear_v the_o ephod_n according_a to_o the_o judgement_n of_o urim_n and_o thummim_n for_o by_o abiathars_n come_v to_o david_n to_o keilah_n they_o understand_v only_o that_o he_o come_v to_o david_n when_o he_o be_v near_o about_o keilah_n verse_n 9_o and_o david_n know_v that_o saul_n secret_o practise_v mischief_n against_o he_o this_o word_n secret_o make_v it_o manifest_a that_o though_o saul_n call_v the_o people_n together_o to_o besiege_v david_n &_o his_o man_n as_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o forego_n verse_n that_o be_v with_o a_o purpose_n so_o to_o employ_v they_o yet_o he_o do_v not_o open_o profess_v that_o but_o pretend_v he_o raise_v those_o force_n to_o fight_v against_o the_o philistine_n verse_n 11._o and_o the_o lord_n say_v he_o will_v come_v down_o that_o be_v if_o thou_o stay_v here_o for_o that_o it_o be_v which_o david_n desire_v to_o know_v whether_o if_o he_o stay_v in_o keilah_n saul_n will_v come_v against_o he_o and_o doubtless_o have_v he_o stay_v he_o will_v have_v come_v against_o he_o for_o god_n know_v future_a contingent_a thing_n
make_v a_o road_n against_o the_o south_n of_o judah_n and_o sometime_o again_o that_o he_o have_v make_v a_o road_n against_o the_o south_n of_o jerahmeelite_n who_o be_v a_o particular_a family_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n 1._o chron._n 2.9.25_o and_o sometime_o also_o against_o the_o south_n of_o the_o kenites_n and_o thus_o he_o either_o tell_v achish_n again_o and_o again_o many_o deliberate_a lie_n to_o secure_v himself_o and_o he_o from_o danger_n or_o at_o least_o he_o purposely_o deceive_v achish_a with_o the_o ambiguity_n of_o his_o word_n which_o ill-became_a so_o good_a a_o man_n intend_v that_o achish_n shall_v understand_v he_o that_o he_o have_v invade_v the_o south_n part_n of_o judah_n etc._n etc._n whereas_o he_o mean_v he_o have_v invade_v those_o border_a country_n that_o lay_v southward_o of_o judah_n and_o of_o the_o jerahmeelite_n and_o of_o the_o kenites_n verse_n 11._o lest_o they_o shall_v tell_v on_o we_o etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n because_o these_o nation_n be_v tributary_n to_o achish_n or_o at_o least_o his_o confederate_n and_o neighbour_n it_o be_v strange_a indeed_o how_o these_o thing_n can_v be_v conceal_v from_o the_o philistine_n but_o first_o we_o must_v consider_v that_o the_o people_n smite_v dwell_v somewhat_o far_o from_o the_o philistine_n and_o scatter_v in_o several_a place_n of_o a_o solitary_a wilderness_n and_o second_o there_o may_v be_v some_o special_a hand_n of_o god_n in_o conceal_v these_o thing_n for_o david_n safety_n chap._n xxviii_o verse_n 1._o the_o philistine_n gather_v their_o army_n together_o for_o warfare_n to_o fight_v against_o israel_n that_o be_v not_o only_o achish_a but_o with_o he_o all_o the_o other_o prince_n of_o the_o philistine_n encourage_v no_o doubt_n by_o the_o distraction_n that_o be_v now_o in_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n and_o the_o weak_a state_n of_o the_o kingdom_n by_o mean_n hereof_o verse_n 2._o and_o david_n say_v to_o achish_n sure_o thou_o shall_v know_v what_o thy_o servant_n can_v do_v the_o ambiguity_n of_o these_o word_n seem_v to_o imply_v that_o he_o mean_v not_o fight_v against_o the_o people_n of_o god_n though_o he_o dare_v not_o but_o make_v semblance_n of_o be_v ready_a to_o do_v what_o the_o king_n shall_v require_v and_o achish_n say_v to_o david_n therefore_o will_v i_o make_v thou_o keeper_n of_o my_o head_n forever_o that_o be_v i_o will_v make_v thou_o captain_n of_o my_o lifeguard_n so_o long_o as_o we_o shall_v live_v together_o verse_n 2._o now_o samuel_n be_v dead_a etc._n etc._n this_o be_v here_o insert_v because_o of_o the_o follow_a story_n wherein_o be_v relate_v how_o saul_n be_v destitute_a of_o all_o counsel_n seek_v to_o have_v samuel_n raise_v from_o the_o dead_a that_o he_o may_v talk_v with_o he_o of_o late_a saul_n disregard_v samuel_n now_o he_o will_v have_v wish_v he_o have_v be_v live_v and_o saul_n put_v away_o those_o that_o have_v familiar_a spirit_n and_o the_o wizard_n out_o of_o the_o land_n this_o be_v add_v to_o show_v that_o saul_n seek_v to_o the_o witch_n sin_v against_o his_o own_o conscience_n verse_n 4._o and_o the_o philistine_n gather_v themselves_o together_o and_o come_v and_o pitch_v in_o shunem_n a_o town_n in_o the_o border_n of_o issachar_n josh_n 19.18_o verse_n 5._o and_o when_o saul_n see_v the_o host_n of_o the_o philistine_n he_o be_v afraid_a and_o his_o heart_n great_o tremble_v through_o the_o terror_n of_o a_o guilty_a conscience_n which_o now_o seize_v upon_o he_o verse_n 6._o and_o when_o saul_n inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n the_o lord_n answer_v he_o not_o etc._n etc._n how_o saul_n inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n it_o be_v not_o express_v only_o this_o we_o may_v conclude_v that_o by_o urim_n he_o can_v not_o inquire_v of_o god_n &_o that_o because_o abiathar_n have_v carry_v away_o the_o high_a priest_n ephod_n to_o david_n wherein_o the_o urim_fw-la be_v chap._n 23.6_o only_o because_o the_o holy_a ghost_n will_v the_o more_o full_o express_v the_o comfortless_a condition_n of_o saul_n how_o whole_o he_o be_v forsake_v of_o god_n and_o leave_v destitute_a of_o all_o direction_n from_o he_o among_o other_o way_n whereby_o he_o can_v have_v no_o answer_n from_o god_n this_o of_o the_o urim_n be_v also_o put_v in_o the_o lord_n answer_v he_o not_o neither_o by_o dream_n nor_o by_o vrim_fw-he to_o wit_n because_o the_o urim_n be_v now_o with_o david_n and_o not_o with_o he_o most_o probable_a it_o be_v that_o saul_n inquire_v of_o god_n partly_o by_o prayer_n partly_o by_o consult_v with_o the_o priest_n and_o prophet_n for_o it_o be_v evident_a in_o several_a place_n of_o this_o history_n that_o there_o be_v at_o this_o time_n divers_a college_n of_o prophet_n in_o the_o land_n and_o like_a enough_o it_o be_v that_o though_o before_o he_o have_v kill_v god_n priest_n and_o despise_v his_o prophet_n yet_o now_o in_o his_o distress_n he_o be_v glad_a to_o seek_v both_o to_o priest_n and_o prophet_n to_o try_v if_o they_o can_v advise_v he_o or_o will_v inquire_v of_o god_n in_o his_o behalf_n but_o however_o by_o what_o mean_v soever_o he_o inquire_v it_o be_v not_o do_v in_o faith_n for_o have_v he_o seek_v in_o faith_n he_o will_v have_v continue_v seek_v and_o not_o have_v give_v over_o to_o run_v to_o a_o witch_n and_o therefore_o 1._o chron._n 10.14_o it_o be_v say_v that_o he_o inquire_v not_o of_o the_o lord_n and_o according_o we_o see_v the_o lord_n deal_v with_o he_o the_o lord_n answer_v he_o not_o neither_o one_o way_n nor_o other_o which_o be_v a_o evidence_n that_o the_o lord_n be_v high_o displease_v with_o he_o for_o the_o like_a be_v mention_v we_o see_v elsewhere_o as_o a_o great_a argument_n of_o god_n high_a indignation_n against_o his_o people_n lam._n 2.9_o the_o law_n be_v no_o more_o her_o prophet_n also_o find_v no_o vision_n from_o the_o lord_n verse_n 7._o then_o say_v saul_n to_o his_o servant_n seek_v i_o a_o woman_n that_o have_v a_o familiar_a spirit_n etc._n etc._n it_o seem_v that_o in_o those_o day_n woman_n by_o reason_n of_o their_o weakness_n be_v most_o deceive_v by_o satan_n and_o bring_v to_o give_v themselves_o to_o sorcery_n and_o witchcraft_n and_o therefore_o he_o command_v his_o servant_n to_o seek_v he_o out_o a_o woman_n that_o have_v a_o familiar_a spirit_n not_o doubt_v but_o there_o be_v still_o some_o of_o these_o that_o lurk_v secret_o in_o the_o land_n though_o he_o have_v endeavour_v to_o root_v they_o all_o out_o vers_n 3._o and_o this_o be_v here_o record_v as_o the_o last_o and_o most_o desperate_a wickedness_n that_o he_o fall_v into_o and_o upon_o which_o he_o be_v immediate_o cut_v off_o by_o god_n revenge_a hand_n as_o be_v full_o express_v 1._o chron._n 10_o 13_o 14._o behold_v there_o be_v a_o woman_n have_v a_o familiar_a spirit_n at_o endor_n a_o town_n of_o the_o manassites_n within_o jordan_n josh_n 17.11_o verse_n 8._o and_o saul_n disguise_v himself_o and_o put_v on_o other_o raiment_n etc._n etc._n this_o he_o do_v not_o only_o that_o the_o witch_n may_v not_o know_v he_o and_o so_o not_o fear_v to_o satisfy_v his_o desire_n but_o also_o doubtless_o out_o of_o very_a shame_n because_o he_o now_o yield_v to_o make_v use_n of_o those_o base_a course_n which_o himself_o ere_o while_n have_v so_o severe_o punish_v verse_n 9_o behold_v thou_o know_v what_o saul_n have_v do_v how_o he_o have_v cut_v off_o those_o that_o have_v familiar_a spirit_n etc._n etc._n thus_o be_v saul_n put_v in_o mind_n even_o by_o the_o word_n of_o the_o witch_n though_o she_o intend_v it_o not_o how_o heinous_o he_o now_o sin_v in_o seek_v to_o the_o devil_n for_o help_v even_o against_o the_o light_n of_o his_o own_o conscience_n verse_n 10._o as_o the_o lord_n live_v there_o shall_v no_o punishment_n happen_v to_o thou_o for_o this_o thing_n that_o be_v i_o will_v not_o discover_v thou_o verse_n 11._o and_o he_o say_v bring_v i_o up_o samuel_n saul_n despise_v samuel_n when_o he_o live_v and_o will_v not_o follow_v his_o direction_n and_o now_o his_o thought_n can_v be_v satisfy_v with_o nothing_o but_o to_o speak_v with_o samuel_n and_o rather_o than_o fail_v herein_o he_o will_v go_v to_o a_o witch_n to_o raise_v up_o the_o ghost_n of_o samuel_n to_o talk_v with_o he_o verse_n 12._o and_o when_o the_o woman_n see_v samuel_n she_o cry_v out_o with_o a_o loud_a voice_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v not_o doubtless_o samuel_n himself_o that_o appear_v now_o to_o the_o witch_n but_o the_o devil_n in_o samuel_n likeness_n for_o first_o the_o soul_n of_o saint_n depart_v be_v present_o at_o rest_n with_o god_n and_o be_v take_v up_o when_o they_o die_v out_o of_o the_o devil_n reach_v he_o have_v no_o power_n over_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n faithful_a servant_n depart_v for_o than_o he_o
19_o i_o be_o one_o of_o they_o that_o be_v peaceable_a and_o faithful_a in_o israel_n here_o this_o wise_a woman_n of_o abel_n do_v further_o dissuade_v joab_n from_o proceed_v with_o such_o severity_n against_o this_o city_n by_o three_o several_a argument_n first_o by_o plead_v their_o innocency_n i_o be_o one_o of_o they_o that_o be_v peaceable_a and_o faithful_a in_o israel_n for_o this_o she_o speak_v not_o of_o herself_o in_o particular_a there_o be_v no_o reason_n that_o the_o whole_a city_n shall_v be_v spare_v because_o she_o be_v peaceable_a but_o she_o speak_v in_o the_o name_n and_o person_n of_o the_o whole_a city_n to_o wit_n that_o their_o city_n abel_n be_v peaceable_a and_o faithful_a and_o indeed_o it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o either_o the_o city_n know_v nothing_o of_o sheba_n guilt_n and_o do_v shut_v their_o gate_n not_o to_o defend_v sheba_n but_o only_o because_o they_o hear_v of_o a_o army_n that_o be_v come_v against_o they_o or_o at_o least_o that_o though_o there_o may_v be_v a_o faction_n in_o the_o city_n that_o be_v abettor_n of_o sheba_n yet_o for_o the_o generality_n of_o the_o people_n they_o be_v otherwise_o mind_v and_o this_o she_o allege_v to_o justify_v the_o city_n and_o to_o stay_v the_o rage_n of_o joab_n second_o by_o plead_v the_o damage_n that_o will_v redound_v to_o the_o israel_n of_o god_n by_o the_o ruin_n of_o this_o city_n thou_o seek_v to_o destroy_v a_o city_n and_o a_o mother_n in_o israel_n that_o be_v the_o chief_a city_n of_o a_o province_n a_o mother_n city_n the_o chief_a city_n of_o a_o country_n be_v call_v in_o the_o scripture_n mother_n partly_o in_o regard_n of_o the_o multitude_n of_o the_o inhabitant_n which_o be_v there_o breed_v and_o bring_v up_o as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o lap_n and_o bosom_n of_o a_o mother_n and_o be_v by_o she_o defend_v and_o shelter_v from_o the_o violence_n of_o those_o that_o will_v hurt_v they_o and_o liberal_o provide_v for_o and_o send_v forth_o perhaps_o into_o other_o part_n of_o the_o land_n with_o a_o large_a portion_n of_o outward_a thing_n but_o principal_o in_o regard_n of_o the_o town_n and_o village_n about_o they_o either_o because_o the_o city_n have_v the_o command_n over_o they_o or_o at_o least_o because_o the_o town_n and_o village_n have_v much_o dependence_n upon_o they_o as_o child_n upon_o their_o mother_n for_o counsel_n and_o direction_n in_o their_o weighty_a affair_n for_o defence_n against_o invade_v enemy_n and_o for_o a_o supply_n of_o thing_n convenient_a for_o they_o and_o so_o this_o woman_n term_n her_o city_n a_o mother_n in_o israel_n to_o show_v what_o a_o mischief_n he_o shall_v do_v to_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n in_o ruinate_v such_o a_o city_n and_o three_o by_o plead_v the_o wrong_n that_o therein_o will_v be_v do_v unto_o the_o lord_n in_o that_o the_o people_n be_v the_o people_n of_o god_n that_o be_v like_a to_o be_v destroy_v in_o it_o and_o the_o city_n a_o part_n of_o the_o inheritance_n wherein_o god_n have_v place_v his_o people_n why_o will_v thou_o say_v she_o swallow_v up_o the_o inheritance_n of_o the_o lord_n where_o also_o the_o expression_n she_o use_v of_o swallow_v up_o the_o inheritance_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v very_o observable_a for_o thereby_o she_o covert_o blame_v he_o for_o his_o violent_a and_o furious_a proceed_n against_o they_o and_o intimate_v that_o if_o he_o will_v not_o do_v all_o in_o a_o passion_n but_o will_v a_o little_a deliberate_a of_o these_o his_o proceed_n he_o will_v be_v soon_o of_o another_o mind_n verse_n 21._o but_o a_o man_n of_o mount_n ephraim_n sheba_n the_o son_n of_o bichri_fw-la by_o name_n have_v lift_v up_o his_o hand_n against_o the_o king_n he_o be_v of_o the_o tribe_n of_o benjamin_n but_o dwell_v it_o seem_v in_o mount_n ephraim_n and_o therefore_o joab_n call_v he_o a_o man_n of_o mount_n ephraim_n and_o the_o woman_n say_v unto_o joab_n behold_v his_o head_n shall_v be_v throw_v to_o thou_o over_o the_o wall_n this_o she_o promise_v with_o such_o confidence_n either_o because_o she_o know_v already_o the_o mind_n of_o those_o that_o be_v able_a to_o do_v it_o or_o because_o she_o be_v assure_v they_o will_v be_v win_v to_o it_o and_o not_o hazard_v the_o city_n to_o shelter_v a_o traitor_n and_o indeed_o that_o the_o inhabitant_n be_v by_o she_o persuade_v to_o yield_v to_o this_o the_o word_n in_o the_o follow_a verse_n seem_v clear_o to_o imply_v then_o the_o woman_n go_v unto_o all_o the_o people_n in_o her_o wisdom_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v by_o her_o wisdom_n in_o plead_v with_o they_o and_o the_o strong_a reason_n she_o allege_v she_o persuade_v the_o citizen_n to_o cut_v off_o his_o head_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 23._o now_o joab_n be_v over_o all_o the_o host_n of_o israel_n as_o before_o when_o david_n be_v first_o settle_v in_o the_o kingdom_n the_o name_n of_o his_o chief_a officer_n be_v express_v chap._n 8.16_o so_o here_o again_o first_o to_o let_v we_o see_v that_o joab_n recover_v his_o place_n david_n perhaps_o not_o know_v how_o to_o oppose_v it_o and_o second_o to_o she_o how_o full_o david_n be_v reetablish_v in_o the_o kingdom_n all_o thing_n be_v settle_v again_o in_o the_o former_a order_n verse_n 24._o and_o adoram_n be_v over_o the_o tribute_n this_o office_n be_v not_o mention_v before_o chap._n 8._o for_o since_o that_o david_n have_v enlarge_v his_o dominion_n and_o make_v many_o nation_n tributary_n to_o he_o and_o thereupon_o this_o office_n be_v commit_v to_o adoram_n verse_n 25._o and_o sheva_n be_v scribe_n or_o seraiah_n chap._n 8_o 17._o chap._n xxi_o verse_n 1._o then_o there_o be_v a_o famine_n in_o the_o day_n of_o david_n three_o year_n year_n after_o year_n and_o david_n inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n though_o this_o story_n of_o the_o three_o year_n famine_n be_v here_o relate_v after_o that_o of_o absaloms_n rebellion_n and_o sheba_n insurrection_n against_o david_n yet_o it_o be_v general_o hold_v that_o both_o this_o and_o the_o follow_a story_n chap._n 24._o happen_v long_o before_o and_o indeed_o if_o absaloms_n rebellion_n be_v in_o the_o the_o fourti_v year_n of_o his_o father_n reign_n who_o reign_v in_o all_o but_o forty_o year_n chap._n 5.4_o as_o many_o gather_v from_o chap._n 15.7_o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o after_o forty_o year_n absalon_n say_v unto_o the_o king_n etc._n etc._n this_o consequent_o must_v needs_o be_v before_o that_o only_o because_o all_o these_o forementioned_a trouble_v that_o befall_v david_n befall_v he_o for_o his_o sin_n with_o bathsheba_n therefore_o be_v they_o there_o insert_v immediate_o after_o that_o and_o these_o that_o concern_v other_o matter_n be_v afterward_o relate_v by_o themselves_o the_o scripture_n rather_o respect_v the_o coherence_n of_o the_o matter_n and_o argument_n than_o the_o consequence_n of_o the_o time_n and_o so_o much_o methinks_v the_o very_a text_n do_v imply_v give_v no_o other_o note_n of_o the_o time_n but_o that_o it_o be_v in_o the_o day_n of_o david_n though_o the_o sin_n be_v long_o since_o commit_v yet_o at_o length_n god_n begin_v to_o punish_v the_o whole_a land_n for_o it_o by_o send_v a_o famine_n among_o they_o cause_v as_o it_o seem_v vers_fw-la 10._o by_o want_n of_o rain_n and_o how_o ever_o at_o first_o david_n take_v it_o as_o a_o punishment_n lay_v upon_o they_o for_o the_o common_a sin_n of_o the_o land_n yet_o when_o he_o see_v that_o it_o continue_v three_o year_n together_o he_o conclude_v there_o be_v some_o special_a thing_n wherewith_o god_n be_v offend_v and_o for_o which_o he_o will_v be_v satisfy_v and_o therefore_o then_o he_o inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n and_o the_o lord_n answer_v it_o be_v for_o saul_n and_o for_o his_o bloody_a house_n because_o he_o slay_v the_o gibeonite_n that_o be_v many_o of_o the_o gibeonite_n in_o the_o follow_a verse_n it_o be_v indeed_o express_v that_o he_o endeavour_v to_o root_v they_o all_o out_o of_o the_o land_n saul_n seek_v to_o stay_v they_o in_o his_o zeal_n to_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n and_o judah_n to_o wit_n as_o pretend_v that_o it_o be_v neither_o profitable_a nor_o honourable_a nor_o safe_a for_o god_n people_n to_o suffer_v any_o of_o those_o curse_a nation_n to_o live_v among_o they_o who_o god_n have_v command_v they_o utter_o to_o destroy_v exod._n 23.33_o deut._n 7.2_o but_o it_o seem_v he_o do_v not_o open_o profess_v this_o which_o he_o have_v purpose_v with_o himself_o for_o this_o will_v have_v be_v too_o manifest_a a_o act_n of_o tryranny_n and_o injustice_n and_o too_o palpable_a a_o violation_n of_o the_o oath_n which_o joshua_n and_o the_o elder_n of_o israel_n have_v take_v that_o they_o shall_v live_v peaceable_o among_o they_o josh_n 9.15_o and_o beside_o have_v he_o go_v
be_v hence_o certain_o determine_v but_o howsoever_o in_o hiram_n and_o the_o tyrian_n readiness_n to_o confer_v their_o help_n to_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n we_o have_v a_o shadow_n of_o the_o call_n of_o the_o gentile_n into_o the_o church_n of_o which_o the_o apostle_n speak_v eph._n 2.13_o 14._o but_o now_o in_o christ_n jesus_n you_o who_o sometime_o be_v far_o off_o be_v make_v nigh_o by_o the_o blood_n of_o christ_n for_o he_o be_v our_o peace_n who_o have_v make_v both_o one_o and_o have_v break_v down_o the_o middle_a wall_n of_o partition_n between_o we_o verse_n 8._o and_o hiram_n send_v to_o solomon_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n by_o write_v a_o letter_n 2_o chron._n 2.11_o verse_n 9_o and_o i_o will_v convey_v they_o by_o sea_n in_o float_n unto_o the_o place_n that_o thou_o shall_v appoint_v i_o etc._n etc._n it_o be_v say_v that_o he_o proffer_v to_o convey_v they_o to_o joppa_n 2_o chr._n 2_o 16_o it_o seem_v therefore_o hiram_n proffer_v to_o convey_v they_o to_o joppa_n or_o any_o other_o place_n which_o solomon_n shall_v appoint_v and_o thou_o shall_v accomplish_v my_o desire_n in_o give_v food_n for_o my_o household_n this_o hiram_n require_v of_o solomon_n in_o lieu_n of_o what_o he_o have_v yield_v to_o do_v for_o he_o in_o send_v he_o timber_n of_o cedar_n &c_n &c_n and_o that_o because_o tyre_n and_o zidon_n though_o rich_a with_o merchandise_n be_v in_o a_o barren_a soil_n and_o have_v indeed_o always_o most_o of_o their_o store_n for_o corn_n and_o other_o provision_n out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n whence_o it_o be_v say_v of_o the_o jew_n that_o be_v return_v out_o of_o babylon_n ezra_n 3.7_o that_o they_o give_v meat_n and_o drink_n and_o oil_n unto_o they_o of_o zidon_n and_o to_o they_o of_o tyre_n to_o bring_v cedar_n tree_n from_o lebanon_n to_o the_o sea_n of_o joppa_n for_o the_o rebuild_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o where_o all_o the_o rich_a commodity_n be_v reckon_v up_o that_o be_v continual_o bring_v into_o tyre_n it_o be_v say_v ezek._n 27.17_o judah_n and_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n they_o be_v thy_o merchant_n they_o trade_v in_o thy_o market_n wheat_n of_o minnith_n and_o pannag_n and_o honey_n and_o oil_n and_o balm_n and_o act_n 12.20_o the_o reason_n that_o be_v give_v why_o the_o inhabitaat_n of_o tyre_n and_o zidon_n be_v so_o eager_a to_o pacify_v herod_n when_o he_o be_v displease_v with_o they_o be_v because_o their_o country_n be_v nourish_v by_o the_o king_n country_n verse_n 11._o and_o solomon_n give_v hiram_n twenty_o thousand_o measure_n of_o wheat_n for_o food_n to_o his_o household_n etc._n etc._n solomon_n when_o first_o he_o send_v to_o hiram_n proffer_v his_o servant_n twenty_o thousand_o measure_n of_o beat_a wheat_n and_o as_o many_o of_o barley_n twenty_o thousand_o bath_n of_o wine_n and_o as_o many_o of_o oil_n for_o their_o hire_n and_o provision_n as_o you_o see_v it_o be_v plain_o express_v 2._o chron._n 2.10_o yea_o it_o seem_v he_o add_v that_o if_o that_o shall_v not_o like_v he_o he_o will_v give_v whatsoever_o hire_n himself_o will_v appoint_v as_o we_o see_v above_o vers_fw-la 6._o now_o when_o hiram_n answer_v solomon_n by_o writing_n he_o accept_v of_o that_o provision_n that_o be_v proffer_v for_o his_o servant_n 2._o chron._n 2.15_o but_o withal_o make_v it_o a_o request_n to_o he_o as_o we_o see_v above_o vers_fw-la 9_o that_o solomon_n will_v grant_v he_o liberty_n to_o transport_v a_o certain_a quantity_n of_o provision_n every_o year_n for_o his_o own_o household_n because_o his_o country_n be_v but_o barren_a for_o such_o thing_n and_o this_o be_v that_o which_o here_o it_o be_v say_v solomon_n give_v hiram_n for_o that_o provision_n of_o wheat_n and_o barley_n and_o wine_n and_o oil_n mention_v 2._o chron._n 2.10_o be_v give_v to_o the_o subject_n of_o the_o king_n of_o tyre_n that_o be_v employ_v about_o solomon_n work_n see_v the_o note_n also_o chap._n 9.11_o verse_n 13._o and_o king_n solomon_n raise_v a_o levy_v out_o of_o all_o israel_n and_o the_o levy_v be_v thirty_o thousand_o man_n that_o be_v of_o the_o israelite_n that_o be_v skilful_a workman_n whether_o carpenter_n or_o mason_n throughout_o his_o kingdom_n for_o though_o solomon_n do_v make_v no_o bondman_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n 1._o king_n 9.22_o but_o employ_v stranger_n in_o the_o more_o servile_a employment_n and_o hard_a labour_n of_o bear_v burden_n and_o hew_v in_o the_o mountain_n 2._o chron._n 2.17_o 18._o yet_o it_o be_v altogether_o improbable_a that_o either_o there_o be_v no_o artificer_n among_o the_o israelite_n though_o inferior_a to_o the_o tyrian_n or_o that_o such_o as_o be_v able_a for_o the_o work_n be_v whole_o neglect_v and_o only_a stranger_n employ_v verse_n 15._o and_o solomon_n have_v threescore_o and_o ten_o thousand_o that_o bare_a burden_n etc._n etc._n and_o these_o be_v of_o the_o stranger_n that_o be_v in_o the_o land_n as_o we_o find_v it_o express_v 2._o chron._n 2.17_o 18._o verse_n 16._o beside_o the_o chief_a of_o solomon_n officer_n which_o be_v over_o the_o work_n three_o thousand_o and_o three_o hundred_o etc._n etc._n but_o how_o can_v this_o agree_v with_o that_o place_n 2._o chron._n 2.18_o where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o there_o be_v three_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o overseer_n to_o set_v the_o people_n on_o work_n i_o answer_v some_o hold_n that_o there_o be_v but_o three_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o as_o here_o in_o ordinary_a service_n and_o then_o three_o hundred_o more_o be_v keep_v as_o a_o reserve_n for_o supply_v if_o need_n be_v but_o i_o think_v rather_o that_o those_o three_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o there_o mention_v be_v of_o the_o stranger_n there_o speak_v of_o as_o be_v very_o evident_a in_o that_o place_n for_z vers_n 17._o the_o total_a number_n of_o the_o stranger_n gather_v together_o for_o this_o service_n be_v say_v to_o have_v be_v a_o hundred_o fifty_o three_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o and_o then_o in_o the_o 18._o vers_fw-la it_o be_v particular_o express_v how_o all_o these_o be_v several_o employ_v to_o wit_n seventy_o thousand_o in_o bear_v burden_n and_o eighty_o thousand_o in_o hew_v in_o the_o mountain_n which_o make_v one_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o thousand_o and_o then_o the_o remain_v three_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o be_v appoint_v to_o be_v overseer_n to_o set_v the_o people_n a-work_o but_o now_o these_o three_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o be_v such_o as_o have_v the_o command_n of_o all_o that_o be_v employ_v in_o the_o work_n both_o the_o tyrian_n and_o israelite_n and_o those_o stranger_n mention_v in_o that_o place_n of_o the_o chronicle_n and_o by_o who_o command_n and_o direction_n all_o thing_n be_v order_v and_o therefore_o be_v they_o here_o call_v the_o chief_a of_o solomon_n officer_n and_o such_o as_o do_v not_o only_o oversee_v the_o work_n but_o also_o rule_v over_o the_o people_n that_o wrought_v in_o the_o work_n it_o be_v hard_o also_o to_o reconcile_v this_o place_n with_o that_o which_o be_v say_v 1._o king_n 9.23_o these_o be_v the_o chief_a of_o the_o officer_n that_o be_v over_o solomon_n work_n five_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o which_o bare_a rule_n over_o the_o people_n that_o wrought_v in_o the_o work_n 2._o chron._n 8.10_o and_o these_o be_v the_o chief_a of_o solomon_n officer_n even_o two_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o that_o bare_a rule_n over_o the_o people_n but_o for_o that_o see_v the_o note_n chap._n 9.23_o verse_n 17._o and_o they_o bring_v great_a stone_n costly_a stone_n to_o wit_n marble_n porphyry_n and_o such_o like_a verse_n 18._o and_o hiram_n bvilder_n do_v hew_v they_o and_o the_o stone-squarers_a or_o the_o giblites_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o margin_n of_o our_o bible_n and_o it_o be_v think_v that_o these_o be_v a_o people_n belong_v to_o tyre_n among_o who_o there_o be_v many_o excellent_a workman_n call_v so_o of_o gebal_n or_o gebula_n the_o place_n of_o their_o dwell_n whence_o be_v that_o ezek._n 27.9_o the_o ancient_n of_o gebal_n and_o the_o wise_a man_n thereof_o be_v in_o thou_o and_o that_o psal_n 83.7_o gebal_n and_o ammon_n and_o amalek_n the_o philistine_n with_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o tyre_n chap._n vi_o verse_n 1._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o four_o hundred_o and_o fourscore_o year_n etc._n etc._n here_o the_o time_n be_v note_v when_o solomon_n begin_v to_o bind_v the_o temple_n to_o wit_n in_o the_o four_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n in_o the_o second_o month_n the_o month_n zif_fw-mi which_o be_v the_o april_n moon_n and_o comprehend_v part_n of_o our_o april_n and_o part_n of_o may_n the_o fit_a time_n in_o the_o year_n to_o begin_v a_o building_n and_o how_o long_o it_o be_v after_o the_o israelite_n come_v out_o of_o egypt_n which_o be_v the_o first_o beginning_n of_o
and_o stir_v up_o thereto_o no_o doubt_n by_o jezabel_n send_v present_o out_o to_o take_v he_o that_o he_o may_v be_v revenge_v on_o he_o as_o obadiah_n afterward_o tell_v he_o chap._n 18.10_o as_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n live_v there_o be_v no_o nation_n nor_o kingdom_n whither_o my_o lord_n have_v not_o send_v to_o seek_v thou_o but_o the_o lord_n foresee_v what_o will_v be_v give_v his_o prophet_n warning_n of_o it_o and_o appoint_v he_o to_o withdraw_v and_o hide_v himself_o by_o the_o brook_n cherith_n there_o be_v doubtless_o in_o that_o place_n some_o wood_n or_o cave_n where_o it_o be_v likely_a the_o prophet_n may_v some_o good_a time_n conceal_v himself_o verse_n 4._o i_o have_v command_v the_o raven_n to_o feed_v thou_o there_o that_o be_v i_o have_v decree_v and_o will_v take_v order_n that_o the_o raven_n shall_v bring_v thou_o competent_a food_n thither_o and_o the_o reason_n give_v by_o expositor_n why_o the_o lord_n be_v please_v to_o make_v use_n of_o raven_n in_o this_o service_n rather_o than_o any_o other_o creature_n be_v these_o first_o because_o raven_n do_v natural_o delight_v to_o live_v in_o such_o place_n as_o this_o be_v by_o the_o brook_n cherith_n where_o elijah_n be_v appoint_v to_o hide_v himself_o to_o wit_n in_o solitary_a place_n where_o there_o be_v cave_n and_o vault_n especial_o in_o valley_n where_o there_o be_v brook_n of_o water_n whence_o be_v that_o prov._n 30.17_o the_o eye_n that_o mock_v at_o his_o father_n the_o raven_n of_o the_o valley_n shall_v pick_v it_o out_o second_o because_o they_o be_v a_o thievish_a kind_n of_o bird_n watch_v all_o occasion_n to_o snatch_v up_o and_o carry_v away_o pigeon_n and_o chicken_n or_o any_o other_o provision_n they_o can_v any_o where_o come_v at_o and_o three_o especial_o because_o the_o raven_n be_v such_o a_o greedy_a and_o ravenous_a bird_n that_o as_o it_o be_v say_v they_o usual_o disregard_n the_o feed_n of_o their_o own_o young_a one_o to_o feed_v themselves_o it_o be_v the_o more_o miraculous_a that_o god_n shall_v make_v they_o caterer_n for_o elijah_n in_o such_o a_o orderly_a manner_n to_o bring_v he_o in_o his_o provision_n both_o morning_n and_o evening_n hereby_o the_o power_n of_o god_n be_v the_o more_o clear_o discover_v and_o a_o plain_a proof_n be_v give_v by_o what_o contrary_a mean_v god_n can_v provide_v for_o his_o servant_n in_o all_o their_o strait_n god_n may_v have_v send_v elijah_n to_o his_o fellow_n prophet_n in_o obadiahs_n cave_n or_o to_o some_o other_o of_o those_o faithful_a israelite_n that_o have_v not_o bow_v their_o knee_n to_o baal_n but_o he_o choose_v rather_o by_o this_o unlikely_a way_n to_o provide_v for_o he_o that_o it_o may_v be_v see_v that_o god_n have_v all_o creature_n at_o his_o command_n for_o the_o help_n of_o his_o servant_n it_o be_v no_o less_o strange_a to_o feed_v he_o by_o raven_n then_o if_o he_o have_v sustain_v he_o without_o any_o food_n at_o all_o and_o yet_o this_o god_n do_v cause_v the_o raven_n to_o bring_v he_o both_o morning_n and_o evening_n bread_n and_o flesh_n to_o wit_n roast_v or_o sod_a the_o lord_n direct_v they_o where_o they_o shall_v have_v it_o verse_n 7._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v after_o a_o while_n that_o the_o brook_v dry_v up_o god_n can_v easy_o have_v prevent_v this_o brook_n from_o dry_v up_o notwithstanding_o the_o drought_n but_o the_o lord_n be_v please_v rather_o now_o to_o find_v out_o another_o way_n for_o the_o sustain_n of_o elijah_n to_o wit_n first_o that_o he_o may_v for_o a_o while_n by_o the_o dry_n up_o of_o this_o brook_n try_v the_o faith_n of_o the_o prophet_n second_o that_o the_o israelite_n in_o those_o part_n may_v be_v the_o more_o straiten_v for_o want_n of_o water_n three_o that_o he_o may_v the_o more_o abundant_o manifest_a how_o many_o several_a way_n he_o have_v to_o provide_v for_o his_o servant_n in_o time_n of_o extremity_n and_o fourthly_a that_o he_o may_v together_o with_o he_o provide_v for_o the_o poor_a widow_n of_o zarephath_n too_o some_o expositor_n hold_v that_o there_o have_v be_v no_o rain_n for_o half_a a_o year_n when_o this_o brook_n dry_v up_o and_o that_o afterward_o elijah_n live_v with_o the_o widow_n of_o zarephath_n three_o year_n which_o be_v the_o full_a time_n of_o the_o drought_n luke_n 4.25_o and_o that_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o next_o chapter_n that_o in_o the_o three_o year_n elijah_n be_v send_v to_o ahab_n with_o a_o promise_n of_o rain_n verse_n 9_o arise_v get_v thou_o to_o zarephath_n which_o belong_v to_o zidon_n and_o dwell_v there_o behold_v i_o have_v command_v a_o widow_n woman_n there_o to_o sustain_v thou_o there_o be_v not_o the_o least_o intimation_n of_o any_o want_n of_o rain_n that_o be_v in_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n yet_o be_v elijah_n send_v to_o a_o stranger_n rather_o than_o to_o the_o widow_n of_o israel_n both_o because_o such_o a_o one_o may_v seem_v most_o unlikely_a to_o relieve_v he_o and_o also_o herein_o to_o shadow_v forth_o god_n future_a mercy_n to_o the_o gentile_n the_o jew_n be_v reject_v whence_o be_v that_o of_o our_o saviour_n luke_n 4.25_o 26._o many_o widow_n be_v in_o israel_n in_o the_o day_n of_o elias_n etc._n etc._n but_o unto_o none_o of_o they_o be_v elias_n send_v save_v unto_o sarepta_n a_o city_n of_o sidon_n unto_o a_o woman_n that_o be_v a_o widow_n as_o for_o that_o phrase_n i_o have_v command_v a_o widow_n see_v the_o note_n above_o vers_n 4._o verse_n 10._o the_o widow_n woman_n be_v there_o gather_v of_o stick_n and_o he_o call_v to_o she_o etc._n etc._n as_o know_v by_o the_o special_a instinct_n of_o god_n spirit_n that_o this_o be_v the_o widow_n of_o who_o god_n have_v speak_v to_o he_o or_o else_o have_v receive_v direction_n hereby_o to_o discover_v the_o widow_n to_o who_o he_o be_v send_v when_o he_o come_v to_o the_o city_n verse_n 12._o as_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n live_v i_o have_v not_o a_o cake_n etc._n etc._n this_o widow_n live_v upon_o the_o border_n of_o israel_n have_v learn_v to_o know_v a_o prophet_n of_o israel_n by_o his_o habit_n yea_o as_o it_o may_v seem_v both_o to_o know_v and_o fear_v the_o god_n of_o israel_n and_o yet_o to_o such_o a_o straight_o she_o be_v bring_v be_v a_o poor_a woman_n though_o the_o drought_n have_v be_v yet_o as_o it_o be_v think_v but_o six_o month_n in_o the_o land_n that_o have_v not_o god_n come_v in_o to_o her_o help_n at_o this_o pinch_n she_o be_v now_o ready_a to_o eat_v she_o last_o meal_n i_o have_v say_v she_o but_o a_o handful_n of_o meal_n in_o a_o barrel_n and_o a_o little_a oil_n in_o a_o cruse_a and_o behold_v i_o be_o gather_v two_o stick_n that_o be_v a_o few_o stick_n as_o we_o use_v to_o say_v a_o stick_n or_o two_o that_o i_o may_v go_v in_o and_o dress_v it_o for_o i_o and_o my_o son_n that_o we_o may_v eat_v it_o and_o die_v however_o hereby_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o drought_n and_o famine_n be_v in_o the_o country_n of_o tyre_n and_o sidon_n as_o well_o as_o among_o the_o israelite_n and_o indeed_o be_v it_o be_v send_v upon_o the_o israelite_n for_o that_o idolatry_n of_o baal_n which_o jezebel_n the_o daughter_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o zidonian_o have_v bring_v in_o among_o they_o no_o marvel_n though_o the_o zidonian_o be_v involve_v in_o the_o same_o judgement_n together_o with_o they_o verse_n 13._o fear_v not_o go_v and_o do_v as_o thou_o have_v say_v etc._n etc._n that_o be_v go_v in_o and_o dress_v thy_o meal_n and_o thy_o oil_n for_o thou_o and_o thy_o son_n but_o then_o withal_o she_o be_v enjoin_v first_o to_o feed_v he_o with_o her_o last_o victual_n and_o then_o after_o to_o provide_v for_o herself_o and_o her_o son_n but_o make_v i_o thereof_o a_o little_a cake_n first_o which_o be_v doubtless_o for_o the_o trial_n of_o her_o faith_n as_o concern_v that_o promise_n which_o he_o add_v in_o the_o follow_a verse_n verse_n 15._o and_o she_o and_o he_o and_o her_o house_n do_v eat_v many_o day_n that_o be_v a_o long_a time_n together_o and_o indeed_o it_o be_v the_o judgement_n of_o some_o expositor_n as_o be_v note_v before_o that_o for_o three_o full_a year_n they_o all_o live_v upon_o this_o poor_a remainder_n of_o the_o widow_n meal_n and_o oil_n which_o make_v the_o miracle_n far_o the_o more_o wonderful_a but_o yet_o this_o may_v be_v speak_v with_o relation_n to_o some_o part_n of_o this_o time_n and_o happy_o to_o the_o time_n of_o her_o son_n fall_v sick_a which_o be_v next_o relate_v vers_fw-la 17._o verse_n 17._o and_o his_o sickness_n be_v so_o sore_o that_o there_o be_v not_o breathe_v leave_v in_o he_o this_o be_v
mention_v because_o hereby_o the_o widow_n perceive_v that_o her_o son_n be_v dead_a for_o that_o he_o be_v indeed_o dead_a and_o be_v not_o only_o fall_v into_o a_o swoon_n be_v evident_a in_o many_o follow_a passage_n as_o vers_n 18._o and_o 20._o where_o the_o widow_n and_o the_o prophet_n bemoan_v that_o god_n have_v slay_v her_o son_n and_o vers_fw-la 21._o where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o eliah_n pray_v my_o god_n i_o pray_v thou_o let_v this_o child_n soul_n come_v into_o he_o again_o and_o then_o again_o ver_fw-la 22._o and_o the_o soul_n of_o the_o child_n come_v into_o he_o again_o and_o he_o revive_v which_o may_v also_o be_v confirm_v by_o that_o of_o the_o apostle_n heb._n 10.35_o which_o many_o think_v be_v write_v partly_o with_o reference_n to_o this_o story_n woman_n receive_v their_o dead_a raise_v to_o life_n again_o this_o be_v the_o first_o we_o read_v of_o in_o the_o scripture_n that_o be_v dead_a be_v restore_v again_o to_o life_n verse_n 18._o and_o she_o say_v unto_o elijah_n what_o have_v i_o to_o do_v with_o thou_o o_o thou_o man_n of_o god_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v wherein_o have_v i_o offend_v thou_o or_o whence_o be_v it_o that_o thou_o a_o holy_a prophet_n of_o the_o lord_n shall_v come_v to_o i_o a_o mere_a stranger_n to_o thou_o thus_o to_o punish_v i_o for_o my_o sin_n wherefore_o be_v thou_o come_v to_o i_o be_v thou_o come_v to_o call_v my_o sin_n to_o god_n remembrance_n and_o so_o to_o move_v he_o to_o kill_v my_o son_n to_o what_o end_n be_v our_o life_n save_v when_o we_o be_v in_o danger_n to_o perish_v for_o want_v of_o food_n if_o now_o my_o son_n must_v die_v with_o sickness_n when_o god_n punish_v those_o for_o their_o sin_n who_o a_o while_n he_o do_v forbear_v he_o be_v say_v in_o the_o scripture_n to_o remember_v their_o sin_n 1._o sam._n 15.2_o now_o the_o conscience_n of_o this_o poor_a widow_n tell_v she_o that_o the_o death_n of_o her_o son_n be_v for_o her_o sin_n and_o therefore_o apprehend_v that_o his_o dwell_n with_o she_o have_v be_v accidental_o through_o she_o not_o profit_v by_o his_o presence_n as_o she_o ought_v to_o have_v do_v the_o occasion_n of_o her_o son_n death_n or_o rather_o that_o he_o have_v beseech_v god_n thus_o to_o punish_v she_o as_o by_o his_o prayer_n he_o have_v bring_v the_o drought_n and_o famine_n upon_o the_o land_n or_o that_o he_o be_v send_v as_o the_o minister_n of_o god_n wrath_n to_o take_v away_o her_o son_n from_o she_o hence_o it_o be_v that_o she_o break_v forth_o into_o this_o impatient_a bewail_v her_o loss_n and_o her_o sin_n that_o have_v be_v the_o cause_n of_o it_o the_o expression_n she_o use_v be_v much_o like_o that_o of_o peter_n when_o the_o ship_n begin_v to_o sink_v luke_n 5.8_o depart_v from_o i_o for_o i_o be_o a_o sinful_a man_n o_o lord_n verse_n 20._o o_o lord_n my_o god_n have_v thou_o also_o bring_v evil_a upon_o the_o widow_n with_o who_o i_o sojourn_v by_o slay_v her_o son_n herein_o the_o prophet_n plead_v first_o his_o own_o interest_n in_o god_n o_o lord_n my_o god_n second_o the_o condition_n of_o the_o woman_n a_o widow_n and_o that_o because_o woman_n in_o that_o estate_n be_v least_o able_a to_o endure_v the_o loss_n of_o those_o that_o shall_v be_v a_o stay_n and_o support_v to_o they_o and_o god_n be_v wont_a to_o be_v very_o compassionate_o tender_a over_o they_o and_o three_o the_o interest_n she_o have_v in_o he_o because_o he_o sojourn_v with_o she_o as_o grieve_v that_o the_o woman_n that_o have_v harbour_v he_o so_o long_o and_o for_o who_o preservation_n god_n have_v wrought_v so_o great_a a_o miracle_n shall_v now_o have_v all_o her_o joy_n dash_v with_o such_o a_o sad_a loss_n or_o that_o it_o shall_v be_v say_v by_o any_o that_o it_o have_v be_v well_o for_o she_o if_o the_o prophet_n have_v never_o come_v into_o her_o house_n verse_n 21._o and_o he_o stretch_v himself_o upon_o the_o child_n three_o time_n and_o cry_v unto_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n the_o meaning_n of_o this_o be_v either_o that_o he_o stretch_v himself_o upon_o the_o child_n and_o so_o in_o that_o posture_n of_o body_n pray_v and_o then_o leave_v off_o again_o do_v this_o three_o several_a time_n or_o else_o rather_o that_o he_o stretch_v himself_o upon_o the_o child_n and_o then_o go_v and_o pray_v unto_o the_o lord_n and_o so_o do_v by_o turn_n three_o several_a time_n however_o doubtless_o his_o stretch_a himself_o upon_o the_o child_n be_v partly_o that_o feel_v the_o coldness_n of_o the_o child_n body_n he_o may_v be_v stir_v up_o thereby_o to_o pray_v the_o more_o earnest_o for_o he_o and_o partly_o that_o he_o may_v perceive_v when_o heat_n and_o life_n begin_v to_o come_v into_o the_o child_n and_o partly_o also_o thereby_o to_o express_v his_o exceed_a grief_n for_o the_o death_n of_o the_o child_n and_o his_o earnest_a desire_n that_o god_n will_v be_v please_v to_o restore_v he_o to_o life_n there_o be_v a_o intimation_n in_o this_o gesture_n of_o he_o that_o he_o can_v have_v be_v glad_a to_o infuse_v of_o his_o own_o life_n into_o the_o child_n and_o that_o to_o move_v the_o lord_n the_o rather_o to_o hear_v his_o prayer_n and_o grant_v his_o request_n the_o like_a we_o read_v of_o elisha_n 2._o king_n 4.34_o and_o of_o paul_n to_o eutichus_n act_v 20.10_o verse_n 24._o and_o the_o woman_n say_v to_o elijah_n now_o by_o this_o i_o know_v thou_o be_v a_o man_n of_o god_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v now_o her_o faith_n be_v strengthen_v concern_v this_o she_o have_v call_v he_o a_o man_n of_o god_n vers_fw-la 18._o yet_o perhaps_o her_o faith_n be_v shake_v with_o the_o death_n of_o her_o child_n and_o now_o with_o this_o miracle_n it_o be_v strengthen_v again_o chap._n xviii_o verse_n 1._o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v to_o elijah_n in_o the_o three_o year_n elijah_n be_v send_v to_o ahab_n not_o long_o before_o the_o lord_n send_v rain_v again_o upon_o the_o earth_n so_o that_o from_o the_o first_o begin_n of_o the_o drought_n unto_o this_o time_n when_o the_o prophet_n be_v send_v to_o ahab_n it_o be_v well_o nigh_o three_o year_n and_o six_o month_n complete_a for_o so_o long_a rain_n be_v withhold_v luk._n 4.25_o either_o therefore_o the_o three_o year_n here_o speak_v of_o must_v be_v the_o three_o year_n from_o his_o first_o hide_v of_o himself_o chap._n 17.3_o or_o the_o three_o year_n since_o he_o go_v to_o sojourn_v with_o the_o widow_n of_o zarephath_n chap._n 17.6_o or_o else_o the_o three_o complete_a year_n since_o the_o time_n they_o begin_v to_o want_v rain_n the_o six_o odd_a month_n not_o be_v reckon_v as_o indeed_o it_o be_v usual_a in_o the_o scripture_n in_o note_v time_n to_o set_v down_o only_o the_o full_a complete_a year_n and_o not_o to_o mention_v the_o odd_a month_n or_o day_n go_v show_v thyself_o unto_o ahab_n and_o i_o will_v send_v rain_n upon_o the_o earth_n though_o the_o israelite_n continue_v in_o their_o idolatry_n still_o yet_o the_o lord_n determine_v to_o take_v off_o that_o judgement_n of_o want_n of_o rain_n that_o now_o for_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a have_v be_v upon_o they_o and_o this_o he_o do_v partly_o for_o his_o righteous_a servant_n sake_n that_o be_v still_o in_o the_o land_n who_o can_v not_o but_o suffer_v much_o in_o this_o common_a calamity_n and_o partly_o because_o the_o lord_n intend_v by_o elijah_n to_o bring_v baal_n prophet_n to_o be_v slay_v by_o the_o people_n and_o so_o thereupon_o to_o remove_v the_o judgement_n he_o have_v bring_v upon_o the_o kingdom_n and_o so_o now_o elijah_n be_v send_v to_o give_v notice_n they_o shall_v have_v rain_n and_o so_o that_o which_o he_o say_v to_o ahab_n may_v be_v make_v good_a to_o wit_n that_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o rain_n but_o according_a to_o his_o word_n yea_o and_o withal_o doubtless_o god_n give_v he_o now_o in_o charge_n though_o it_o be_v not_o here_o express_v what_o he_o afterward_o do_v concern_v the_o challenge_n he_o make_v to_o baal_n prophet_n as_o be_v evident_a by_o that_o which_o he_o say_v vers_fw-la 36._o lord_n god_n of_o abraham_n isaac_n and_o israel_n let_v it_o be_v know_v this_o day_n that_o thou_o be_v god_n in_o israel_n and_o that_o i_o be_o thy_o servant_n and_o that_o i_o have_v do_v all_o these_o thing_n at_o thy_o word_n verse_n 3._o obadiah_n fear_v the_o lord_n great_o but_o how_o can_v this_o be_v if_o he_o go_v not_o up_o to_o jerusalem_n to_o sacrifice_v i_o answer_v so_o long_o as_o he_o do_v sincere_o fear_n god_n and_o yield_v he_o that_o spiritual_a service_n which_o be_v require_v of_o he_o and_o keep_v himself_o pure_a from_o the_o idolatry_n of_o the_o place_n
question_v and_o doubt_v whether_o this_o mean_n will_v be_v effectual_a or_o no_o and_o therefore_o desire_v that_o he_o will_v go_v along_o with_o she_o she_o resolve_v confident_o that_o she_o will_v not_o return_v without_o he_o verse_n 31._o and_o lay_v the_o staff_n upon_o the_o face_n of_o the_o child_n but_o there_o be_v neither_o voice_n nor_o hear_n etc._n etc._n some_o ascribe_v this_o to_o want_v of_o faith_n both_o in_o gehazi_n and_o the_o mother_n other_o think_v that_o elisha_n give_v that_o direction_n for_o the_o lay_n of_o his_o staff_n upon_o the_o face_n of_o the_o child_n without_o any_o special_a direction_n or_o promise_n from_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n only_o because_o he_o have_v at_o other_o time_n wrought_v miracle_n with_o this_o staff_n but_o rather_o i_o think_v it_o be_v to_o be_v ascribe_v to_o the_o change_n of_o elisha_n his_o purpose_n have_v he_o not_o yield_v to_o have_v go_v himself_o perhaps_o the_o staff_n may_v have_v be_v effectual_a now_o the_o lord_n be_v please_v to_o withhold_v his_o power_n and_o help_v till_o the_o prophet_n come_v verse_n 34._o and_o he_o go_v up_o and_o lay_v upon_o the_o child_n &c_n &c_n he_o apply_v his_o body_n to_o the_o body_n of_o the_o child_n so_o far_o as_o it_o can_v be_v do_v in_o two_o body_n of_o such_o disproportion_n see_v the_o note_n 1_o king_n 17.21_o verse_n 35._o then_o he_o return_v and_o walk_v in_o the_o house_n to_o and_o fro_o etc._n etc._n why_o he_o rise_v up_o from_o lie_v upon_o the_o child_n to_o walk_v to_o and_o fro_o and_o then_o go_v and_o lie_v upon_o the_o child_n again_o it_o be_v hard_o to_o say_v it_o be_v say_v that_o perhaps_o he_o be_v weary_v with_o lie_v in_o that_o manner_n as_o he_o do_v upon_o the_o child_n or_o that_o perceive_v the_o flesh_n of_o the_o child_n to_o wax_v warm_a as_o in_o the_o forego_n verse_n it_o be_v say_v it_o do_v the_o joy_n thereof_o do_v make_v he_o rise_v up_o and_o fetch_v a_o turn_n and_o then_o present_o he_o lay_v down_o upon_o the_o child_n again_o but_o i_o rather_o conceive_v all_o this_o proceed_v from_o the_o exceed_a vehemency_n and_o intention_n of_o his_o desire_n in_o seek_v to_o god_n for_o the_o revive_n of_o the_o child_n it_o be_v usual_a with_o those_o that_o be_v so_o transport_v with_o strong_a desire_n to_o be_v thus_o various_a in_o their_o action_n and_o sometime_o to_o be_v in_o one_o posture_n and_o sometime_o in_o another_o as_o find_v no_o rest_n in_o themselves_o till_o their_o desire_n be_v satisfy_v and_o the_o child_n open_v his_o eye_n which_o be_v a_o sign_n that_o the_o child_n be_v perfect_o restore_v to_o life_n and_o thus_o as_o in_o other_o miracle_n so_o in_o this_o god_n be_v please_v to_o make_v it_o manifest_a that_o the_o spirit_n of_o elijah_n rest_v upon_o elisha_n as_o his_o successor_n by_o enable_v he_o to_o do_v the_o same_o kind_n of_o wonder_n that_o the_o other_o have_v do_v elijah_n divide_v jordan_n with_o his_o mantle_n 2_o king_n 2.8_o so_o do_v elisha_n too_o verse_n 14._o elijah_n multiply_v the_o widow_n of_o zarephaths_n oil_n 1_o king_n 17.14_o and_o elisha_n do_v as_o much_o for_o a_o poor_a prophet_n widow_n vers_fw-la 2_o etc._n etc._n of_o this_o chapter_n elijah_n bring_v rain_n from_o heaven_n after_o a_o time_n of_o great_a drought_n 1._o king_n 18.41_o and_o elisha_n supply_v three_o king_n and_o their_o army_n with_o water_n when_o they_o be_v ready_a to_o perish_v with_o drought_n 2_o king_n 3.16_o 17._o elijah_n curse_v the_o captain_n and_o their_o fifty_n that_o come_v to_o apprehend_v he_o and_o they_o be_v present_o destroy_v with_o fire_n from_o heaven_n 2_o king_n 1.10_o and_o elisha_n curse_v the_o child_n that_o reproach_v and_o mock_v he_o and_o they_o be_v present_o tear_v in_o piece_n by_o two_o she_o bear_v chapter_n â—_o 24_o and_o so_o now_o here_o elisha_n raise_v from_o death_n the_o shunamite_n son_n as_o elijah_n have_v raise_v the_o sareptan_n son_n before_o 1_o king_n 17.21_o 22._o verse_n 33._o and_o elisha_n come_v to_o gilgal_n and_o there_o be_v a_o dearth_n in_o the_o land_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n to_o visit_v the_o college_n of_o the_o prophet_n which_o be_v in_o this_o city_n and_o that_o the_o rather_o to_o encourage_v and_o comfort_v they_o because_o of_o the_o dearth_n that_o be_v now_o in_o the_o land_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o next_o clause_n and_o the_o son_n of_o the_o prophet_n be_v sit_v before_o he_o to_o wit_n to_o be_v instruct_v by_o he_o as_o paul_n use_v to_o sit_v at_o the_o foot_n of_o gamaliel_n act_v 22.3_o which_o be_v perhaps_o the_o rather_o add_v to_o intimate_v that_o it_o be_v by_o elishaes_n mean_n that_o the_o society_n of_o the_o prophet_n be_v not_o dissolve_v but_o holy_a exercise_n be_v continue_v among_o they_o notwithstanding_o the_o famine_n verse_n 39_o and_o one_o go_v out_o into_o the_o field_n to_o gather_v herb_n and_o find_v a_o wild_a vine_n and_o gather_v thereof_o wild_a gourd_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v go_v forth_o to_o gather_v herb_n for_o the_o pottage_n he_o light_v upon_o this_o wild_a vine_n and_o not_o know_v it_o yet_o gather_v thereof_o now_o it_o be_v general_o think_v that_o this_o be_v coloquintida_n a_o plant_n that_o grow_v in_o field_n and_o hedg-rowe_n somewhat_o like_o a_o vine_n the_o gourd_n that_o be_v the_o leaf_n and_o branch_n whereof_o be_v bitter_a and_o poisonous_a verse_n 40._o they_o cry_v out_o and_o say_v o_o thou_o man_n of_o god_n there_o be_v death_n in_o the_o pot_n as_o fear_v by_o their_o bitter_a and_o unsavoury_a raze_v there_o have_v be_v poison_n in_o the_o pottage_n verse_n 42._o and_o there_o come_v a_o man_n from_o baalshalisha_a and_o bring_v the_o man_n of_o god_n bread_n of_o the_o first_o fruit_n etc._n etc._n the_o first_o fruit_n by_o the_o law_n be_v to_o be_v give_v to_o the_o priest_n number_n 18.12_o but_o the_o priest_n be_v now_o drive_v away_o from_o the_o ten_o tribe_n ever_o since_o jeroboam_n have_v set_v up_o his_o golden_a calf_n and_o forbid_v the_o people_n to_o go_v up_o to_o the_o temple_n at_o jerusalem_n 2._o chron._n 11.14_o and_o therefore_o this_o good_a man_n bring_v these_o twenty_o loaf_n of_o the_o first_o fruit_n etc._n etc._n to_o elisha_n and_o the_o prophet_n who_o instruct_v the_o people_n instead_o of_o the_o priest_n and_o that_o the_o rather_o out_o of_o a_o care_n to_o supply_v their_o necessity_n in_o this_o great_a dearth_n that_o be_v now_o in_o the_o land_n chap._n v._n verse_n 5._o go_v and_o i_o will_v send_v a_o letter_n unto_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n which_o be_v jehoram_n the_o son_n of_o ahab_n chap._n 3.1_o verse_n 6._o i_o have_v therewith_o send_v naaman_n my_o servant_n to_o thou_o that_o thou_o may_v recover_v he_o of_o his_o leprosy_n that_o be_v that_o thou_o may_v cause_v he_o to_o be_v recover_v of_o his_o leprosy_n for_o what_o any_o prophet_n in_o israel_n can_v do_v he_o doubt_v not_o but_o that_o the_o king_n may_v command_v verse_n 7._o he_o rend_v his_o clothes_n and_o say_v be_o i_o a_o god_n to_o kill_v and_o to_o make_v alive_a etc._n etc._n his_o word_n show_v what_o be_v the_o cause_n of_o his_o grief_n namely_o the_o fear_n that_o benhadad_a the_o king_n of_o syria_n the_o old_a enemy_n of_o israel_n seek_v in_o this_o to_o pick_v a_o quarrel_n that_o he_o may_v invade_v the_o land_n yet_o likely_a enough_o it_o be_v that_o to_o cover_v this_o he_o pretend_v the_o blasphemy_n of_o require_v that_o of_o he_o which_o be_v the_o only_a proper_a work_n of_o god_n and_o in_o the_o mean_a season_n never_o think_v of_o what_o elisha_n can_v do_v verse_n 8._o wherefore_o have_v thou_o rend_v thy_o clothes_n and_o thus_o elisha_n covert_o tax_v the_o king_n for_o so_o little_a regard_v the_o miracle_n which_o elisha_n have_v wrought_v that_o now_o he_o never_o entertain_v a_o thought_n of_o consult_v with_o he_o and_o give_v he_o to_o understand_v that_o even_o the_o syrian_n shall_v know_v that_o there_o be_v a_o prophet_n in_o israel_n though_o he_o and_o his_o courtier_n will_v take_v no_o notice_n of_o he_o let_v he_o come_v now_o to_o i_o say_v he_o and_o he_o shall_v know_v there_o be_v a_o prophet_n in_o israel_n verse_n 10._o and_o elisha_n send_v a_o messenger_n unto_o he_o say_v go_v and_o wash_v in_o jordan_n seven_o time_n etc._n etc._n not_o go_v out_o to_o he_o first_o that_o the_o miracle_n may_v be_v the_o more_o remarkable_a the_o prophet_n do_v no_o more_o but_o send_v he_o a_o message_n that_o he_o shall_v go_v and_o wash_v in_o jordan_n and_o he_o shall_v be_v clean_o second_o that_o naaman_n may_v the_o more_o plain_o see_v that_o he_o do_v
twenty_o year_n chap._n 15.27_o and_o ahaz_n begin_v not_o his_o reign_n till_o the_o seventeen_o year_n of_o pekah_n vers_fw-la 1._o in_o the_o seventeen_o year_n of_o pekah_n the_o son_n of_o remaliah_n ahaz_n the_o son_n of_o jotham_n king_n of_o judah_n begin_v to_o reign_v and_o as_o ahaz_n exceed_v all_o the_o king_n before_o he_o in_o wickedness_n so_o the_o judgement_n that_o god_n bring_v upon_o his_o kingdom_n be_v most_o terrible_a first_o they_o each_o invade_v the_o land_n several_o as_o be_v relate_v in_o the_o chronicle_n and_o both_o of_o they_o prevail_v against_o ahaz_n and_o exceed_o weaken_a and_o spoil_v his_o country_n for_o rezin_n carry_v away_o many_o of_o the_o people_n captive_n to_o damascus_n and_o pekah_n slay_v in_o one_o day_n one_o hundred_o and_o twenty_o thousand_o of_o they_o among_o who_o be_v maaseiah_n the_o king_n son_n he_o sacrifice_v one_o son_n to_o his_o idol-god_n and_o now_o another_o be_v slay_v by_o the_o sword_n of_o his_o enemy_n and_o azrikam_n the_o governor_n of_o his_o house_n and_o elkanah_n the_o second_o person_n to_o the_o king_n who_o be_v slay_v by_o zichri_fw-la a_o mighty_a man_n of_o ephraim_n and_o carry_v away_o also_o two_o hundred_o thousand_o prisoner_n woman_n and_o child_n though_o indeed_o by_o the_o counsel_n of_o the_o prophet_n od_v they_o be_v return_v and_o deliver_v back_o again_o 2._o chron._n 28.5_o 15._o but_o this_o invasion_n here_o speak_v of_o be_v after_o they_o when_o not_o content_a with_o what_o spoil_n they_o have_v make_v in_o judah_n they_o resolve_v to_o join_v their_o force_n together_o and_o to_o go_v up_o and_o besiege_v jerusalem_n and_o to_o depose_v ahaz_n and_o make_v the_o son_n of_o tabeal_n king_n of_o judah_n isa_n 7.5_o 6._o because_o syria_n ephraim_n and_o the_o son_n of_o remaliah_n have_v take_v evil_a counsel_n against_o thou_o say_v let_v we_o go_v up_o against_o judah_n and_o vex_v it_o and_o let_v we_o make_v a_o breach_n in_o it_o for_o we_o and_o set_v up_o a_o king_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o it_o even_o the_o son_n of_o tabeal_n for_o this_o be_v that_o confederacy_n of_o rezin_n and_o pekah_n whereof_o the_o prophet_n speak_v in_o that_o chapter_n when_o as_o be_v there_o relate_v the_o king_n and_o people_n be_v grievous_o affright_v at_o the_o tiding_n of_o it_o isaiah_n be_v send_v to_o comfort_n ahaz_n and_o to_o assure_v he_o that_o they_o shall_v not_o prevail_v against_o he_o to_o which_o end_n when_o he_o have_v give_v he_o liberty_n to_o ask_v what_o sign_n he_o will_v and_o ahaz_n refuse_v to_o ask_v a_o sign_n he_o have_v for_o a_o sign_n give_v he_o a_o most_o glorious_a promise_n of_o christ_n vers_fw-la 14._o the_o lord_n himself_o shall_v give_v you_o a_o sign_n behold_v a_o virgin_n shall_v conceive_v and_o bear_v a_o son_n and_o shall_v call_v his_o name_n emmanuel_n isaiah_n 7.1_o 16._o and_o they_o besiege_v ahaz_n but_o can_v not_o overcome_v he_o and_o so_o these_o two_o king_n that_o assure_v themselves_o of_o such_o success_n because_o in_o their_o former_a invasion_n they_o have_v so_o spoil_v and_o weaken_v the_o land_n of_o judah_n prove_v in_o the_o conclusion_n but_o as_o two_o tail_n of_o smoke_a firebrand_n as_o the_o prophet_n call_v they_o isa_n 7.4_o that_o be_v their_o great_a attempt_n vanish_v into_o smoke_n though_o they_o think_v to_o have_v devour_v and_o burn_v up_o all_o before_o they_o verse_n 6._o at_o that_o time_n rezin_n king_n of_o syria_n recover_v elath_n to_o syria_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v be_v force_v to_o leave_v the_o siege_n of_o jerusalem_n he_o go_v perhaps_o with_o their_o joint_a force_n to_o elath_n which_o azariah_n or_o uzziah_n the_o grandfather_n of_o ahaz_n have_v take_v from_o the_o syrian_n chap._n 14.22_o and_o take_v it_o and_o restore_v it_o to_o syria_n verse_n 7._o so_o ahaz_n send_v messenger_n to_o tiglath-pilese_a king_n of_o assyria_n say_v i_o be_o thy_o servant_n and_o thy_o son_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v he_o yield_v to_o be_v his_o vassal_n and_o tributary_n upon_o condition_n he_o will_v come_v to_o help_v he_o and_o hence_o it_o be_v say_v chap._n 18.7_o that_o hezekiah_n rebel_v against_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n just_o the_o same_o time_n when_o rezin_n and_o pekah_n vex_v judah_n on_o the_o north_n the_o edomite_n and_o philistine_n lay_v hold_n on_o this_o advantage_n enter_v upon_o they_o from_o the_o south_n slay_v many_o people_n carry_v away_o many_o prisoner_n yea_o the_o philistine_n take_v six_o city_n which_o have_v former_o belong_v to_o judah_n whereupon_o ahaz_n see_v himself_o environ_v on_o all_o side_n he_o send_v for_o aid_n unto_o the_o assyrian_a king_n 2_o chron._n 28.16_o 17_o 18._o at_o the_o same_o time_n do_v king_n ahaz_n send_v unto_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n to_o help_v he_o for_o again_o the_o edomite_n have_v come_v and_o and_o smite_v judah_n and_o carry_v away_o captive_n the_o philistine_n also_o have_v invade_v the_o city_n of_o the_o low_a country_n and_o of_o the_o south_n of_o judah_n when_o he_o crave_v this_o aid_n it_o be_v not_o certain_a but_o certain_a it_o be_v first_o that_o he_o sin_v in_o crave_v the_o assyrian_n help_v because_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n have_v assure_v he_o that_o these_o two_o king_n shall_v not_o be_v able_a to_o hurt_v he_o second_o that_o rezin_n and_o pekah_n be_v go_v from_o jerusalem_n before_o the_o assyrian_a come_v against_o they_o for_o else_o rezin_n will_v not_o have_v go_v with_o his_o army_n to_o elath_n to_o recover_v that_o as_o vers_n 6._o it_o be_v say_v he_o do_v and_o three_o when_o the_o assyrian_a do_v come_v he_o distress_a ahaz_n but_o he_o help_v he_o not_o verse_n 9_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n go_v up_o against_o damascus_n and_o take_v it_o etc._n etc._n though_o rezin_n and_o pekah_n be_v go_v from_o the_o siege_n of_o jerusalem_n before_o the_o assyrian_n come_v to_o help_v ahaz_n yet_o when_o he_o come_v he_o invade_v the_o land_n of_o israel_n where_o what_o havoc_n he_o make_v we_o hear_v before_o chap._n 15.29_o in_o the_o day_n of_o pekah_n king_n of_o israel_n come_v tiglath-pilese_a king_n of_o assyria_n and_o take_v ijon_n and_o abel-beth-maachah_a and_o janoah_n and_o kedâ—sh_v and_o hazor_n and_o gilead_n and_o galilee_n all_o the_o land_n of_o naphtali_n and_o carry_v they_o captive_a to_o assyria_n and_o then_o at_o the_o same_o time_n as_o be_v here_o say_v he_o go_v against_o damascus_n and_o slay_v rezin_n and_o carry_v the_o people_n captive_n to_o kir_n of_o which_o amos_n have_v long_o before_o prophesy_v in_o the_o day_n of_o uzziah_n amos_n 1.3_o 4_o 5._o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n for_o three_o transgression_n of_o damascus_n and_o for_o four_o i_o will_v not_o turn_v away_o the_o punishment_n thereof_o because_o they_o have_v thresh_v gilead_n with_o thresh_a instrument_n of_o iron_n but_o i_o will_v send_v a_o fire_n into_o the_o house_n of_o hazael_n which_o shall_v devour_v the_o palace_n of_o benhadad_a i_o will_v break_v also_o the_o bar_n of_o damascus_n and_o cut_v off_o the_o inhabitant_n from_o the_o plain_a of_o aven_n and_o he_o that_o hold_v the_o sceptre_n from_o the_o house_n of_o eden_n and_o the_o people_n of_o syria_n shall_v go_v into_o captivity_n unto_o kir_n say_v the_o lord_n and_o after_o isaiah_n foretell_v the_o same_o isaiah_n 8.3_o 4._o verse_n 10._o and_o king_n ahaz_n go_v to_o damascus_n to_o meet_v tiglath-pilese_a king_n of_o assyria_n to_o wit_n to_o congratulate_v his_o success_n in_o take_v damascus_n doubtless_o he_o be_v high_o please_v with_o see_v his_o enemy_n that_o have_v late_o besiege_v he_o in_o jerusalem_n bring_v on_o a_o sudden_a so_o low_a rezin_n be_v slay_v and_o his_o kingdom_n quite_o lose_v and_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n extreme_o weaken_v and_o bring_v into_o contempt_n among_o his_o subject_n by_o the_o carry_v away_o of_o five_o tribe_n of_o israel_n captives_z into_o assyria_n and_o it_o be_v very_o likely_a that_o he_o triumph_v in_o the_o success_n of_o his_o own_o counsel_n in_o send_v for_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n contrary_a to_o what_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n have_v advise_v isaiah_n 7.4_o little_o think_v that_o within_o a_o few_o year_n that_o very_a nation_n in_o who_o victory_n he_o now_o triumph_v shall_v utter_o ruin_v the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n as_o they_o have_v do_v other_o kingdom_n of_o which_o it_o seem_v the_o prophet_n isaiah_n give_v ahaz_n warning_n isaiah_n 7.17_o the_o lord_n shall_v bring_v upon_o thou_o and_o upon_o thy_o people_n and_o upon_o thy_o father_n house_n day_n that_o have_v not_o come_v from_o the_o day_n that_o ephraim_n depart_v from_o judah_n even_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n and_o see_v a_o altar_n that_o be_v at_o damascus_n and_o king_n ahaz_n send_v to_o urijah_n the_o
and_o cast_v they_o off_o as_o he_o do_v those_o of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n for_o within_o a_o few_o year_n he_o bring_v they_o again_o into_o their_o own_o land_n verse_n 24._o and_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n bring_v man_n from_o babylon_n and_o from_o cuthah_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n shalmaneser_n vers_fw-la 3._o other_o colony_n be_v also_o afterward_o bring_v thither_o by_o esarhaddon_a the_o son_n of_o sennacherib_n ezra_n 4.2_o we_o seek_v your_o god_n as_o you_o do_v and_o we_o do_v sacrifice_n unto_o he_o since_o the_o day_n of_o esarhaddon_a king_n of_o ashur_n which_o bring_v we_o up_o hither_o but_o doubtless_o the_o first_o colony_n of_o these_o heathen_a people_n be_v bring_v up_o thither_o by_o shalmaneser_n who_o now_o carry_v away_o the_o israelite_n captive_n and_o transplant_v other_o nation_n in_o their_o room_n and_o these_o be_v they_o that_o after_o this_o time_n be_v call_v samaritan_n vers_fw-la 29._o betwixt_o who_o and_o the_o jew_n there_o be_v always_o a_o most_o deadly_a hatred_n luke_n 9.52_o and_o they_o send_v messenger_n before_o his_o face_n and_o they_o go_v and_o enter_v into_o a_o village_n of_o the_o samaritan_n to_o make_v ready_a for_o he_o and_o they_o do_v not_o receive_v he_o because_o his_o face_n be_v as_o though_o he_o will_v go_v to_o jerusalem_n john_n 4.9_o then_o say_v the_o woman_n of_o samaria_n unto_o he_o how_o be_v it_o that_o thou_o be_v a_o jew_n ask_v drink_v of_o i_o which_o be_o a_o woman_n of_o samaria_n for_o the_o jew_n have_v no_o deal_n with_o the_o samaritan_n verse_n 25._o and_o so_o it_o be_v at_o the_o begin_n of_o their_o dwell_n there_o that_o they_o fear_v not_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n they_o serve_v he_o not_o no_o not_o so_o much_o as_o with_o perform_v those_o outward_a duty_n of_o his_o worship_n and_o service_n which_o he_o have_v enjoin_v the_o israelite_n verse_n 26._o wherefore_o they_o speak_v to_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n by_o those_o messenger_n who_o with_o this_o message_n they_o have_v send_v to_o he_o see_v vers_fw-la 27._o verse_n 27._o carry_v thither_o one_o of_o the_o priest_n who_o you_o bring_v from_o thence_o and_o let_v they_o go_v and_o dwell_v there_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v let_v the_o messenger_n that_o be_v come_v to_o inform_v we_o how_o the_o lion_n have_v devour_v our_o new_a plantation_n in_o samaria_n go_v back_o with_o the_o priest_n that_o be_v assign_v to_o go_v with_o they_o and_o dwell_v there_o again_o as_o former_o yet_o some_o understand_v these_o word_n and_o let_v they_o go_v and_o dwell_v there_o of_o a_o new_a plantation_n that_o be_v to_o be_v send_v thither_o in_o stead_n of_o those_o that_o be_v devour_v by_o the_o lion_n which_o be_v happy_o that_o which_o go_v in_o the_o day_n of_o esarhaddon_a ezra_n 4.2_o verse_n 28._o then_o one_o of_o the_o priest_n who_o they_o have_v carry_v away_o from_o samaria_n come_z and_o dwell_v in_o beth-el_a etc._n etc._n that_o be_v one_o of_o the_o israelite_n idolatrous_a priest_n even_o they_o pretend_v the_o worship_v of_o the_o lord_n jehovah_n the_o god_n of_o israel_n though_o under_o the_o image_n of_o the_o golden_a calf_n and_o doubtless_o do_v retain_v most_o of_o the_o ceremony_n and_o ordinance_n which_o the_o lord_n have_v teach_v his_o people_n and_o because_o in_o these_o thing_n he_o instruct_v these_o heathen_n therefore_o it_o be_v say_v that_o he_o teach_v they_o how_o they_o shall_v fear_v the_o lord_n verse_n 32._o so_o they_o fear_v the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v they_o worship_v the_o lord_n jehovah_n the_o god_n of_o the_o israelite_n after_o the_o manner_n they_o be_v teach_v by_o that_o idolatrous_a priest_n of_o israel_n which_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n have_v send_v to_o they_o and_o because_o this_o worship_n be_v in_o many_o thing_n according_a to_o the_o way_n of_o worship_n which_o god_n have_v prescribe_v his_o people_n and_o because_o they_o do_v it_o for_o fear_n of_o be_v destroy_v by_o lion_n as_o former_o they_o have_v be_v therefore_o it_o be_v say_v that_o they_o fear_v the_o lord_n yet_o withal_o because_o they_o do_v not_o true_o fear_v the_o lord_n but_o follow_v the_o way_n of_o jeroboam_n idolatry_n and_o withal_o worship_v their_o own_o assyrian_a god_n too_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v afterward_o also_o vers_fw-la 34._o that_o they_o fear_v not_o the_o lord_n verse_n 33._o they_o fear_v the_o lord_n and_o serve_v their_o own_o god_n after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o nation_n who_o they_o carry_v away_o from_o thence_o this_o last_o clause_n may_v be_v read_v as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o margin_n after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o nation_n who_o carry_v they_o away_o from_o thence_o and_o then_o the_o meaning_n must_v needs_o be_v that_o as_o they_o fear_v the_o lord_n jehovah_n the_o god_n of_o the_o israelite_n that_o be_v as_o they_o do_v outward_o serve_v he_o so_o they_o do_v also_o serve_v other_o false_a god_n as_o do_v the_o nation_n that_o have_v carry_v they_o away_o and_o plant_v they_o in_o the_o land_n of_o samaria_n but_o if_o we_o read_v it_o as_o it_o be_v in_o our_o bible_n after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o nation_n who_o they_o carry_v away_o from_o thence_o than_o the_o meaning_n may_v be_v either_o that_o these_o new_a colony_n in_o samaria_n serve_v both_o the_o lord_n jehovah_n and_o withal_o their_o own_o god_n each_o after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o several_a nation_n of_o who_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n have_v take_v some_o and_o carry_v they_o into_o the_o land_n of_o the_o israelite_n or_o else_o that_o these_o samaritan_n do_v fear_v the_o lord_n and_o serve_v their_o own_o god_n even_o as_o the_o idolatrous_a israelite_n that_o be_v there_o before_o they_o have_v do_v who_o the_o assyrian_n have_v carry_v away_o into_o captivity_n for_o the_o word_n nation_n may_v have_v reference_n to_o the_o idolatrous_a israelite_n as_o in_o respect_n of_o their_o several_a tribe_n or_o as_o joint_o consider_v with_o other_o border_a nation_n that_o be_v carry_v captive_a by_o the_o assyrian_n when_o the_o israelite_n be_v carry_v captive_a verse_n 34._o unto_o this_o day_n they_o do_v after_o the_o former_a manner_n etc._n etc._n all_o that_o follow_v from_o hence_o unto_o the_o end_n of_o the_o fourti_v verse_n may_v be_v understand_v of_o the_o israelite_n that_o be_v carry_v captive_a into_o assyria_n even_o after_o this_o heavy_a judgement_n they_o continue_v still_o obstinate_a and_o fear_v not_o the_o lord_n yet_o i_o see_v not_o but_o that_o it_o may_v be_v also_o understand_v of_o the_o samaritan_n and_o that_o to_o show_v that_o though_o they_o live_v in_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n yet_o they_o be_v far_o from_o do_v what_o god_n have_v require_v his_o israel_n to_o do_v chap._n xviii_o verse_n 1._o now_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o three_o year_n of_o hoshea_n son_n of_o elah_n king_n of_o israel_n that_o hezekiah_n the_o son_n of_o ahaz_n king_n of_o judah_n begin_v to_o reign_v hoshea_n slay_v pekah_n in_o the_o four_o year_n of_o ahaz_n as_o be_v before_o note_v chap._n 15.30_o and_o though_o he_o be_v not_o immediate_o acknowledge_v king_n of_o israel_n yet_o in_o the_o twelve_o year_n of_o ahaz_n he_o begin_v his_o reign_n in_o israel_n chap._n 17.1_o and_o ahaz_n reign_v in_o all_o but_o sixteen_o year_n chap._n 16.2_o so_o that_o the_o last_o of_o ahaz_n his_o reign_n seem_v to_o have_v be_v the_o five_o year_n of_o hoshea_n and_o the_o first_o of_o hezekiah_n perhaps_o the_o sixth_o of_o hoshea_n and_o yet_o here_o it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o first_o of_o hezekiah_n be_v the_o three_o of_o hoshea_n i_o answer_v that_o though_o hoshea_n be_v confirm_v king_n in_o the_o twelve_o year_n of_o ahaz_n and_o so_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o twelve_o of_o ahaz_n he_o begin_v to_o reign_v in_o samaria_n yet_o because_o he_o reign_v then_o only_o as_o a_o viceroy_n under_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n the_o nine_o year_n of_o his_o absolute_a reign_n be_v not_o reckon_v till_o he_o cast_v off_o the_o assyrian_a yoke_n and_o take_v upon_o he_o to_o reign_v as_o absolute_a king_n which_o be_v it_o seem_v two_o year_n after_o to_o wit_n in_o the_o fourteen_o year_n of_o ahaz_n and_o so_o the_o three_o of_o hoshea_n be_v indeed_o the_o first_o of_o hezekiah_n verse_n 2._o twenty_o and_o five_o year_n old_a be_v he_o when_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v and_o he_o reign_v twenty_o and_o nine_o year_n in_o jerusalem_n if_o we_o compare_v this_o place_n with_o chap._n 16.2_o where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o ahaz_n hezekiahs_n father_n be_v twenty_o year_n old_a when_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v and_o that_o he_o reign_v sixteen_o year_n and_o consequent_o be_v thirty_o six_o year_n old_a when_o
14._o and_o hezekiah_n go_v up_o into_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o spread_v it_o before_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v he_o spread_v sennacherib_n letter_n before_o the_o altar_n the_o sign_n of_o god_n presence_n among_o they_o and_o this_o he_o do_v partly_o to_o quicken_v his_o own_o spirit_n and_o to_o strengthen_v his_o own_o faith_n in_o prayer_n by_o the_o sight_n of_o that_o blasphemous_a writing_n and_o partly_o by_o that_o outward_a sign_n to_o imply_v what_o he_o desire_v of_o god_n namely_o that_o god_n will_v take_v notice_n of_o and_o revenge_v the_o horrible_a blasphemy_n of_o that_o dare_a wretch_n against_o his_o great_a and_o glorious_a name_n verse_n 16._o and_o hear_v the_o word_n of_o sennacherib_n which_o have_v send_v he_o to_o reproach_n the_o live_a god_n that_o be_v the_o messenger_n that_o bring_v his_o letter_n verse_n 21_o this_o be_v the_o word_n that_o the_o lord_n have_v speak_v concern_v he_o the_o virgin_n the_o daughter_n of_o zion_n have_v despise_v thou_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o inhabitant_n of_o zion_n &_o jerusalem_n shall_v laugh_v thou_o to_o scorn_v the_o people_n inhabit_v any_o city_n or_o country_n be_v in_o the_o scripture_n usual_o call_v the_o daughter_n of_o that_o city_n or_o country_n psal_n 45.12_o and_o the_o daughter_n of_o tyre_n shall_v be_v there_o with_o a_o gift_n psal_n 137.8_o o_o daughter_n of_o babylon_n who_o be_v to_o be_v destroy_v because_o they_o have_v be_v breed_v bear_v and_o nourish_v theâ—e_n and_o have_v live_v under_o the_o defence_n &_o government_n thereof_o and_o aught_o to_o be_v faithful_a and_o obedient_a to_o the_o government_n under_o which_o they_o live_v whence_o natural_o all_o nation_n be_v wont_a to_o style_v their_o country_n their_o mother_n 2._o sam._n 20.19_o thou_o seek_v to_o destroy_v a_o city_n and_o a_o mother_n in_o israel_n and_o they_o be_v call_v the_o virgin_n daughter_n of_o zion_n not_o so_o much_o because_o they_o be_v not_o now_o defile_v with_o idolatry_n which_o be_v spiritual_a fornication_n for_o even_o heathen_a people_n be_v so_o call_v isa_n 47.1_o come_v down_o and_o sit_v in_o the_o dust_n o_o virgin-daughter_n of_o babylon_n sit_v on_o the_o ground_n there_o be_v no_o throne_n o_o daughter_n of_o the_o chaldaean_n jer._n 46.11_o go_v up_o into_o gilead_n and_o take_v balm_n o_o virgin_n the_o daughter_n of_o egypt_n and_o where_o have_v be_v grosser_n idolatry_n then_o among_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o jerusalem_n in_o the_o day_n of_o ahaz_n nor_o because_o she_o have_v never_o yet_o be_v subdue_v and_o bring_v under_o the_o command_n of_o any_o foreign_a prince_n for_o after_o they_o be_v under_o the_o babylonian_a command_n they_o be_v still_o call_v so_o lam._n 1_o 15._o the_o lord_n have_v tread_v the_o virgin_n the_o daughter_n of_o judah_n as_o in_o a_o winepress_v and_o 2.13_o what_o thing_n shall_v i_o liken_v to_o thou_o o_o daughter_n of_o jerusalem_n what_o shall_v i_o equal_v to_o thou_o that_o i_o may_v comfort_v thou_o o_o virgin_n daughter_n of_o zion_n but_o rather_o because_o of_o their_o constant_a abode_n in_o those_o place_n for_o in_o that_o regard_n they_o may_v most_o fit_o be_v resemble_v to_o a_o virgin_n daughter_n that_o live_v with_o her_o mother_n tender_o and_o delicate_o bring_v up_o by_o she_o yea_o perhaps_o in_o this_o place_n this_o phrase_n be_v use_v also_o to_o imply_v the_o weakness_n of_o jerusalem_n at_o this_o time_n verse_n 23._o by_o thy_o messenger_n thou_o have_v reproach_v the_o lord_n by_o this_o circumstance_n do_v the_o prophet_n aggravate_v the_o insolent_a pride_n of_o sennacherib_n that_o he_o set_v his_o servant_n to_o blaspheme_v the_o holy_a name_n of_o god_n with_o the_o multitude_n of_o my_o chariot_n i_o be_o come_v up_o to_o the_o height_n of_o the_o mountain_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o strong_a place_n of_o the_o kingdom_n i_o have_v subdue_v and_o pass_v through_o as_o a_o conqueror_n even_o those_o that_o seem_v to_o they_o most_o inaccessible_a and_o be_o now_o come_v to_o the_o side_n of_o lebanon_n that_o be_v their_o chief_a city_n and_o strength_n the_o city_n jerusalem_n and_o hereby_o be_v intimate_v that_o nothing_o can_v or_o shall_v stand_v in_o the_o way_n of_o his_o army_n that_o as_o he_o have_v hitherto_o so_o he_o will_v still_o subdue_v the_o land_n before_o he_o take_v possession_n of_o their_o fort_n and_o castle_n cut_v down_o the_o tall_a cedar_n tree_n and_o the_o choice_a fir_n tree_n that_o be_v destroy_v there_o prince_n nobles_z and_o great_a man_n enter_v the_o lodging_n of_o his_o border_n and_o into_o the_o forest_n of_o his_o carmel_n that_o be_v possess_v himself_o of_o their_o frontier_n town_n and_o all_o the_o fruitful_a and_o pleasant_a place_n of_o their_o country_n even_o as_o conqueror_n in_o a_o land_n subdue_v be_v wont_a to_o do_v as_o they_o go_v along_o what_o they_o please_v themselves_o verse_n 24._o i_o have_v dig_v and_o drink_v strange_a water_n and_o with_o the_o sole_a of_o my_o foot_n have_v i_o dry_v up_o all_o the_o river_n of_o besiege_a place_n that_o be_v when_o i_o have_v come_v in_o place_n most_o destitute_a of_o water_n it_o have_v be_v no_o hindrance_n to_o i_o because_o even_o there_o i_o have_v dig_v up_o strange_a water_n that_o be_v fountain_n &_o water_n where_o never_o any_o be_v see_v before_o &_o on_o the_o other_o side_n where_o city_n have_v be_v environ_v with_o great_a &_o deep_a water_n no_o soon_o have_v i_o set_v my_o foot_n there_o to_o besiege_v they_o but_o with_o the_o multitude_n of_o my_o soldier_n i_o have_v dry_v they_o up_o thus_o he_o boast_v that_o nothing_o can_v be_v a_o let_v to_o his_o numerous_a army_n and_o laugh_v to_o scorn_v hezekiahs_n policy_n in_o cut_v of_o the_o water_n 2._o chron._n 32.3_o verse_n 25._o have_v thou_o not_o hear_v long_o ago_o how_o i_o have_v do_v it_o and_o of_o ancient_a time_n that_o i_o have_v form_v it_o etc._n etc._n as_o if_o the_o lord_n shall_v have_v say_v thou_o boast_v of_o the_o conquest_n of_o many_o nation_n but_o do_v thou_o never_o hear_v that_o there_o be_v a_o god_n in_o heaven_n that_o rule_v the_o world_n by_o who_o providence_n and_o decree_n all_o such_o thing_n be_v do_v sure_o thus_o it_o be_v with_o thou_o now_o have_v i_o bring_v it_o to_o pass_v that_o thou_o shall_v be_v to_o lay_v waste_v fence_v city_n into_o ruinous_a heap_n that_o be_v that_o which_o i_o before_o determine_v i_o have_v now_o by_o thou_o bring_v to_o pass_v use_v thou_o as_o my_o scourge_n to_o punish_v the_o wickedness_n of_o man_n and_o to_o turn_v their_o strong_a fence_a city_n into_o ruinous_a heap_n which_o agree_v with_o that_o which_o the_o prophet_n say_v elsewhere_o isaiah_n 10.5_o 6._o o_o assyrian_n the_o rod_n of_o my_o anger_n and_o the_o staff_n in_o their_o hand_n be_v my_o indignation_n i_o will_v send_v he_o against_o a_o hypocritical_a nation_n and_o against_o the_o people_n of_o my_o wrath_n will_v i_o give_v he_o a_o charge_n to_o take_v the_o spoil_n and_o to_o take_v the_o prey_n and_o to_o tread_v they_o down_o like_o the_o mire_n in_o the_o street_n there_o be_v indeed_o another_o translation_n of_o these_o word_n which_o be_v set_v in_o the_o margin_n of_o our_o bibles_n have_v thou_o not_o hear_v how_o i_o have_v make_v it_o long_o ago_o and_o form_v it_o of_o ancient_a time_n shall_v i_o now_o bring_v it_o to_o be_v lay_v waste_n and_o fence_v city_n to_o be_v ruinous_a heap_n and_o according_a to_o this_o translation_n the_o meaning_n may_v be_v that_o god_n have_v long_o ago_o and_o of_o ancient_a time_n make_v and_o form_v the_o israelite_n to_o be_v his_o peculiar_a people_n and_o have_v plant_v they_o in_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n which_o he_o have_v provide_v for_o their_o inheritance_n a_o thing_n so_o famous_o know_v that_o sennacherib_n must_v needs_o have_v hear_v of_o it_o and_o that_o therefore_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a that_o god_n will_v now_o suffer_v he_o whole_o to_o lay_v waste_v their_o country_n and_o to_o turn_v their_o city_n into_o ruinous_a heap_n but_o the_o first_o exposition_n do_v far_o best_o agree_v with_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o lord_n upbraid_v the_o pride_n of_o sennacherib_n in_o boast_v of_o what_o he_o have_v do_v to_o so_o many_o nation_n verse_n 26._o therefore_o their_o inhabitant_n be_v of_o small_a power_n they_o be_v dismay_v and_o confound_v they_o be_v as_o the_o grass_n of_o the_o field_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v because_o i_o give_v they_o up_o into_o thy_o power_n therefore_o they_o be_v soon_o and_o easy_o destroy_v verse_n 27._o but_o i_o know_v thy_o abode_n and_o thy_o go_v out_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v i_o know_v all_o thy_o counsel_n and_o erterprise_n there_o be_v nothing_o thou_o
do_v advise_v upon_o or_o determine_v nothing_o thou_o do_v attempt_v or_o accomplish_v but_o it_o be_v know_v to_o i_o yea_o thou_o do_v nothing_o but_o what_o i_o have_v determine_v shall_v be_v do_v and_o this_o be_v full_o that_o which_o david_n acknowledge_v concern_v himself_o psalm_n 139.2_o 3._o thou_o know_v my_o down_n sit_v and_o my_o uprising_n thou_o understand_v my_o thought_n afar_o off_o thou_o compasse_v my_o path_n and_o my_o lie_v down_o and_o be_v acquaint_v with_o all_o my_o way_n verse_n 29._o and_o this_o shall_v be_v a_o sign_n unto_o thou_o you_o shall_v eat_v this_o year_n such_o thing_n as_o grow_v of_o themselves_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v though_o you_o have_v be_v hinder_v from_o sow_v and_o plant_v this_o year_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o assyrian_n that_o have_v invade_v your_o land_n yea_o though_o there_o be_v no_o sow_v nor_o plant_v the_o next_o year_n to_o wit_n either_o because_o it_o be_v the_o sabbath_n year_n the_o year_n of_o the_o land_n rest_n or_o because_o the_o assyrian_n leave_v not_o the_o country_n till_o seed_v time_n be_v past_a yet_o there_o shall_v be_v sufficient_a that_o shall_v grow_v of_o itself_o of_o the_o scatter_a seed_n of_o corn_n that_o fall_v upon_o the_o earth_n and_o hereby_o some_o infer_v that_o the_o assyrian_n continue_v a_o time_n in_o the_o land_n even_o after_o this_o promise_n be_v make_v to_o hezekiah_n by_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n at_o least_o till_o the_o seed_n time_n of_o the_o second_o year_n be_v pass_v and_o a_o very_a miraculous_a passage_n this_o be_v that_o for_o three_o year_n they_o shall_v live_v of_o that_o which_o grow_v of_o itself_o nor_o be_v it_o any_o wonder_n that_o the_o lord_n give_v that_o for_o a_o sign_n to_o strengthen_v their_o faith_n which_o be_v not_o accomplish_v till_o the_o assyrian_n have_v leave_v the_o land_n we_o see_v the_o like_a exod._n 3.12_o and_o he_o say_v certain_o i_o will_v be_v with_o thou_o and_o this_o shall_v be_v a_o token_n unto_o thou_o that_o i_o have_v send_v thou_o when_o thou_o have_v bring_v forth_o the_o people_n out_o of_o egypt_n you_o shall_v serve_v god_n upon_o this_o mountain_n concern_v which_o see_v the_o note_n there_o verse_n 30._o and_o the_o remnant_n that_o be_v escape_v of_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n shall_v yet_o again_o take_v root_n downward_o etc._n etc._n because_o though_o they_o shall_v at_o present_a be_v deliver_v from_o the_o assyrian_n they_o may_v fear_v that_o be_v bring_v to_o such_o a_o poor_a number_n their_o nation_n will_v never_o be_v able_a long_o to_o subsist_v this_o promise_n be_v add_v concern_v future_a time_n to_o wit_n that_o that_o small_a remnant_n of_o they_o which_o have_v escape_v the_o sword_n of_o the_o assyrian_n shall_v like_o a_o thrive_a flourish_a tree_n grow_v and_o prosper_v and_o replenish_v the_o land_n again_o as_o in_o former_a time_n verse_n 31._o for_o out_o of_o jerusalem_n shall_v go_v forth_o a_o remnant_n and_o they_o that_o escape_v out_o of_o mount_n zion_n that_o be_v that_o poor_a remnant_n that_o now_o for_o fear_n of_o the_o assyrian_n be_v shut_v up_o within_o the_o wall_n of_o jerusalem_n shall_v go_v forth_o thence_o the_o enemy_n be_v flee_v and_o shall_v again_o replenish_v the_o land_n the_o zeal_n of_o the_o lord_n of_o host_n shall_v do_v this_o the_o lord_n zeal_n for_o his_o own_o glory_n the_o fervent_a love_n he_o bear_v to_o his_o people_n and_o his_o just_a indignation_n against_o the_o enemy_n shall_v move_v he_o to_o do_v this_o however_o his_o people_n have_v deserve_v no_o such_o favour_n at_o his_o hand_n verse_n 32._o he_o shall_v not_o come_v into_o this_o city_n nor_o shoot_v a_o arrow_n there_o etc._n etc._n it_o be_v evident_a that_o rabshake_v come_v up_o against_o jerusalem_n with_o a_o great_a army_n chap._n 18.17_o if_o he_o remove_v his_o army_n thence_o when_o he_o go_v to_o sennacherib_n to_o libnah_n vers_fw-la 8._o which_o perhaps_o he_o do_v have_v hear_v of_o the_o ethiopian_a that_o be_v come_v against_o they_o than_o the_o meaning_n of_o this_o place_n be_v clear_a that_o notwithstanding_o the_o threaten_a letter_n he_o have_v send_v he_o shall_v not_o return_v again_o to_o lay_v siege_n unto_o jerusalem_n but_o if_o the_o army_n of_o rabshakeh_n lay_v still_o before_o jerusalem_n than_o the_o meaning_n of_o these_o word_n may_v be_v that_o though_o the_o army_n of_o rabshakeh_n have_v block_v up_o jerusalem_n and_o wait_v for_o the_o come_n of_o sennacherib_n army_n who_o be_v happy_o go_v against_o the_o egyptian_a and_o ethiopian_a army_n intend_v then_o with_o their_o joint_a force_n to_o assault_n jerusalem_n yet_o he_o shall_v never_o cast_v a_o bank_n against_o it_o but_o shall_v return_v the_o way_n he_o come_v which_z according_o come_v to_o pass_v vers_fw-la 35._o as_o be_v former_o prophesy_v by_o isaiah_n chap._n 14.25_o i_o will_v break_v the_o assyrian_a in_o my_o land_n and_o upon_o my_o mountain_n tread_v he_o under_o foot_n then_o shall_v his_o yoke_n depart_v from_o off_o they_o and_o his_o burden_n depart_v from_o off_o their_o shoulder_n verse_n 34._o for_o i_o will_v defend_v this_o city_n to_o save_v it_o for_o my_o own_o sake_n and_o for_o my_o servant_n david_n sake_n that_o be_v because_o of_o my_o promise_n make_v to_o david_n concern_v the_o perpetuity_n of_o his_o throne_n which_o have_v respect_n chief_o to_o christ_n the_o son_n of_o david_n of_o who_o david_n be_v a_o type_n verse_n 35._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o night_n that_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o lord_n go_v out_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v that_o very_a night_n after_o the_o prophet_n have_v send_v this_o message_n to_o hezekiah_n concern_v the_o deliverance_n of_o jerusalem_n or_o that_o night_n when_o the_o lord_n perform_v this_o which_o the_o prophet_n have_v foretell_v the_o angel_n of_o the_o lord_n go_v out_o and_o smite_v in_o the_o camp_n of_o the_o assyrian_n one_o hundred_o fourscore_o and_o five_o thousand_o and_o among_o other_o the_o captain_n and_o leader_n of_o his_o camp_n perhaps_o even_o rabshakeh_a among_o the_o rest_n who_o have_v late_o belch_v forth_o such_o execrable_a blasphemy_n against_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n 2._o chron._n 32.21_o and_o the_o lord_n send_v a_o angel_n which_o cut_v off_o all_o the_o mighty_a man_n of_o valour_n and_o the_o leader_n and_o captain_n in_o the_o camp_n of_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 36._o so_o sennacherib_n king_n of_o assyria_n depart_v etc._n etc._n with_o shame_n of_o face_n 2._o chron._n 32.21_o so_o he_o return_v with_o shame_n of_o face_n to_o his_o own_o land_n etc._n etc._n the_o book_n of_o tobit_n also_o tell_v we_o that_o at_o his_o return_n he_o in_o a_o rage_n slay_v many_o of_o the_o israelite_n in_o nineveh_n tobit_n 1.18_o but_o of_o this_o we_o find_v no_o mention_n in_o any_o of_o the_o canonical_a book_n of_o scripture_n verse_n 37._o and_o esarhaddon_a his_o son_n reign_v in_o his_o stead_n who_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o his_o reign_n send_v new_a troop_n out_o of_o syria_n into_o samaria_n to_o fortify_v the_o colony_n therein_o plant_v by_o his_o grandfather_n shalmaneser_n ezra_n 4.2_o chap._n xx._n verse_n 1._o in_o those_o day_n be_v hezekiah_n sick_a unto_o death_n that_o be_v immediate_o after_o the_o slaughter_n make_v in_o the_o assyrian_a army_n by_o the_o angel_n relate_v in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o former_a chapter_n and_o indeed_o manifest_v it_o be_v that_o hezekiah_n sicken_v in_o the_o fourteen_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n which_o be_v the_o year_n wherein_o sennacherib_n invade_v judea_n chap._n 18.13_o now_o in_o the_o fourteen_o year_n of_o hezekiah_n do_v sennacherib_n king_n of_o assyria_n come_v up_o against_o all_o the_o fence_a city_n of_o judah_n and_o take_v they_o for_o he_o reign_v in_o all_o but_o nine_o and_o twenty_o year_n chapter_n 18.2_o now_o a_o promise_n be_v make_v he_o of_o live_v fifteen_o year_n long_o vers_n 6._o and_o withal_o it_o be_v most_o probable_a that_o he_o fall_v not_o sick_a before_o the_o departure_n of_o the_o assyrian_a army_n because_o not_o long_o before_o that_o when_o he_o have_v receive_v those_o blasphemous_a letter_n from_o sennacherib_n he_o go_v into_o the_o temple_n and_o pray_v unto_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n chap._n 19.14_o though_o he_o be_v new_o deliver_v from_o so_o great_a fear_n yet_o partly_o for_o the_o further_a trial_n of_o his_o faith_n and_o partly_o to_o render_v he_o yet_o better_o and_o to_o honour_v he_o with_o the_o ensue_a miracle_n god_n be_v please_v to_o visit_v he_o with_o this_o dangerous_a sickness_n thus_o say_v the_o lord_n set_v thy_o house_n in_o order_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v make_v thy_o will_n and_o dispose_v of_o those_o thing_n which_o it_o be_v fit_a shall_v be_v set_v in_o
thereby_o he_o shall_v cover_v his_o face_n that_o he_o see_v not_o the_o ground_n with_o his_o eye_n verse_n 5._o and_o the_o army_n of_o the_o chaldee_n pursue_v after_o the_o king_n etc._n etc._n have_v by_o some_o mean_v receive_v some_o information_n of_o his_o flight_n verse_n 6._o so_o they_o take_v the_o king_n and_o bring_v he_o up_o to_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n to_o riblah_n etc._n etc._n though_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v vers_fw-la 1._o that_o nabuchadnezzar_n come_v against_o jerusalem_n yet_o it_o seem_v he_o himself_o stay_v at_o riblah_n or_o at_o least_o thither_o he_o be_v retire_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o siege_n that_o so_o he_o may_v there_o take_v care_n of_o his_o own_o country_n and_o may_v supply_v his_o army_n at_o jerusalem_n with_o man_n and_o provision_n as_o need_v require_v verse_n 7._o and_o they_o slay_v the_o son_n of_o zedekiah_n before_o his_o eye_n and_o put_v out_o the_o eye_n of_o zedekiah_n etc._n etc._n and_o then_o be_v that_o prophecy_n of_o ezekiel_n fulfil_v ezek._n 12.13_o my_o net_n will_v i_o spread_v upon_o he_o and_o he_o shall_v be_v take_v in_o my_o snare_n and_o i_o will_v bring_v he_o to_o babylon_n to_o the_o land_n of_o the_o chaldean_n yet_o shall_v he_o not_o see_v it_o though_o he_o shall_v die_v there_o verse_n 8._o and_o in_o the_o five_o month_n on_o the_o seven_o day_n of_o the_o month_n etc._n etc._n zedekiah_n be_v bring_v to_o riblah_n to_o nabuchadnezzar_n in_o the_o four_o month_n and_o there_o use_v as_o abovesaid_a on_o the_o seven_o day_n of_o the_o five_o month_n nebuzaradan_a be_v send_v away_o by_o the_o king_n with_o a_o commission_n to_o ruin_v the_o city_n and_o carry_v away_o the_o people_n who_o arrive_v at_o jerusalem_n the_o ten_o day_n of_o the_o month_n do_v according_o effect_v what_o the_o king_n have_v command_v jer._n 52.12_o now_o in_o the_o five_o month_n in_o the_o ten_o day_n of_o the_o month_n which_o be_v in_o the_o nineteenth_o year_n of_o nebuchadnezar_n reign_n come_v nebuzaradan_a captain_n of_o the_o guard_n which_o serve_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n to_o jerusalem_n and_o hence_o be_v that_o seem_a contradiction_n between_o these_o two_o place_n whereas_o here_o it_o be_v say_v that_o it_o be_v in_o the_o nineteenth_o year_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n when_o these_o thing_n be_v do_v yet_o jer._n 52.29_o it_o be_v say_v that_o these_o jew_n be_v carry_v away_o to_o babylon_n in_o the_o eighteen_o of_o nebuchadnezar_n reign_v this_o be_v only_o because_o these_o thing_n be_v do_v in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o eighteen_o and_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o nineteenth_o of_o nebuchadnezar_n reign_v for_o with_o both_o these_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n do_v the_o eleven_o of_o zedekiahs_n concur_v verse_n 9_o and_o he_o burn_v the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n to_o wit_n about_o four_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o year_n after_o it_o be_v first_o build_v by_o solomon_n verse_n 11._o now_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o people_n that_o be_v leave_v in_o the_o city_n do_v nebuzaradan_a captain_n of_o the_o guard_n carry_v away_o etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n eight_o hundred_o thirty_o two_o person_n jer._n 52.29_o in_o the_o eighteen_o year_n of_o nebuchad-rezzar_a he_o carry_v away_o captive_a from_o jerusalem_n eight_o hundred_o thirty_o and_o two_o person_n verse_n 12._o but_o the_o captain_n of_o the_o guard_n leave_v of_o the_o poor_a of_o the_o land_n to_o be_v vinedresser_n and_o husbandman_n yet_o about_o four_o or_o five_o year_n after_o this_o even_o these_o also_o as_o it_o seem_v be_v carry_v away_o to_o wit_n in_o the_o three_o and_o twenty_o year_n of_o nebuchad-rez_a jerem._n 52.30_o in_o the_o three_o and_o twenty_o year_n of_o nebuchad-rez_a nebuzaradan_a captain_n of_o the_o guard_n carry_v away_o of_o the_o jew_n seven_o hundred_o forty_o and_o five_o person_n all_o the_o person_n be_v four_o thousand_o and_o six_o hundred_o that_o so_o the_o land_n may_v enjoy_v her_o sabbath_n 2._o chron._n 36.20_o 21._o and_o they_o that_o escape_v the_o sword_n carry_v he_o away_o to_o babylon_n where_o they_o be_v servant_n to_o he_o and_o his_o son_n to_o fulfil_v the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n by_o the_o mouth_n of_o jeremiah_n until_o the_o land_n have_v enjoy_v her_o sabbath_n &c_n &c_n verse_n 13._o and_o the_o pillar_n of_o brass_n that_o be_v in_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o the_o base_n and_o the_o brazen_a sea_n etc._n etc._n indeed_o that_o these_o thing_n shall_v be_v carry_v into_o babylon_n jeremiah_n have_v beforehand_o prophesy_v jer._n 27.21_o 22._o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n concern_v the_o vessel_n that_o remain_v in_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o in_o the_o house_n of_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n and_o jerusalem_n they_o shall_v be_v carry_v to_o babylon_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 17._o and_o the_o height_n of_o one_o pillar_n be_v eighteen_o cubit_n etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n 1._o king_n 7.15_o and_o the_o captain_n of_o the_o guard_n take_v seraiah_n the_o chief_a priest_n and_o zephaniah_n the_o second_o priest_n etc._n etc._n seraiah_n be_v the_o grandchild_n of_o hilkiah_n who_o be_v high_a priest_n in_o hezekiahs_n time_n and_o father_n of_o jehozadak_n who_o be_v carry_v into_o babylon_n 1._o chron._n 6.14_o and_o zephaniah_n call_v here_o the_o second_o priest_n concern_v which_o title_n see_v the_o note_n numb_a 3_o 32._o be_v it_o seem_v in_o great_a esteem_n with_o the_o king_n and_o therefore_o usual_o send_v by_o he_o to_o jeremiah_n jer._n 21.1_o and_o 37.3_o now_o because_o the_o priest_n be_v always_o bitter_a enemy_n to_o jeremiah_n jer._n 26.7_o 8._o hence_o we_o may_v conceive_v that_o both_o he_o and_o all_o the_o rest_n here_o mention_v be_v pick_v out_o by_o nebuzaradan_a not_o for_o captivity_n but_o for_o the_o sword_n because_o zedekiah_n have_v be_v much_o lead_v by_o their_o counsel_n in_o resist_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n contrary_a to_o what_o jeremiah_n have_v command_v they_o verse_n 19_o and_o out_o of_o the_o city_n he_o take_v a_o officer_n that_o be_v set_v over_o the_o man_n of_o war_n and_o five_o man_n of_o they_o that_o be_v in_o the_o king_n presence_n etc._n etc._n jeremiah_n say_v seven_o jer._n 52.25_o he_o take_v also_o a_o eunuch_n which_o have_v the_o charge_n of_o the_o man_n of_o war_n and_o seven_o man_n of_o they_o that_o be_v near_o the_o king_n person_n add_v two_o more_o to_o these_o here_o mention_v which_o be_v not_o perhaps_o of_o so_o great_a note_n as_o these_o five_o be_v and_o threescore_o man_n of_o the_o people_n of_o the_o land_n that_o be_v find_v in_o the_o city_n that_o be_v of_o the_o common_a people_n such_o as_o it_o seem_v be_v of_o the_o rich_a sort_n and_o have_v most_o oppose_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n verse_n 22._o over_o they_o he_o make_v gedaliah_n the_o son_n of_o ahikam_n the_o son_n of_o shaphan_n ruler_n both_o the_o favour_n which_o nebuzaradan_a show_v to_o this_o gedaliah_n by_o nebuchadnezar_n appointment_n jer._n 40.5_o and_o jeremiahs_n make_v choice_n to_o live_v with_o he_o when_o nebuzaradan_a have_v take_v he_o out_o of_o prison_n as_o nabuchadnezzar_n have_v give_v he_o order_n to_o do_v and_o have_v give_v he_o liberty_n to_o go_v with_o he_o into_o babylon_n or_o to_o stay_v where_o he_o please_v in_o his_o own_o country_n jer._n 39.11_o 12._o and_o 40.1_o 6_o i_o say_v both_o these_o make_v it_o probable_a that_o he_o be_v one_o of_o they_o that_o have_v follow_v the_o advice_n which_o the_o prophet_n give_v both_o to_o zedekiah_n and_o the_o rest_n to_o wit_n to_o yield_v themselves_o to_o the_o babylonian_a jerem._n 21.8_o 9_o 10._o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n i_o will_v set_v before_o thou_o the_o way_n of_o life_n and_o the_o way_n of_o death_n he_o that_o abide_v in_o this_o city_n shall_v die_v by_o the_o sword_n famine_n and_o pestilence_n but_o he_o that_o go_v out_o and_o fall_v to_o the_o chaldean_n that_o besiege_v you_o he_o shall_v live_v etc._n etc._n and_o that_o therefore_o he_o be_v now_o make_v provincial_a governor_n of_o judea_n by_o nebuchadnezzer_n command_n to_o rule_v over_o they_o that_o be_v carry_v away_o captive_a verse_n 23._o and_o when_o all_o the_o captain_n of_o the_o army_n they_o and_o their_o man_n hear_v that_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n have_v make_v gedaliah_n governor_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n among_o other_o those_o that_o flee_v out_o of_o the_o city_n when_o jerusalem_n be_v take_v vers_fw-la 4._o and_o jaazaniah_n the_o son_n of_o a_o maachathite_n or_o jezaniah_n jer._n 40.8_o verse_n 25._o ishmael_n the_o son_n of_o nethaniah_n the_o son_n of_o elishama_n of_o the_o seed_n royal_a come_v and_o ten_o man_n with_o he_o and_o smite_v gedaliah_n etc._n etc._n this_o ishmael_n as_o it_o seem_v during_o the_o siege_n of_o jerusalem_n
wall_n from_o the_o south_n to_o the_o east_n verse_n 25._o palal_n the_o son_n of_o uzai_n over_o against_o the_o turn_n of_o the_o wall_n and_o the_o tower_n which_o lie_v out_o from_o the_o king_n high_a house_n that_o be_v by_o the_o court_n of_o the_o prison_n prison_n have_v often_o court_v and_o yard_n for_o the_o prisoner_n to_o walk_v in_o and_o refresh_v themselves_o and_o so_o it_o seem_v have_v this_o we_o see_v there_o be_v often_o mention_v of_o the_o court_n of_o the_o prison_n whereinto_o they_o cast_v the_o prophet_n jeremiah_n jer._n 38.7.13_o and_o 32.2_o verse_n 26._o the_o nethinim_n dwell_v in_o ophel_n unto_o the_o place_n over_o against_o the_o water-gate_n etc._n etc._n by_o ophel_n or_o the_o tower_n be_v mean_v that_o high_a tower_n speak_v of_o in_o the_o former_a verse_n and_o the_o gate_n here_o mention_v be_v i_o conceive_v call_v the_o water-gate_n either_o because_o all_o the_o water_n that_o come_v by_o water_n course_n or_o pipe_n under_o ground_n into_o the_o city_n come_v into_o one_o channel_n in_o some_o place_n near_o to_o this_o gate_n or_o else_o because_o there_o be_v some_o passage_n thereabouts_o to_o convey_v away_o the_o water_n that_o run_v along_o in_o the_o several_a channel_n of_o the_o city_n the_o work_n of_o the_o nethinim_n be_v to_o carry_v wood_n and_o water_n to_o the_o temple_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v the_o more_o convenient_a for_o they_o to_o dwell_v in_o ophel_n which_o be_v so_o nigh_o to_o the_o water_n gate_n verse_n 27._o after_o they_o the_o tekoite_n repair_v see_v vers_fw-la 5._o some_o say_v they_o be_v the_o priest_n that_o dwell_v in_o tekoah_n verse_n 28._o from_o above_o the_o horse-gate_n repair_v the_o priest_n this_o horse-gate_n which_o be_v say_v to_o have_v be_v towards_o the_o east_n jer._n 31.40_o be_v so_o call_v perhaps_o because_o there_o be_v in_o that_o place_n some_o chief_a stable_n for_o horse_n or_o some_o place_n where_o they_o practise_v the_o art_n of_o horse_n ride_v or_o because_o they_o go_v usual_o with_o their_o horse_n out_o of_o that_o gate_n to_o water_v they_o in_o the_o brook_n kidron_n or_o to_o breathe_v they_o in_o the_o valley_n of_o gehinnom_n yet_o there_o be_v a_o gate_n also_o call_v by_o the_o same_o name_n in_o the_o king_n palace_n as_o we_o may_v see_v 2._o chron._n 23.15_o when_o she_o be_v come_v to_o the_o enter_v of_o the_o horse-gate_n by_o the_o king_n house_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v thus_o express_v 2._o king_n 11.16_o and_o she_o go_v by_o the_o way_n by_o which_o the_o horse_n come_v into_o the_o king_n house_n verse_n 29._o after_o he_o repair_v also_o shemaiah_n the_o son_n of_o shechaniah_n the_o keeper_n of_o the_o east_n gate_n to_o wit_n of_o the_o temple_n verse_n 32._o and_o between_o the_o go_v up_o of_o the_o corner_n into_o the_o sheep-gate_n repair_v the_o goldsmith_n and_o the_o merchant_n concern_v this_o sheep-gate_n see_v vers_n 1._o there_o the_o description_n of_o this_o repair_n the_o city_n wall_n begin_v and_o there_o it_o end_v chap._n four_o verse_n 2._o and_o he_o speak_v before_o his_o brethren_n and_o the_o army_n of_o samaria_n and_o say_v etc._n etc._n that_o be_v wherever_o he_o come_v among_o his_o own_o countryman_n and_o people_n or_o among_o his_o fellow_n governor_n of_o the_o neighbour_a country_n and_o the_o garrison_n soldier_n in_o samaria_n he_o inveigh_v against_o the_o attempt_n of_o the_o jew_n and_o that_o in_o a_o scoff_a manner_n to_o wit_n either_o thereby_o to_o make_v know_v that_o they_o need_v not_o be_v trouble_v about_o it_o they_o shall_v have_v time_n enough_o to_o hinder_v the_o work_n unless_o they_o can_v hope_v to_o finish_v it_o in_o a_o day_n and_o so_o by_o god_n providence_n the_o jew_n be_v not_o oppose_v at_o first_o or_o else_o to_o incense_v they_o to_o take_v up_o arm_n against_o they_o allege_v that_o both_o their_o attempt_n be_v insufferable_o proud_a and_o dangerous_a and_o also_o that_o the_o man_n that_o undertake_v it_o be_v weak_a and_o beggarly_a such_o as_o may_v easy_o be_v resist_v what_o say_v he_o do_v these_o feeble_a jew_n will_v they_o fortify_v themselves_o will_v they_o sacrifice_v will_v they_o make_v a_o end_n in_o a_o day_n they_o will_v never_o sure_o undertake_v this_o work_n if_o they_o do_v not_o think_v both_o to_o begin_v and_o finish_v it_o in_o a_o day_n and_o so_o to_o offer_v up_o sacrifice_n as_o they_o use_v to_o do_v at_o the_o dedication_n of_o any_o great_a building_n when_o it_o be_v complete_o finish_v and_o that_o because_o they_o may_v well_o assure_v themselves_o if_o they_o be_v any_o long_a while_n about_o it_o their_o neighbour_n will_v soon_o gather_v themselves_o together_o and_o hinder_v their_o fortification_n will_v they_o revive_v the_o stone_n out_o of_o the_o heap_n of_o the_o rubbish_n that_o be_v burn_v as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v they_o can_v never_o effect_v this_o work_n though_o there_o be_v nothing_o else_o to_o hinder_v they_o even_o for_o want_v of_o material_n for_o want_v of_o stone_n unless_o they_o hope_v to_o glue_v together_o their_o old_a stone_n again_o which_o be_v knock_v to_o piece_n and_o burn_v to_o powder_n and_o so_o make_v stone_n of_o rubbish_n which_o he_o call_v revive_v the_o stone_n out_o of_o the_o rubbish_n to_o intimate_v that_o their_o attempt_n be_v as_o ridiculous_a and_o mad_a as_o if_o they_o shall_v undertake_v to_o revive_v and_o raise_v up_o a_o dead_a man_n out_o of_o the_o grave_n that_o be_v already_o turn_v to_o dust_n and_o ash_n verse_n 3._o even_o that_o which_o they_o build_v if_o a_o fox_n go_v up_o he_o shall_v even_o break_v down_o their_o stone_n wall_n because_o fox_n use_v in_o the_o night_n to_o scrape_v through_o wall_n of_o earth_n that_o they_o may_v come_v to_o their_o prey_n tobiah_n in_o these_o word_n to_o scoff_n at_o the_o weakness_n of_o the_o wall_n which_o they_o can_v make_v in_o such_o haste_n say_v that_o when_o they_o have_v do_v the_o most_o they_o can_v if_o they_o do_v finish_v they_o they_o will_v be_v so_o slight_o do_v that_o a_o fox_n may_v make_v a_o way_n through_o they_o or_o scrape_v they_o down_o verse_n 4._o hear_v o_o god_n for_o we_o be_v despise_v etc._n etc._n thus_o speak_v nehemiah_n when_o the_o report_n of_o the_o scoff_v of_o these_o adversary_n be_v bring_v unto_o he_o and_o give_v they_o for_o a_o prey_n in_o the_o land_n of_o captivity_n let_v they_o be_v carry_v away_o captive_n and_o there_o make_v a_o prey_n to_o their_o enemy_n verse_n 5._o and_o cover_v not_o their_o iniquity_n and_o let_v not_o their_o sin_n be_v blot_v out_o from_o before_o thou_o that_o be_v let_v not_o their_o iniquity_n pass_v unpunished_a for_o he_o do_v not_o pray_v against_o their_o conversion_n but_o desire_v the_o lord_n that_o in_o case_n they_o proceed_v on_o in_o this_o their_o impiety_n he_o will_v manifest_v his_o wrath_n by_o pour_v his_o judgement_n upon_o they_o for_o they_o have_v provoke_v thou_o to_o anger_n before_o the_o bvilder_n that_o be_v in_o reproach_v the_o bvilder_n of_o thy_o city_n employ_v by_o thy_o appointment_n they_o have_v reproach_v thou_o so_o that_o we_o desire_v they_o to_o be_v punish_v not_o out_o of_o any_o private_a grudge_n or_o desire_v of_o revenge_n but_o that_o thy_o glory_n may_v be_v vindicate_v verse_n 6._o so_o build_v we_o the_o wall_n and_o all_o the_o wail_n be_v join_v together_o unto_o the_o half_a thereof_o that_o be_v unto_o the_o half_a height_n thereof_o verse_n 10._o and_o judah_n say_v the_o strength_n of_o the_o bearer_n of_o burden_n be_v decay_v and_o there_o be_v much_o rubbish_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o man_n of_o judah_n also_o begin_v to_o murmur_v and_o complain_v that_o by_o reason_n there_o be_v still_o so_o much_o rubbish_n and_o the_o strength_n of_o the_o bearer_n of_o the_o burden_n be_v so_o much_o decay_v they_o shall_v never_o be_v able_a to_o go_v through_o with_o the_o work_n at_o least_o not_o make_v it_o defensible_a ere_o the_o enemy_n will_v set_v upon_o they_o for_o if_o the_o trench_n about_o the_o wall_n the_o chief_a help_n to_o keep_v off_o the_o enemy_n be_v not_o clear_v of_o the_o rubbish_n all_o they_o have_v do_v will_v be_v to_o no_o purpose_n verse_n 12._o when_o the_o jew_n that_o dwell_v by_o they_o come_v they_o say_v unto_o we_o ten_o time_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v oftentimes_o see_v the_o note_n gen._n 31.7_o though_o these_o jew_n that_o dwell_v among_o the_o samaritan_n and_o those_o other_o neighbour_a nation_n that_o now_o band_v together_o against_o the_o build_n of_o jerusalem_n wall_n dare_v not_o join_v themselves_o with_o their_o brethren_n to_o help_v they_o in_o their_o work_n yet_o secret_o it_o seem_v some_o of_o they_o
concern_v some_o particular_a passage_n which_o happy_o they_o have_v observe_v the_o day_n before_o in_o the_o expound_v of_o the_o law_n among_o which_o i_o conceive_v one_o main_a thing_n be_v concern_v the_o keep_n of_o the_o feast_n of_o tabernacle_n whereof_o happy_o ezra_n the_o day_n before_o have_v purposely_o speak_v to_o instruct_v the_o people_n because_o that_o feast_n be_v now_o nigh_o at_o hand_n for_o so_o much_o seem_v to_o be_v employ_v vers_fw-la 14._o and_o the_o find_v write_v in_o the_o law_n which_o the_o lord_n have_v command_v by_o moses_n that_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n shall_v dwell_v in_o booth_n in_o the_o feast_n of_o the_o seven_o month_n verse_n 16._o and_o in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o water-gate_n and_o in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o gate_n of_o ephraim_n that_o be_v the_o gate_n whereat_o they_o go_v out_o that_o be_v to_o go_v to_o the_o tribe_n of_o ephraim_n the_o meaning_n be_v that_o they_o build_v they_o booth_n all_o over_o the_o city_n from_o the_o one_o end_n of_o the_o city_n to_o the_o other_o or_o in_o all_o the_o street_n that_o be_v near_o to_o the_o temple_n verse_n 17._o for_o since_o the_o day_n of_o joshua_n the_o son_n of_o nun_n unto_o that_o day_n have_v not_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n do_v so_o that_o be_v from_o joshuas_n time_n till_o then_o they_o have_v not_o keep_v this_o feast_n in_o such_o a_o solemn_a manner_n with_o such_o celebration_n and_o devotion_n as_o it_o be_v keep_v now_o joshuas_n time_n be_v mention_v not_o the_o time_n of_o moses_n because_o happy_o till_o joshua_n bring_v they_o into_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n they_o keep_v not_o this_o feast_n it_o be_v a_o memorial_n of_o their_o dwell_n in_o booth_n as_o they_o pass_v through_o the_o wilderness_n out_o of_o egypt_n see_v levit._n 23.42_o 43._o and_o therefore_o till_o they_o be_v come_v into_o canaan_n and_o have_v leave_v dwell_v in_o tabernacle_n and_o booth_n there_o need_v no_o memorial_n of_o it_o but_o now_o that_o this_o feast_n so_o express_o command_v by_o god_n shall_v be_v utter_o disuse_v and_o neglect_v from_o joshua_n till_o then_o a_o matter_n of_o a_o thousand_o year_n in_o the_o time_n of_o so_o many_o godly_a prince_n and_o priest_n be_v methinks_v altogether_o improbable_a beside_o it_o be_v manifest_a that_o in_o zerubbabels_n time_n at_o the_o people_n first_o come_v out_o of_o babylon_n which_o be_v long_o before_o this_o they_o keep_v this_o feast_n ezra_n 3.4_o they_o keep_v also_o the_o feast_n of_o tabernacle_n etc._n etc._n and_o therefore_o the_o meaning_n of_o these_o word_n must_v needs_o be_v this_o only_a that_o from_o the_o day_n of_o joshua_n till_o then_o they_o have_v not_o keep_v this_o feast_n so_o that_o be_v with_o such_o devotion_n and_o solemnity_n wherein_o the_o difference_n be_v it_o be_v hard_o to_o say_v yet_o one_o particular_a seem_v to_o be_v that_o which_o be_v express_v in_o the_o follow_a verse_n namely_o that_o all_o the_o seven_o day_n day_n after_o day_n the_o prople_n meet_v together_o and_o have_v the_o law_n read_v and_o expound_v to_o they_o whereas_o former_o because_o the_o first_o and_o last_o day_n be_v only_o appoint_v to_o be_v more_o solemn_a convocation_n and_o great_a holy_a day_n whereon_o they_o may_v do_v no_o work_n levit._n 23.35_o 36._o their_o manner_n it_o seem_v have_v be_v to_o assemble_v the_o people_n and_o read_v the_o word_n only_o on_o the_o first_o and_o last_o day_n which_o be_v now_o reform_v and_o the_o word_n be_v read_v all_o the_o seven_o day_n though_o the_o first_o and_o last_o be_v keep_v more_o solemn_o as_o the_o great_a holy_a day_n of_o the_o feast_n as_o one_o of_o they_o be_v call_v john_n 7.37_o the_o last_o and_o great_a day_n of_o the_o feast_n so_o much_o seem_v employ_v vers_fw-la 18._o also_o day_n by_o day_n from_o the_o first_o day_n unto_o the_o last_o day_n he_o read_v in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o law_n of_o god_n and_o they_o keep_v the_o feast_n seven_o day_n etc._n etc._n and_o to_o this_o some_o add_v also_o that_o they_o have_v never_o before_o build_v themselves_o booth_n upon_o the_o top_n of_o their_o home_n as_o now_o they_o have_v do_v as_o be_v express_o note_v before_o vers_fw-la 16._o chap._n ix_o verse_n 1._o now_o in_o the_o twenty_o and_o four_o day_n of_o this_o month_n the_o child_n of_o israel_n be_v assemble_v with_o fast_v etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n the_o next_o day_n but_o one_o after_o the_o solemnity_n of_o the_o feast_n of_o tabernacle_n be_v end_v for_o the_o last_o and_o great_a day_n of_o the_o feast_n be_v the_o two_o and_o twenty_o day_n of_o this_o month_n see_v they_o be_v so_o careful_a according_a to_o the_o law_n to_o keep_v the_o feast_n of_o trumpet_n on_o the_o first_o day_n of_o this_o month_n and_o the_o feast_n of_o tabernacle_n on_o the_o fifteen_o day_n chap._n 8.1_o 2._o 14._o it_o be_v likely_a also_o that_o they_o omit_v not_o to_o keep_v the_o day_n of_o atonement_n enjoin_v by_o the_o same_o law_n which_o be_v a_o public_a fast_a day_n whereon_o they_o be_v to_o afflict_v their_o soul_n and_o be_v to_o be_v keep_v on_o the_o 10._o day_n of_o this_o month_n leu._n 23.27_o some_o five_o day_n before_o the_o feast_n of_o tabernacle_n begin_v but_o yet_o have_v have_v the_o law_n day_n by_o day_n all_o the_o feast_n of_o tabernacle-expounded_n to_o they_o chap._n 8.18_o and_o find_v thereby_o how_o grievous_o they_o have_v sin_v and_o how_o far_o short_a they_o be_v still_o from_o that_o which_o god_n require_v they_o to_o be_v they_o resolve_v to_o keep_v a_o public_a fast_o before_o the_o people_n now_o assemble_v at_o jerusalem_n be_v depart_v thence_o only_o afford_v they_o one_o day_n to_o prepare_v themselves_o for_o it_o wherein_o they_o will_v bewail_v their_o sin_n seek_v to_o god_n for_o mercy_n and_o make_v a_o solemn_a covenant_n with_o god_n have_v first_o separate_v themselves_o from_o their_o strange_a wife_n and_o their_o child_n whereof_o it_o seem_v they_o be_v particular_o convince_v by_o the_o read_n of_o the_o law_n as_o be_v employ_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n vers_fw-la 2._o verse_n 2._o and_o the_o seed_n of_o israel_n separate_v themselves_o from_o all_o stranger_n that_o be_v from_o their_o strange_a wife_n and_o the_o child_n they_o have_v by_o they_o this_o be_v again_o repeat_v chap._n 13.3_o when_o they_o have_v hear_v the_o law_n they_o separate_v from_o israel_n all_o the_o mix_a multitude_n yea_o some_o conceive_v that_o that_o which_o be_v before_o relate_v concern_v the_o jew_n put_v away_o their_o strange_a wife_n at_o the_o persuasion_n of_o ezra_n be_v do_v now_o ezra_n be_v still_o live_v as_o be_v note_v in_o the_o former_a chapter_n vers_fw-la 2._o but_o of_o this_o see_v the_o note_n ezra_n 10_o verse_n 3._o and_o they_o stand_v up_o in_o their_o place_n and_o read_v in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o law_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o whole_a congregation_n stand_v up_o in_o their_o several_a place_n and_o then_o the_o priest_n and_o levite_n read_v in_o the_o law_n of_o god_n one_o four_o part_n of_o the_o day_n and_o pray_v and_o praise_v god_n another_o four_o part_n the_o day_n consist_v among_o the_o jew_n of_o twelve_o hour_n john_n 11.9_o be_v there_o not_o twelve_o hour_n in_o the_o day_n the_o first_o three_o hour_n be_v allot_v to_o the_o morning_n sacrifice_n the_o three_o last_o to_o the_o evening_n sacrifice_n and_o the_o other_o two_o four_o part_n be_v allot_v to_o these_o duty_n of_o god_n worship_n and_o service_n verse_n 4._o then_o stand_v up_o upon_o the_o stair_n of_o the_o levite_n jeshua_n and_o bani_n etc._n etc._n the_o people_n be_v divide_v it_o seem_v into_o eight_o several_a congregation_n according_o these_o eight_o levite_n stand_v up_o each_o of_o they_o upon_o a_o scaffold_n or_o pulpit_n erect_v in_o their_o several_a assembly_n and_o pray_v unto_o the_o lord_n and_o stir_v up_o the_o people_n to_o join_v with_o they_o in_o praise_v god_n as_o be_v express_v in_o the_o follow_a verse_n for_o those_o there_o mention_v be_v the_o same_o that_o be_v here_o name_v though_o three_o of_o they_o be_v there_o call_v by_o other_o name_n for_o bunni_n bani_n and_o chenani_n be_v there_o call_v hashabniah_n and_o hodijah_n and_o pethahiah_n verse_n 6._o thou_o have_v make_v heaven_n the_o heaven_n of_o heaven_n etc._n etc._n see_v 1_o king_n 8.27_o and_o the_o host_n of_o heaven_n worship_v thou_o not_o the_o angel_n only_o but_o the_o sun_n moon_n and_o star_n etc._n etc._n be_v say_v to_o worship_n god_n because_o in_o their_o kind_n they_o honour_v he_o by_o be_v subject_n to_o his_o will_n and_o command_v verse_n 20._o thou_o give_v also_o thy_o good_a spirit_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n
to_o their_o governor_n and_o teacher_n not_o moses_n only_o but_o the_o seventy_o elder_n also_o numb_a 11.17_o by_o who_o they_o be_v according_o instruct_v and_o govern_v in_o the_o right_a way_n verse_n 22._o thou_o give_v they_o kingdom_n and_o nation_n and_o do_v divide_v they_o into_o corner_n that_o be_v thou_o do_v plant_v they_o in_o the_o several_a part_n and_o corner_n of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n some_o within_o jordan_n and_o some_o without_o yet_o some_o understand_v this_o of_o the_o heathen_a that_o be_v drive_v out_o of_o their_o dwelling_n before_o the_o israelite_n so_o they_o possess_v the_o land_n of_o sihon_n and_o the_o land_n of_o the_o king_n of_o heshbon_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v also_o at_o that_o time_n when_o the_o israelite_n take_v it_o in_o the_o possession_n of_o sihon_n who_o have_v former_o take_v it_o from_o the_o moabite_n numb_a 21.26_o for_o heshbon_n be_v the_o city_n of_o sihon_n the_o king_n of_o the_o amorites_n who_o have_v fight_v against_o the_o king_n of_o moab_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 29._o and_o hearken_v not_o unto_o thy_o commandment_n but_o sin_v against_o thy_o judgement_n which_o if_o a_o man_n do_v he_o shall_v live_v in_o they_o see_v the_o note_n levit._n 18.5_o and_o withdraw_v the_o shoulder_n and_o harden_v their_o neck_n and_o will_v not_o hear_v that_o be_v they_o refuse_v to_o submit_v to_o god_n government_n but_o be_v stubborn_a and_o rebellious_a against_o he_o it_o be_v a_o metaphorical_a expression_n take_v from_o ox_n and_o other_o cattle_n that_o will_v struggle_v and_o will_v not_o take_v yoke_n upon_o they_o the_o like_a phrase_n we_o have_v zach._n 7.11_o but_o they_o refuse_v to_o hearken_v and_o pull_v away_o their_o shoulder_n and_o stop_v their_o ear_n that_o they_o will_v not_o hear_v and_o so_o in_o many_o other_o place_n verse_n 32._o let_v not_o all_o the_o trouble_n seem_v little_a before_o thou_o that_o have_v come_v upon_o we_o that_o be_v take_v compassion_n on_o we_o and_o put_v a_o end_n to_o the_o misery_n that_o we_o have_v a_o long_a time_n suffer_v and_o resolve_v not_o to_o bring_v any_o more_o evil_a upon_o we_o as_o if_o we_o have_v not_o yet_o suffer_v enough_o verse_n 36._o and_o for_o the_o land_n that_o thou_o give_v unto_o our_o father_n to_o eat_v the_o fruit_n thereof_o and_o the_o good_a thereof_o behold_v we_o be_v servant_n in_o it_o this_o be_v mention_v as_o a_o great_a aggravation_n of_o their_o misery_n that_o they_o be_v servant_n in_o their_o own_o land_n in_o the_o land_n which_o god_n have_v give_v their_o father_n for_o their_o inheritance_n so_o that_o we_o reap_v not_o say_v they_o the_o benefit_n of_o the_o land_n fruitfulness_n but_o the_o king_n that_o reign_n over_o we_o as_o be_v express_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n vers_fw-la 37._o and_o it_o yield_v much_o increase_n unto_o the_o king_n who_o thou_o have_v set_v over_o we_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 38._o we_o make_v a_o sure_a covenant_n and_o write_v it_o and_o our_o prince_n levite_n and_o priest_n seal_v unto_o it_o to_o wit_n in_o their_o own_o name_n and_o in_o the_o name_n of_o all_o the_o people_n chap._n x._o verse_n 1._o now_o those_o that_o seal_v be_v nehemiah_n the_o tirshatha_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n in_o the_o name_n of_o all_o the_o rest_n both_o of_o the_o magistrate_n priest_n levite_n and_o people_n verse_n 8._o these_o be_v the_o priest_n that_o be_v all_o those_o above_o mention_v who_o name_n be_v add_v after_o nehemiahs_n for_o we_o can_v hence_o infer_v as_o some_o do_v that_o nehemiah_n be_v of_o the_o stock_n of_o the_o priest_n his_o name_n be_v set_v in_o the_o first_o place_n only_o because_o he_o be_v at_o that_o time_n the_o governor_n of_o judea_n verse_n 28._o and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o people_n the_o priest_n etc._n etc._n here_o general_o it_o be_v add_v that_o all_o the_o rest_n that_o do_v not_o seal_v the_o covenant_n do_v yet_o consent_v to_o that_o the_o other_o have_v seal_v in_o their_o name_n to_o wit_n the_o rest_n of_o the_o people_n the_o levite_n the_o porter_n and_o singer_n and_o why_o the_o porter_n and_o singer_n be_v mention_v several_o from_o the_o levite_n see_v chap._n 7.1_o the_o nethinim_n and_o all_o they_o that_o have_v separate_v themselves_o from_o the_o people_n of_o the_o land_n unto_o the_o law_n of_o god_n that_o be_v all_o of_o other_o nation_n convert_v to_o the_o jewish_a religion_n call_v usual_o proselyte_n their_o wife_n etc._n etc._n they_o cleave_v to_o their_o brethren_n their_o noble_n vers_n 29._o that_o be_v they_o consent_v to_o stand_v to_o this_o covenant_n which_o the_o other_o have_v seal_v in_o their_o name_n as_o well_o as_o in_o their_o own_o verse_n 30._o and_o that_o we_o will_v not_o give_v our_o daughter_n unto_o the_o people_n of_o the_o land_n etc._n etc._n beside_o the_o general_a covenant_n that_o they_o will_v careful_o observe_v all_o the_o commandment_n of_o god_n these_o follow_a head_n they_o do_v particular_o add_v because_o in_o these_o they_o have_v hitherto_o be_v exceed_v faulty_a verse_n 31._o and_o if_o the_o people_n of_o the_o land_n bring_v ware_n or_o any_o victual_n on_o the_o sabbath_n day_n to_o sell_v that_o we_o will_v not_o buy_v it_o etc._n etc._n though_o it_o be_v not_o in_o their_o power_n to_o force_v the_o neighbour_a nation_n to_o observe_v the_o jewish_a law_n yet_o they_o bind_v themselves_o by_o covenant_n that_o they_o will_v not_o buy_v any_o thing_n they_o bring_v to_o sell_v on_o the_o sabbath_n day_n which_o notwithstanding_o many_o of_o they_o break_v soon_o after_o chap._n 13.15_o 16._o in_o those_o day_n see_v i_o in_o judah_n some_o tread_v wine_n press_v on_o the_o sabbath_n etc._n etc._n there_o dwell_v man_n of_o tyre_n also_o therein_o which_o bring_v fish_n and_o all_o manner_n of_o ware_n and_o sell_v on_o the_o sabbath_n unto_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n and_o in_o jerusalem_n and_o that_o we_o will_v leave_v the_o seven_o year_n and_o the_o exaction_n of_o every_o debt_n that_o be_v that_o they_o will_v leave_v the_o land_n every_o seven_o year_n to_o lie_v at_o rest_n not_o sow_v their_o field_n nor_o dress_v their_o vineyard_n nor_o gather_v that_o which_o grow_v of_o itself_o but_o leave_v it_o free_a for_o other_o as_o for_o themselves_o and_o that_o they_o will_v not_o exact_v that_o year_n their_o debt_n of_o those_o that_o be_v indebt_v to_o they_o all_o which_o be_v enjoin_v by_o the_o law_n levit._n 25.3_o 4_o 5._o etc._n etc._n and_o deut._n 5.2_o but_o have_v not_o be_v of_o late_a time_n observe_v by_o they_o verse_n 33._o for_o the_o holy_a thing_n and_o for_o the_o sinne-offering_n hereby_o i_o conceive_v be_v mean_v the_o peace-offering_n which_o be_v offer_v in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o whole_a congregation_n and_o people_n of_o israel_n which_o therefore_o be_v provide_v as_o here_o it_o be_v say_v by_o a_o common_a contribution_n of_o all_o the_o people_n verse_n 34._o and_o we_o cast_v the_o lot_n among_o the_o priest_n the_o levite_n and_o the_o people_n for_o the_o wood-offering_a etc._n etc._n that_o be_v because_o there_o be_v much_o wood_n to_o be_v spend_v in_o the_o service_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o there_o be_v not_o those_o treasure_n in_o the_o temple_n as_o have_v be_v former_o wherewith_o it_o seem_v the_o wood_n have_v be_v in_o those_o time_n provide_v both_o priest_n levite_n and_o people_n do_v unanimous_o at_o this_o time_n agree_v to_o undertake_v the_o charge_n and_o care_n of_o provide_v and_o bring_v in_o wood_n for_o the_o service_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o so_o have_v equal_o divide_v the_o charge_n among_o they_o according_a to_o their_o family_n and_o assign_v to_o each_o family_n what_o they_o shall_v bring_v in_o the_o time_n assign_v to_o every_o one_o when_o they_o shall_v bring_v in_o that_o which_o they_o be_v appoint_v to_o provide_v be_v determine_v by_o lot_n verse_n 36._o also_o the_o first_o bear_v of_o our_o son_n and_o of_o our_o cattle_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o price_n that_o be_v to_o be_v pay_v for_o their_o redemption_n numb_a 18.15_o 16._o and_o consequent_o also_o the_o redemption-money_n for_o the_o firstling_n of_o all_o beast_n that_o be_v not_o fit_a for_o sacrifice_n and_o all_o this_o be_v for_o the_o priest_n that_o minister_v in_o the_o house_n of_o god_n that_o be_v for_o the_o priest_n that_o do_v at_o that_o time_n attend_v upon_o the_o service_n of_o the_o temple_n for_o the_o priest_n do_v only_o attend_v there_o in_o their_o course_n verse_n 38._o and_o the_o priest_n the_o son_n of_o aaron_n shall_v be_v with_o the_o levite_n when_o the_o levite_n take_v tithe_n that_o be_v the_o priest_n be_v also_o to_o have_v their_o share_n in_o the_o tithe_n together_o with_o the_o levite_n
his_o servant_n jer._n 25.1.11_o which_o according_o come_v to_o pass_n for_o immediate_o after_o this_o nabuchadnezzar_n the_o second_o enter_v judea_n with_o a_o strong_a army_n besiege_v and_o force_v jerusalem_n and_o have_v jehoiakim_n in_o his_o power_n do_v at_o first_o intend_v to_o carry_v he_o to_o babylon_n 2._o chron._n 36.6_o but_o be_v at_o last_o entreat_v to_o leave_v he_o as_o his_o vassal_n take_v with_o he_o for_o pledge_n daniel_n be_v but_o yet_o a_o child_n with_o ananias_n misael_n and_o azarias_n with_o a_o great_a deal_n of_o the_o temple_n treasure_n nor_o need_v we_o stumble_v at_o it_o that_o this_o be_v say_v to_o have_v be_v do_v in_o the_o three_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n dan._n 1.1_o whereas_o the_o four_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n be_v account_v the_o first_o of_o nabuchadnezzar_n jer._n 25.1_o the_o word_n that_o come_v to_o jeremiah_n concern_v all_o the_o people_n of_o judah_n in_o the_o four_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n king_n of_o judah_n that_o be_v the_o first_o year_n of_o nebuchad-rezzar_a king_n of_o babylon_n since_o first_o the_o first_o year_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n may_v well_o concur_v with_o the_o end_n of_o the_o three_o and_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o four_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n and_o again_o second_o perhaps_o as_o some_o hold_n nabuchadnezzar_n the_o second_o come_v first_o against_o judea_n while_o his_o father_n be_v yet_o live_v in_o the_o three_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n and_o prevail_v against_o jehoiakim_n but_o return_v soon_o upon_o the_o report_n of_o necho_n the_o king_n of_o egypt_n preparation_n against_o he_o and_o especial_o upon_o the_o news_n of_o his_o father_n death_n that_o he_o may_v prevent_v all_o commotion_n at_o home_n in_o the_o four_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n have_v first_o vanquish_v the_o force_n of_o the_o egyptian_n about_o the_o bank_n of_o euphrates_n jer._n 46.1_o 2._o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o come_v to_o jeremiah_n the_o prophet_n against_o the_o gentile_n against_o egypt_n against_o the_o army_n of_o pharaoh_n necho_n king_n of_o egypt_n which_o be_v by_o the_o river_n euphrates_n in_o charchemish_n which_o nebuchad-rezzar_a king_n of_o babylon_n smite_v in_o the_o four_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n king_n of_o judah_n he_o soon_o bring_v jehoiakim_n to_o acknowledge_v himself_o his_o vassal_n and_o tributary_n and_o so_o as_o it_o be_v say_v here_o jehoiakim_n become_v his_o servant_n three_o year_n to_o wit_n the_o five_o six_o and_o seven_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n the_o egyptian_a king_n can_v not_o like_v of_o this_o and_o therefore_o it_o seem_v begin_v to_o think_v of_o restore_v jehoahaz_n now_o prisoner_n in_o egypt_n and_o set_v he_o up_o as_o a_o domestical_a enemy_n against_o his_o ungrateful_a brother_n the_o rumour_n whereof_o when_o it_o come_v to_o judea_n though_o jeremiah_n prophesy_v that_o it_o shall_v prove_v idle_a jer_n 22.11_o 12._o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n touch_v shallum_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n king_n of_o judah_n which_o reign_v in_o stead_n of_o josiah_n which_o go_v forth_o out_o of_o this_o place_n he_o shall_v not_o return_v thither_o any_o more_o but_o he_o shall_v die_v in_o the_o place_n whither_o they_o have_v lead_v he_o captive_a do_v much_o perplex_v they_o be_v now_o in_o danger_n both_o of_o the_o egyptian_n if_o they_o keep_v faith_n with_o the_o babylonian_n and_o of_o the_o babylonian_n if_o they_o shall_v revolt_v again_o to_o the_o egyptian_n and_o this_o i_o conceive_v may_v be_v the_o cause_n of_o the_o fast_o keep_v in_o the_o five_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_v reign_v in_o the_o nine_o month_n jer._n 36_o 9_o at_o which_o time_n baruch_n send_v by_o jeremiah_n do_v public_o read_v the_o roll_n of_o jeremiahs_n pprophecy_n before_o all_o the_o people_n which_o be_v by_o the_o prince_n carry_v to_o jehoiakim_n he_o have_v hear_v part_n of_o it_o cut_v it_o in_o piece_n with_o a_o penknife_n and_o cast_v it_o into_o the_o fire_n but_o at_o length_n to_o wit_n in_o the_o eight_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n which_o be_v the_o four_o of_o nabuchadnezzar_n hear_v of_o many_o glorious_a rumour_n of_o the_o egyptian_n preparation_n against_o the_o babylonian_n embolden_v hereby_o he_o renounce_v his_o subjection_n to_o the_o babylonian_a as_o be_v express_v here_o that_o he_o turn_v and_o rebel_v against_o he_o and_o so_o side_v with_o the_o egyptian_n again_o verse_n 2._o and_o the_o lord_n send_v against_o he_o band_n of_o the_o chaldee_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v nabuchadnezzar_n not_o without_o the_o special_a counsel_n of_o god_n come_v up_o against_o he_o and_o that_o as_o josephus_n say_v from_o that_o siege_n of_o tyre_n whereof_o the_o prophet_n speak_v ezek._n 26.7_o for_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n behold_v i_o will_v bring_v upon_o tyrus_n nebuchad-rezzar_a king_n of_o babylon_n a_o king_n of_o king_n from_o the_o north_n with_o chariot_n and_o with_o horse_n and_o company_n and_o much_o people_n and_o bring_v thence_o with_o he_o some_o part_n of_o his_o army_n consist_v of_o company_n and_o band_n of_o several_a nation_n he_o enter_v jerusalem_n and_o lay_v hold_v on_o jehoiakim_n and_o be_v enrage_v against_o he_o for_o his_o perfidiousness_n in_o revolt_a from_o he_o cause_v he_o to_o be_v slay_v and_o cast_v out_o into_o the_o field_n without_o jerusalem_n to_o be_v devour_v by_o bird_n and_o beast_n for_o so_o jeremy_n have_v prophesy_v it_o shall_v be_v jer._n 22.18_o 19_o therefore_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n concern_v jehoiakim_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n king_n of_o judah_n they_o shall_v not_o lament_v for_o he_o say_v ah_o my_o brother_n or_o ah_o sister_n they_o shall_v not_o lament_v for_o he_o say_v ah_o lord_n or_o ah_o his_o glory_n he_o shall_v be_v bury_v with_o the_o burial_n of_o a_o ass_n draw_v and_o cast_v forth_o beyond_o the_o gate_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o 36.30_o therefore_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n of_o jehoiakim_n king_n of_o judah_n he_o shall_v have_v none_o to_o sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n of_o david_n and_o his_o dead_a body_n shall_v be_v cast_v forth_o in_o the_o day_n to_o the_o heat_n and_o in_o the_o night_n to_o the_o frost_n this_o be_v the_o eleven_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n and_o so_o the_o seven_o year_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n three_o year_n after_o jehoiakim_v revolt_n for_o either_o the_o siege_n of_o tyre_n or_o some_o other_o occasion_n have_v hitherto_o detain_v nabuchadnezzar_n from_o come_v against_o he_o and_o hence_o it_o be_v we_o read_v of_o three_o thousand_o and_o three_o and_o twenty_o jew_n carry_v away_o by_o he_o in_o the_o seven_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n jer._n 52.28_o this_o be_v the_o people_n who_o nebuchad-rezzar_a carry_v away_o captive_a in_o the_o seven_o year_n three_o thousand_o and_o three_o and_o twenty_o jew_n verse_n 3._o sure_o at_o the_o commandment_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v this_o upon_o judah_n to_o remove_v they_o out_o of_o his_o sight_n for_o the_o sin_n of_o manasseh_n etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 23.26_o verse_n 6._o so_o jehoiakim_n sleep_v with_o his_o father_n and_o jehoiachin_n his_o son_n reign_v in_o his_o stead_n for_o when_o nabuchadnezzar_n have_v slay_v jehoiakim_n as_o be_v before_o note_v and_o be_v return_v again_o into_o his_o own_o country_n it_o seem_v the_o people_n make_v this_o jehoiachin_n king_n in_o his_o stead_n who_o be_v also_o call_v jeconiah_n 1._o chron._n 3.16_o and_o coniah_n by_o way_n of_o contempt_n jer._n 22.24_o in_o the_o genealogy_n of_o christ_n matth._n 1.11_o jehoiakim_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n seem_v to_o be_v quite_o leave_v at_o least_o in_o our_o most_o usual_a translation_n for_o though_o in_o some_o few_o copy_n it_o be_v thus_o set_v down_o and_o josias_n beget_v jakim_n and_o jakim_n beget_v jechonias_n yet_o general_o in_o all_o other_o copy_n it_o run_v thus_o and_o josias_n beget_v jechonias_n and_o his_o brethren_n about_o the_o time_n they_o be_v carry_v away_o to_o babylon_n and_o after_o they_o be_v bring_v to_o babylon_n jechonias_n beget_v salathiel_n and_o for_o the_o resolve_v of_o this_o doubt_n many_o several_a answer_n be_v give_v by_o expositor_n but_o the_o most_o satisfy_v one_o i_o conceive_v be_v this_o to_o wit_n that_o jehoiakim_n the_o father_n be_v call_v jeconiah_n as_o well_o as_o jehoiachin_n the_o son_n and_o so_o whereas_o mat._n 1.11_o it_o be_v say_v that_o josias_n beget_v jechonias_n and_o his_o brethren_n that_o be_v mean_v of_o jehoiakim_n the_o son_n of_o josias_n who_o have_v many_o brethren_n whereas_o jehoiachin_n have_v none_o and_o then_o that_o which_o follow_v vers_fw-la 12._o and_o after_o they_o be_v bring_v to_o babylon_n jechonias_n beget_v salathiel_n that_o be_v mean_v of_o jehoiachin_n the_o son_n of_o jehoiakim_n and_o so_o the_o several_a generation_n of_o these_o king_n be_v full_o
express_v verse_n 7._o and_o the_o king_n of_o egypt_n come_v not_o again_o any_o more_o out_o of_o his_o land_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n against_o jerusalem_n indeed_o in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o zedekiahs_n reign_n jerusalem_n be_v then_o besiege_v the_o king_n of_o egypt_n come_v up_o to_o help_v he_o against_o the_o babylonian_n jer._n 37.5_o then_o pharaoh_n army_n come_v forth_o out_o of_o egypt_n and_o when_o the_o chaldean_n that_o besiege_v jerusalem_n hear_v tiding_n of_o they_o they_o depart_v from_o jerusalem_n but_o this_o here_o be_v speak_v of_o his_o come_n to_o subdue_v the_o jew_n to_o reduce_v they_o again_o under_o his_o subjection_n this_o jehoiakim_n think_v he_o will_v have_v do_v when_o he_o hear_v such_o glorious_a rumour_n of_o the_o great_a preparation_n he_o make_v against_o nebuchadnezzer_n and_o thereupon_o have_v revolt_v from_o the_o babylonian_a and_o for_o this_o very_a cause_n it_o be_v here_o express_v that_o he_o come_v not_o and_o that_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n have_v take_v from_o the_o river_n of_o egypt_n unto_o the_o river_n euphrates_n all_o that_o pertain_v to_o the_o king_n of_o egypt_n to_o show_v upon_o what_o vain_a ground_n jehoiakim_n have_v trust_v in_o egypt_n and_o so_o thereby_o have_v bring_v all_o this_o misery_n both_o on_o himself_o and_o on_o his_o kingdom_n verse_n 8._o jehoiachin_n be_v eighteen_o year_n old_a when_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v to_o wit_n when_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v alone_o after_o his_o father_n death_n for_o in_o his_o father_n life_n time_n he_o be_v crown_v king_n ten_o year_n before_o this_o when_o he_o be_v yet_o but_o eight_o year_n old_a 2._o chron._n 36.9_o jehoiachin_n be_v eight_o year_n old_a when_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v etc._n etc._n and_o he_o reign_v in_o jerusalem_n three_o month_n in_o 2._o chron._n 36.9_o it_o be_v three_o month_n and_o ten_o day_n but_o the_o odd_a day_n as_o usual_o elsewhere_o in_o the_o scripture_n be_v here_o omit_v indeed_o there_o in_o the_o chronicle_n vers_fw-la 10._o it_o follow_v that_o when_o the_o year_n be_v expire_v king_n nebuchadnezzer_n send_v and_o bring_v he_o to_o babylon_n whereby_o some_o may_v conceive_v that_o it_o be_v a_o twelvemonth_n ere_o nebuchadnezzer_n take_v he_o away_o and_o why_o then_o shall_v it_o be_v say_v that_o he_o reign_v but_o three_o month_n but_o that_o which_o be_v say_v there_o be_v speak_v of_o the_o year_n absolute_o consider_v and_o not_o of_o the_o year_n of_o jehoiachins_n reign_n when_o the_o year_n be_v expire_v that_o be_v at_o the_o spring_n or_o begin_n of_o a_o new_a year_n king_n nebuchadnezzer_n send_v and_o bring_v he_o to_o babylon_n which_o be_v when_o he_o have_v reign_v about_o three_o month_n as_o be_v here_o say_v so_o that_o that_o place_n in_o the_o chronicle_n be_v parallel_v with_o that_o 2._o sam_n 11.1_o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o after_o the_o year_n be_v expire_v at_o the_o time_n when_o king_n go_v forth_o to_o battle_n that_o david_n send_v joab_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 9_o and_o he_o do_v that_o which_o be_v evil_a in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n for_o which_o cause_n he_o be_v threaten_v by_o the_o prophet_n jeremiah_n that_o he_o shall_v die_v childless_a and_o shall_v be_v carry_v with_o his_o mother_n and_o other_o into_o babylon_n jeremiah_n 22.21.30_o verse_n 10._o at_o that_o time_n the_o servant_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n king_n of_o babylon_n come_v up_o against_o jerusalem_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v not_o express_v whether_o this_o jehoiachin_n be_v make_v king_n by_o nabuchadnezzar_n when_o he_o take_v jerusalem_n and_o slay_v his_o father_n or_o whether_o he_o be_v make_v king_n by_o the_o people_n when_o nabuchadnezzar_n have_v leave_v the_o city_n if_o he_o be_v set_v in_o the_o throne_n by_o nabuchadnezzar_n it_o may_v well_o be_v as_o josephus_n say_v that_o nabuchadnezzar_n bethink_v himself_o how_o dangerous_o it_o be_v to_o leave_v he_o in_o the_o throne_n who_o father_n he_o have_v slay_v and_o cast_v out_o unbury_v he_o change_v his_o purpose_n present_o and_o send_v his_o captain_n with_o a_o army_n against_o jerusalem_n to_o who_o himself_o in_o person_n come_v within_o a_o while_n after_o as_o intend_v to_o depose_v he_o and_o to_o set_v up_o another_o king_n in_o his_o room_n verse_n 12._o and_o jehoiachin_n the_o king_n of_o judah_n go_v out_o to_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v he_o yield_v up_o both_o he_o and_o he_o to_o nabuchadnezzar_n as_o the_o prophet_n jeremiah_n have_v advise_v he_o and_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n take_v he_o in_o the_o eight_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n that_o be_v in_o the_o eight_o year_n of_o nebuchadnezar_n reign_v verse_n 13._o and_o he_o carry_v out_o thence_o all_o the_o treasure_n of_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o the_o treasure_n of_o the_o king_n house_n etc._n etc._n and_o thus_o be_v that_o accomplish_a which_o god_n have_v threaten_v when_o hezekiah_n show_v his_o treasure_n to_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n ambassador_n isaiah_n 39.6_o behold_v the_o day_n come_v that_o all_o that_o be_v in_o thy_o house_n and_o that_o which_o thy_o father_n have_v lay_v up_o in_o store_n until_o this_o day_n shall_v be_v carry_v to_o babylon_n nothing_o shall_v be_v leave_v yet_o this_o particle_n all_o so_o often_o mention_v here_o and_o in_o the_o follow_a verse_n all_o the_o treasure_n etc._n etc._n must_v be_v understand_v with_o some_o limitation_n as_o namely_o that_o he_o carry_v away_o all_o in_o a_o manner_n or_o all_o that_o he_o please_v for_o that_o he_o carry_v not_o all_o away_o now_o when_o he_o carry_v away_o jechoniah_n be_v evident_a jer._n 27.18_o etc._n etc._n where_o there_o be_v mention_v make_v of_o vessel_n that_o remain_v in_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o in_o the_o house_n of_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n even_o after_o this_o in_o the_o day_n of_o zedekiah_n the_o succeed_a king_n which_o after_o this_o be_v carry_v away_o as_o be_v relate_v in_o the_o follow_a chapter_n vers_fw-la 13.14_o etc._n etc._n and_o cut_v in_o piece_n all_o the_o vessel_n of_o gold_n which_o solomon_n king_n of_o israel_n have_v make_v etc._n etc._n ezra_n 1.7_o it_o be_v say_v that_o cyrus_n the_o king_n bring_v forth_o the_o vessel_n of_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n which_o nabuchadnezzar_n have_v bring_v forth_o out_o of_o jerusalem_n etc._n etc._n but_o for_o the_o resolve_v of_o this_o doubt_n see_v the_o note_n on_o that_o place_n verse_n 14._o and_o he_o carry_v away_o all_o jerusalem_n and_o all_o the_o prince_n and_o all_o the_o mighty_a man_n of_o valour_n even_o ten_o thousand_o captive_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n out_o of_o the_o whole_a kingdom_n of_o which_o seven_o thousand_o be_v carry_v out_o of_o jerusalem_n that_o be_v man_n of_o might_n and_o a_o thousand_o craftsman_n and_o smith_n vers_fw-la 16._o the_o rest_n be_v carry_v from_o other_o place_n of_o the_o land_n and_o at_o this_o time_n it_o be_v that_o ezekiel_n be_v carry_v away_o captive_a ezek._n 1.1_o 2._o in_o the_o five_o day_n of_o the_o month_n which_o be_v the_o five_o year_n of_o king_n jehoiachins_n captivity_n verse_n 15._o and_o he_o carry_v away_o jehoiachin_n to_o babylon_n and_o the_o king_n mother_n etc._n etc._n yet_o he_o have_v no_o cause_n to_o repent_v that_o he_o have_v hearken_v to_o jeremiah_n in_o yield_v up_o himself_o to_o nabuchadnezzar_n for_o it_o fare_v better_a with_o he_o then_o with_o those_o that_o stay_v behind_o yea_o in_o the_o thirty_o seven_o year_n of_o his_o captivity_n he_o be_v great_o honour_v by_o evilmerodach_n the_o son_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n see_v ch_n 25._o ver_fw-la 27._o in_o the_o seven_o and_o thirty_o year_n of_o the_o captivity_n of_o jehoiachin_n etc._n etc._n evilmerodach_n king_n of_o babylon_n in_o the_o year_n that_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v do_v lift_v up_o the_o head_n of_o jehoiachin_n king_n of_o judah_n out_o of_o prison_n and_o he_o speak_v kind_o to_o he_o and_o set_v his_o throne_n above_o the_o throne_n of_o the_o king_n that_o be_v with_o he_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 16._o and_o all_o the_o man_n of_o might_n even_o seven_o thousand_o etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n above_o on_z vers_n 14._o verse_n 17._o and_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n make_v mattaniah_n his_o father_n brother_n king_n in_o his_o stead_n and_o change_v his_o name_n to_o zedekiah_n so_o pharaoh_n necho_n give_v eliakim_n a_o new_a name_n when_o he_o make_v he_o king_n in_o stead_n of_o his_o brother_n chap._n 23.34_o and_o daniel_n and_o his_o companion_n have_v new_a name_n give_v they_o dan._n 1.6_o 7._o whereby_o it_o may_v appear_v that_o by_o impose_v new_a name_n the_o conqueror_n show_v his_o power_n over_o they_o and_o cause_v they_o to_o acknowledge_v as_o it_o be_v that_o they_o